Download pdf - Mercedes Benz Vito

Transcript
Page 1: Mercedes Benz Vito

Operating InstructionsVito

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 2: Mercedes Benz Vito

Symbols

G Warning

H Environmental note

! Possible vehicle damage

i Tip

E Action required

ee Continuation symbol

( e page) Page reference

Display On-board computer display

The illustrations in these Operating In-structions apply to a left-hand-drive ve-hicle. In particular, the layout of switches,levers, stowage compartments, etc., dif-fers accordingly on right-hand-drive ve-hicles.

The layout of switches and the location ofindicator and warning lamps may varyand/or individual indicator and warninglamps may be deactivated depending onyour vehicle's equipment.

The vehicle can be equipped with ver-sion A or version B of the instrumentcluster.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 3: Mercedes Benz Vito

Thank you for choosing Mercedes-Benz.

Please familiarise yourself with your ve-hicle, its operation and the driving, controland convenience functions.

Please read the Operating Instructions be-fore starting your first journey. This willhelp you to get more enjoyment from yourvehicle and avoid endangering yourselfand others.

The equipment in the vehicle may differfrom some of the descriptions and illustra-tions you see here as the scope of deliverydepends on the equipment ordered. TheseOperating Instructions also describe itemsof equipment available as optional extras,if their operation needs explanation.

Country-specific vehicle equipment,limited availability of optional equipmentor different product designations are pos-sible in certain countries.

DaimlerChrysler reserves the right tochange the design, equipment and techni-cal features. For this reason, no claimsmay be based on the data, illustrations ordescriptions contained in these OperatingInstructions.

If you have any further questions, yournearest Mercedes-Benz Service Centre willbe pleased to assist you.

The Operating Instructions, Brief Instruc-tions, Maintenance Booklet and any Equip-ment Supplements are an integral part ofthe vehicle. You should therefore alwayskeep them in the vehicle and pass themon to the new owner if you sell the vehicle.

The technical documentation team atDaimlerChrysler AG wishes you safe andpleasant motoring.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 4: Mercedes Benz Vito

Keywords

Introduction

Protection of the environment. . . . . . . 15Operating safety and vehicle approval. 16

1 At a glance

Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Instrument cluster versions . . . . . . . . . 22Steering wheel with buttons . . . . . . . . 29Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Switch units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

2 Safety

Occupant safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36General safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

3 Controls

Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Anti-theft systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons - version A . . . . . . . . . 102On-board computer with steeringwheel buttons - version A . . . . . . . . . 104On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons - version B . . . . . . . . . 118On-board computer with steeringwheel buttons - version B . . . . . . . . . 120Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Good visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Driving and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Shifting gears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Operating the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Driving systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

4 Operation

Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Refuelling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Transporting loads with the vehicle. . 217Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Service products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Cleaning and care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

5 Practical advice

Where will I find...? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Batteries for the remote control . . . . 336Locking and unlocking in an emer-gency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . 340Jump-starting, towing and tow-start-ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

6 Technical data

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts. . . . . . 347Vehicle electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Vehicle identification plates . . . . . . . 349Operating data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Contents

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 5: Mercedes Benz Vito

AAAS

see Start-off assist . . . . . . . . . . . . 182ABS

see Anti-lock braking system . . . . 177Acceleration skid control (ASR) . . . 183

Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 272Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 270

Accessories and conversionssee Add-on equipment . . . . . 17, 347

Adapter cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Additional battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Additional turn signal lamp

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 328- 329Additional turn signals

Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Air conditioning

Automatic climate control inthe rear compartment . . . . . . . . . . 157Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Economy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Reheat function (dehumidification) 156Residual heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Special settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Air distributionadjustment (automatic climatecontrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Setting (air-conditioning system) . 155

Setting (heating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Air filter

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Air pressuresee Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . 57, 352

Air suspensionsee Electronic level control (ENR) . 198

AirbagActivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Driver's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43How the airbags work . . . . . . . . . . . 42System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Thorax/side-impact airbags . . . . . . 43Windowbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . 152Air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Airflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Air-recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . 155Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Residual heat Malfunction . . . . . . 298Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Airflowadjustment (automatic climatecontrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162(heating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Setting (air-conditioning system) . 155

Air-recirculation modeAir-conditioning system . . . . . . . . 155Automatic climate control . . . . . . . 163Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Antifreeze additivessee Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Anti-lock braking system (ABS) . . . 177Display message . . . . . . . . . 284, 288Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 273

Anti-theft alarm system (ATA) . . . . . . 79Stop alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Anti-theft alarm system (EDW)Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Anti-theft systemsee Anti-theft alarm system (ATA) . 79

Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200ASR

see Acceleration skid control . . . . 183Attachments

see Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Audible warning signal . . . . . . . . . . . 299Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Automatic climate control . . . . . . . . 159

Air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Airflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Air-recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . 163Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Economy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Rear compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Keywords

3Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 6: Mercedes Benz Vito

Residual heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Special settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . 179Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303One-touch gearshifting . . . . . . . . . 180Releasing the parking lock man-ually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Shift ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Auxiliary heatingHeater booster function . . . . . . . . 170Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307With water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Auxiliary heating and ventilatingsystem

Observe when selling the vehicle . 256Auxiliary heating and ventilation . . 166

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

BBAS

see Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Changing (auxiliary heating re-mote control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Changing (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Charge indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . 275Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Note on care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Reconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Removing/fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Belt force limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Bicycle carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Bio-diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Bleeding the fuel system . . . . . . . . . 316Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 347

Body/equipment mounting di-rectives for trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BonnetOpening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Bonnet release leverRelease lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

BrakeBrake lining wear (display mes-sage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Brake lining wear indicator lamp . . 276Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Brake Assist (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 272

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Brake lampChanging bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Brake liningIndicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Brake liningsDisplay message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

BrakesWarning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 270- 271

CCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Care of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Cassette player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109CD player/CD changer . . . . . . 109, 125Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Central locking system

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Central unlocking

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62- 63Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Changing bulbs

Additional turn signallamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328- 329Dipped-beam headlamps . . . . . . . 326Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Interior lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329License plate lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Keywords

4Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 7: Mercedes Benz Vito

Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Rear lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326- 327

Changing lampssee Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Chassis numbersee Vehicle identification number . 349

Child-proof door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-proof hinged window lock . . . . . . . 55-proof sliding sunroof lock . . . . . . . 55Seat securing system ISOFIX . . . . . 52seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Child seatISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Suitable positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

ChildrenIn the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Restraint systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Cleaning

After driving off-road or on con-struction sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Engine wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246High-pressure cleaning . . . . . . . . . 245In the automatic car wash . . . . . . . 246Light alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Vehicle exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Cleaning and care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

CockpitOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Combination switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Constant headlamp mode . 113,132, 138Consumption statistics (vehicleswith steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 134Control panel

overhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Convenience closing feature . . . . . . . 66Conversions and accessories

see Add-on equipment . . . . . 17, 347Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Temperature gauge (Vehicleswith steering wheel buttons) . . . . . 124Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Correct use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Display message . . . . . . . . . 287, 295Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

DDelayed switch-off . . . . . . . . . 114, 133

DieselConsumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Low outside temperatures . . . . . . 243Reserve fuel warning lamp . . . . . . 278Tank content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Diesel engineWinter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Digital speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Setting the unit (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . 112, 129Setting the unit (vehicles with-out steering wheel buttons) . . . . . 103

Digital Speedometer (Vehicleswith steering wheel buttons) . . . . . 108Digital total distance recorder . . . . . 16Dipped beam headlamps

Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Dipped-beam headlamps . . . . . . . . . 138

Automatic headlamp mode* . . . . . 138Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 325- 326Constant headlamp mode (ve-hicles with steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 132

Direction of rotation, tyres . . . . . . . . 59Display

Vehicles with steering wheelbuttons

Display messages . . . . . . . . . . 284Outside temperature . . . 108, 124

Keywords

5Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 8: Mercedes Benz Vito

Standard display . . . . . . 108, 124Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons Display messages . . . . . . 283

DoorsDisplay message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Downhill gradientsCruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Speedtronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Driver's door and co-driver's door . . 67Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Driving on rough terrain

see Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Driving safety system

ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177EBV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Driving system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Parktronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Speedtronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

EE box fan

Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

e mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348EBD

see Electronic brake-power dis-tribution (EBV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Electric sliding door* . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Electrical heater booster system . . 171Electrical/electronic equipment

Retrofitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Electronic brake-power distribu-tion (EBV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Electronic communicationsequipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Electronic level control (ENR) . . . . . 198

Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Electronic Stability Program(ESP®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 274Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Electronic traction support (4-ETS) 184Emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 264Emergency locking

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Emergency unlocking

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Engine

Changing the power output . . . . . . 16Diagnostics, indicator lamp . . . . . . 279

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Maximum speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Operating safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Starting with the key . . . . . . . . . . . 172Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Checking the oil level (dipstick) . . 255Checking the oil level (on-boardcomputer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238SAE classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Error memorysee Malfunction memory (ve-hicles with steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 126

ESP®

see Electronic Stability Program . . 184Exterior lighting

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Constant headlamp mode (ve-hicles with steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 132

Keywords

6Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 9: Mercedes Benz Vito

Delayed switch-off (vehicleswith steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 133Locator lighting (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . 114, 132

Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

FFire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266First-aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Flat tyre

Preparing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 317Wheel change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Fording depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Front foglamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 325- 326Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 357Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Fuel filter with water separator . . . 315Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Fuel tankDisplay message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Fuse box under the driver's seat . . 334Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Fuse allocation . . . . . . . . . . 332, 335

GGarage door opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Clearing the memory . . . . . . . . . . . 208General driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174General safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Genuine parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

HHand brake

see Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Hazard warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 140Headlamp

Cleaning system . . . . . . . . . 146, 253Headlamp flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Headlamp mode (automatic) . . . . . . 138Headlamp range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Headlamps

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 325- 326Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Misted up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Airflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Air-recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . 150Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Heating in the rear compartment . 150Special settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

High-pressure cleaners . . . . . . . . . . 245

IIgnition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Indicator and warning lamp

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Engine diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Reserve fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Tyre pressure monitoring system . 280

Indicator and warning lamps . . . . . 270AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 273Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 270, 272BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 272Battery charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Brake lining wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270- 271Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281E box fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Electronic level control (ENR) . . . . 282Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276ESP® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 274LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF . . . . . . . 298Poly-V-belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Preglow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Keywords

7Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 10: Mercedes Benz Vito

SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Indicator lampsee Indicator and warning lamp

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . 22, 26, 99Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Instrument cluster illuminationsee Instrument lighting . . . . . . . . . 101

Instrument lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Interior lamp

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Interior lighting

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Interior lighting, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Interior motion sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Intermittent wipe

Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . 144ISOFIX child seat securing system . . 52

JJack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Aligning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

KKey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . 336Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Kickdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

LLamps

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Language

Display (vehicles with steeringwheel buttons) . . . . . . . . . . 112, 130

Lashing eyeletPermissible tensile load . . . . . . . . 354

Lashing eyelets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Lashing points and lashing ma-terials

Permissible tensile load . . . . . . . . 354Lashing points and materials . . . . . 219License plate lamp

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . 326, 328Lighting

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Exterior, see Exterior lighting . . . . 325Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Interior, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Interior, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

LightsCombination switch . . . . . . . . . . . 140Headlamp range control . . . . . . . . 139Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Reading lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

LIM indicator lampCruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Speedtronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Load compartmentCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Floor (retractable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Load distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Load protection grille . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Full-height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Load protection net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Loading guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Loads

Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217- 218

Locator lightingSetting (vehicles with steeringwheel buttons) . . . . . . . . . . 114, 132

LockingAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Luggage net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Lumbar support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Keywords

8Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 11: Mercedes Benz Vito

MMain fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Main-beam headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 325- 326Maintenance points under thefront flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Malfunction memory (vehicleswith steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 126Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Maximum speed

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Memory function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Menu (vehicles with steeringwheel buttons)

Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 124Malfunction memory . . . . . . 109, 126Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 125Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 124Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 126Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 135Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 134

MessagesVehicles with steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

MirrorsExterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Rear-view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Modifying the programmingKey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

OOn-board computer

Vehicles with steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 120Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 118

One-touch gearshifting . . . . . . . . . . 180Opening and closing the tailgate

From the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Opening/closing the windows . . . . . 74Operating the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Outside temperature display

Vehicles with steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 124Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 119

Overhead control panelInterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Overrevving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

OverviewMenus (Vehicles with steeringwheel buttons) . . . . . . . . . . 106, 122

PParking aid

see Parktronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Parking lamp

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Parking lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Parktronic (PTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Cleaning sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197warning display . . . . . . . . . . 196, 304

Parktronic (PTS)sensor range . . . . . 195PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warn-ing lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Permanent Speedtronic . . . . . . . . . . 190Petrol

Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Minimum grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Reserve fuel warning lamp . . . . . . 278Tank content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Poly-V-beltMalfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Power supplyFuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Keywords

9Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 12: Mercedes Benz Vito

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Practical advice

Auxiliary heating system . . . . . . . . 307Central locking system . . . . . . . . . 309Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Fuel and fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Headlamps and turn signals . . . . . 312Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Preparing for a journey . . . . . . . . . . 171Checks in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 172Visual check of the vehicle exte-rior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Protection of the environment . . . . . 15PTS

see Parktronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Pulling away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

RRadio

Changing stations (vehicleswith steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 124Setting station selection (ve-hicles with steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 133

Rail transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Rain sensor

Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Reading lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Rear bench seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Closing from the outside . . . . . . . . . 73Opening from the outside . . . . . . . . 72Opening/closing from the inside . . 74

Rear foglamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Rear lampChanging bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Rear window heating . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Rear-view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Remote control

Changing the batteries (auxili-ary heating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Programming (garage dooropener) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Replacing bulbsIndicator and warning lamps . . . . . 281

Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . 257Reserve fuel

Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Residual heat

Automatic climate control . . . . . . . 163Restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Belt force limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Child restraint systems . . . . . . . . . . 46

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37SRS (supplemental) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Thorax/side-impact airbags . . . . . . 43Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Windowbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Retreaded tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Reverse gear

Engaging (automatic transmis-sion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Engaging (manual transmission) . . 179

Reverse warning feature . . . . . . . . . 215Reversing lamp

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Roof load, maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 354Running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

SSAE classification (engine oils) . . . . 239Safety notes, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Seat

Co-driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Suspension seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Keywords

10Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 13: Mercedes Benz Vito

Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Adjusting the height . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Belt force limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Seats and Bench seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Selector lever position . . . . . . . . . . . 180Service life, tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Service products

Bio-diesel fuel (FAME fuel) . . . . . . 241Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Engine oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Filling capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Setting the dateVehicles with steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

SettingsFactory (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62- 63Reset submenus (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . . . . . . 127

Resetting all (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . . . . . . 127

Shift rangesAutomatic transmission . . . . . . . . 181

Side lampChanging bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Side lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Side window

Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Sliding door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Sliding/tilting sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Closing manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Rear compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Under the rear of the vehicle . . . . 267

Spectacles compartment . . . . . . . . . 204Speed

Limiting, see Speedtronic . . . . . . . 188Setting, see Cruise control . . . . . . 193

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Setting the unit (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . . . . . . 129

Speedtronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Display message . . . . . 286- 287, 295Permanent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

SRS (Supplemental RestraintSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 275

Start-off assist system (AAS)Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Start-off assist(AAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Buttons (Vehicles with steeringwheel buttons) . . . . . . . . . . 104, 120with buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Stickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Stopping the vehicle and switch-ing off the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Storage, tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Stowage spaces and stowagecompartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 203Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Spectacles compartment . . . . . . . 204Steering wheel stowage com-partment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Stowage compartment in thecentre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Stowage compartment in thedashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Stowage compartment in the door 203Stowage compartment on theco-driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Keywords

11Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 14: Mercedes Benz Vito

SubmenuConvenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . 111, 129Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 132Overview of settings . . . . . . 111, 128Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 127Time/Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 133

Surround lightingsee Locator lighting . . . . . . 114, 132

Switch Parktronic (PTS)on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Switch unitcentre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31driver's door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

TTailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Opening/closing from the outside . 71Tank

Reserve, warning lamp . . . . . . . . . 278Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Technical data

Filling capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Vehicle dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Vehicle weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Display message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Operation (vehicles with steer-ing wheel buttons) . . . . . . . 116, 135

Temperatureadjustment (automatic climatecontrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Setting (air-conditioning system) . 154Setting (heating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Setting the unit (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . 112, 129Setting the unit (vehicles with-out steering wheel buttons) . . . . . 103

Thermotronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Tightening torques

Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324, 354Time

Setting the clockVehicles with steering wheelbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 131Vehicles without steeringwheel buttons . . . . . . . . 103, 119

TIREFIT kitUsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Total distance recorder . . . . . 102, 119Setting the unit (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . 112, 129Setting the unit (vehicles with-out steering wheel buttons) . . . . . 103Trip meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 119

Tow-away protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Towing eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342TPMS

see Tyre pressure monitor . . . . . . 185Trailer

Adapter cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Driving when towing . . . . . . . . . . . 231Towing with Parktronic . . . . . . . . . 197Trailer coupling Installation di-

mensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Trailer coupling, installation di-mensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Trailer tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 306

Adapter cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Detachable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Notes on care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 306Transportation aids

Load compartment cover . . . . . . . 226Load compartment floor (re-tractable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Load protection grille . . . . . . . . . . 224Load protection net . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Luggage net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

TransportingLoad compartment variations . . . . 219Load distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Keywords

12Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 15: Mercedes Benz Vito

Securing a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Transportation aids . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Trip computer (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . . . 115, 134Trip meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 119

Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Troubleshooting

Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . 303Driving systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 325- 326

Twin co-driver's seat . . . . . . . . 85, 204Two-way radio

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Tyre

age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58load-bearing capacity . . . . . . . . . . . 58maximum speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Tyre pressureCalling up (vehicles with steer-ing wheel buttons) . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Display message . . . . . . . . . 286, 294monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Monitoring (on-board computer) . . 185

Setting the unit (vehicles withsteering wheel buttons) . . . . . . . . 131Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Tyre sealant TIREFITUsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 351Direction of rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Operating safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Retreaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

UUphill gradients

Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

VVariable Speedtronic . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Vehicle

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Correct use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Emergency unlocking . . . . . 337, 339Identification number . . . . . . . . . . 349Individual settings (vehicleswith steering wheel but-tons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 126

Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Vehicle assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Vehicle identification plates . . . . . . 349Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

WWarning and indicator lamps

Parktronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Warning signal

Audible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Washer fluid

Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Wear, tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Wearing seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Wheel

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Wheel boltsRetightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Tightening torque . . . . . . . . 324, 354

WheelsOperating safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Keywords

13Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 16: Mercedes Benz Vito

WindowWasher fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Washing system . . . . . . . . . 145, 253

WindowsCleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Cleaning the windscreen . . . . . . . . 245

WindscreenCleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Windscreen washer fluidDisplay message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Wiping with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Intermittent wipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . 257

Winter diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Setting a limit speed . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Keywords

14Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 17: Mercedes Benz Vito

Protection of the environment

H Environmental note

DaimlerChrysler's declared policy is one ofintegrated environmental protection.

The objectives are for the natural resourceswhich form the basis of our existence onthis planet to be used sparingly and in amanner which takes the requirements ofboth nature and humanity into account.You too can help to protect the environmentby operating your vehicle in an environmen-tally-responsible manner.

Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tyre wear dependon the following factors:I Operating conditions of your vehicleI Your personal driving styleYou can influence both factors.

You should bear the following in mind:Operating conditionsI Avoid short trips as these increase fuel

consumption.I Make sure that the tyre pressures are al-

ways correct.I Do not carry any unnecessary weight.I Keep an eye on the vehicle's fuel con-

sumption.

I Remove roof racks once you no longerneed them.

I A regularly serviced vehicle will contrib-ute to environmental protection. Youshould therefore adhere to the serviceintervals.

I Always have maintenance work carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Personal driving styleI Do not depress the accelerator pedal

when starting the engine.I Do not warm up the engine with the ve-

hicle stationary.I Drive carefully and maintain a safe dis-

tance from the vehicle in front.I Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration.I Change gear in good time and use each

gear only up to 2/3 of its maximum en-gine speed.

I Switch off the engine in stationary traf-fic.

Returning used vehicles

Mercedes-Benz will take back yourMercedes-Benz to dispose of it in an envi-ronmentally-responsible manner, in ac-cordance with the European Union (EU)End of Life Vehicles Directive.

Depending on national regulations, the re-turn of used vehicles applies to vehiclesup to 3.5 t permissible gross weight. TheVito has already been meeting legal re-quirements for design in terms of suitabil-ity for recycling and reuse of parts for sev-eral years.

There is a network of collection points andvehicle dismantlers where your vehiclecan be recycled in an environmentally-re-sponsible manner. The methods employedin vehicle and parts recycling are continu-ously being further developed and im-proved. The Vito will therefore meet evenfuture, legally required increases in recy-cling quotas within the specified time.

You can obtain further information fromthe Mercedes-Benz homepage for yourcountry or by contacting your localMercedes-Benz hotline number.

Introduction

Protection of the environment

15Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 18: Mercedes Benz Vito

Operating safety and vehicle approv-al

G Risk of injury

Tampering with electronic components andtheir software could cause these to stopworking. Due to the networked structure ofthe electronics, systems could be affectedthat should not be altered in any way. Mal-functions in the electronics could consider-ably jeopardise the operating safety of yourvehicle.All maintenance work should be carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.DaimlerChrysler recommends that you usea Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for thispurpose, as these centres have the neces-sary specialist knowledge and tools to carryout the work required. In particular, all workrelevant to safety or on safety-related sys-tems must be carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Other work carried out incorrectly or modifi-cations to the vehicle may also jeopardiseoperating safety.

Some safety systems only function whilethe engine is running. Therefore, do notswitch off the engine when driving.

Registering your vehicle

Mercedes-Benz may ask its ServiceCentres to carry out technical inspectionson certain vehicles to improve their qualityor safety.

If you did not purchase your vehicle froman authorised specialist dealer and yourvehicle has never been inspected at aMercedes-Benz Service Centre, it is possi-ble that your vehicle is not registered inyour name with Mercedes-Benz.Mercedes-Benz can only inform you aboutvehicle checks if it has your registrationdata.

It is advisable to register your vehicle witha Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Inform Mercedes-Benz as soon as possibleabout any change of address or vehicleownership.

Digital speedometer and total dis-tance recorder

Do not attempt to modify the electroni-cally stored total distance reading for thevehicle by tampering with the electronics.

If the total distance reading has been al-tered and you subsequently sell the ve-

hicle but do not inform the buyer, this mayconstitute a punishable offence under lo-cal legislation.

Changing the engine power output

Any tampering with the electronic enginemanagement system in order to increasethe engine power output will lead to the in-validation of the vehicle’s general operat-ing permit and its insurance cover as wellas to the loss of guarantee and warrantyrights.

Changes in power output require the ve-hicle to be recertified and must be re-ported to the vehicle insurers. Tyres, sus-pension, brakes and cooling systems mustbe adapted to the increased engine poweroutput.

Tampering with the electronic engine man-agement system will change emission lev-els and the operating safety of the enginecannot always be guaranteed. Increasedpower could cause malfunctions and con-sequential damage to other assemblies.

If the power output of the vehicle’s enginehas been modified and you subsequentlysell the vehicle but do not inform the

Introduction

Operating safety and vehicle approval

16Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 19: Mercedes Benz Vito

buyer, this may constitute a punishable of-fence under local legislation.

Attachments, bodies, equipment andconversions

Mercedes-Benz recommends genuineMercedes-Benz parts and conversion partsand accessories that have been approvedby Mercedes-Benz expressly for the typeof vehicle concerned.

These parts have been specially tested toestablish their safety, reliability and suit-ability.

! For safety reasons, have bodies manufac-tured and fitted in accordance with the validMercedes-Benz body/equipment mounting di-rectives. These body/equipment mounting di-rectives ensure that the chassis and the bodyform one unit and that maximum operating androad safety is achieved.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that:

I no other modifications be made to the ve-hicle

I agreement should be obtained fromMercedes-Benz in the event of deviations

from approved body/equipment mountingdirectives

Approval from official test centres or officialapprobations cannot rule out risks to yoursafety.

You can obtain body/equipmentmounting directives from:

Telephone:

+49 (0)711 17 58 438

Fax:

+49 (0)711 17 32 323

or on the Internet at:

http://abh-infoportal.mercedes-benz.com

You may obtain further information fromany Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Correct use

Observe the following when using your ve-hicle:I the safety notes in these Operating In-

structionsI national road traffic regulationsI national road traffic licensing regula-

tions

Introduction

Operating safety and vehicle approval

17Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 20: Mercedes Benz Vito

18Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 21: Mercedes Benz Vito

At a glance

19

1

Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Instrument cluster versions . . . . 22Steering wheel with buttons . . . . 29Centre console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Switch units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 22: Mercedes Benz Vito

Cockpit

At a glance

Cockpit

20

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 23: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function Page

1 Combination switch

• Turn signal 140

• Windscreen wipers 144

• Main-beam headlamps 140

2 Cruise control lever

• Cruise control 191

• Speedtronic 188

3 Instrument cluster 22, 26

4 • Steering wheel 97

• Steering wheel with but-tons

29

5 Horn

6 Mobile phone fittings 209

Function Page

7 Warning display for Park-tronic system

194

8 Rain/light sensor

9 Overhead control panel 32

a Opens the glove compart-ment

203

b Glove compartment 203

c Centre console (COMAND,Audio system or tacho-graph, see the separateOperating Instructions)

30

d Switch unit with hazardwarning lamps switch

31

e Ignition lock 67

Function Page

f Adjusts the steering wheel 97

g Cleans the headlamps 146

h Releases the parkingbrake

178

j Opens the bonnet 249

k Parking brake 178

l Auxiliary heating 166

m Adjusts the seat electri-cally

81

n Door control panel 33

o Light switch 138

At a glance

Cockpit

21

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 24: Mercedes Benz Vito

Instrument cluster versions

Version A

At a glance

Instrument cluster versions

22

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 25: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function Page

1 Indicator and warninglamps

23

2 , Button

• Instrument lightingbrighter

101

• Setting the time 119

• Display settings (for ve-hicles without steeringwheel buttons)

119

3 . Button

• Instrument lighting dim-mer

101

• Display settings (for ve-hicles without steeringwheel buttons)

119

4 Fuel gauge with reservefuel warning lamp

278

5 Speedometer 101

6 Display 118,120

7 Rev counter 101

8 Reset button4 99

Function Page

9 5 Button 99

Indicator and warninglamps

. Bulb defective 281

9 Door open 64

A Main-beam headlamps 140

R Fan for electronics box de-fective

281

ú Electronic level control(ENR)

198

< Fasten seat belt 37,281

# Battery not being charged 275

2 Brake pads/linings worn 276

7 Parking brake applied 178

& Turn signal, left 140

m Speed limiter 188

q Preglow indicator lamp 173,278

Function Page

k ASR or AAS malfunction 272

BAS malfunction 272

v ESP® warning lamp 184,270

ASR warning lamp 183,270

- ABS malfunction 273

± Engine diagnostic indica-tor lamp

279

N Engine oil level too low 276

/ Turn signal, right 140

6 Brake fluid level too low 271

EBV malfunction 270

1 Restraint systems mal-function

39,275

D Coolant temperature toohigh

277

/ Coolant level too low 277

M Water in fuel filter 280

A Reserve fuel warning lamp 278

At a glance

Instrument cluster versions

23

ee

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 26: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function Page

È Air filter dirty 279

J Washer fluid level too low 280,296

i Vehicles with steering wheel buttons:

Corresponding messages may also be shown indisplay 6 (e page 284).

At a glance

Instrument cluster versions

24

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 27: Mercedes Benz Vito

At a glance

Instrument cluster versions

25

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 28: Mercedes Benz Vito

Version B

At a glance

Instrument cluster versions

26

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 29: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function Page

1 Instrument cluster in ve-hicles without steeringwheel buttons

99

2 Instrument cluster in ve-hicles with steering wheelbuttons

99

3 5 In vehicles withoutsteering wheel buttons:

• Changes the standarddisplay

• Selects menu 119

4 > In vehicles withsteering wheel buttons:

Checks the engine oil level 254

5 Reset button 0 99

6 Speedometer with: 101

Indicator and warninglamps

7 Indicator and warninglamps

27

8 Display on vehicles with-out steering wheel buttons

119

Function Page

9 Display on vehicles withsteering wheel buttons

120

a Rev counter with 101

Indicator and warninglamps

b ,,. Instrument clusterillumination brighter/dim-mer

101

c Fuel gauge with: 101

• Reserve fuel warninglamp

278

• Location indicator forfuel filler flap Ö: fuelfiller cap is on the left

Indicator and warninglamps

v ESP® warning lamp 184,270

ASR warning lamp 183,270

/ Coolant level too low 277

D Coolant temperature toohigh

277

Function Page

1 Restraint systems mal-function

275

6 Brake fluid level too low 271

EBV malfunction 271

N Engine oil level warning 276

± Engine diagnostic indica-tor lamp

279

q Preglow system 173,278

& Turn signal, left 140

X Tyre pressure warninglamp

280

J Windscreen washer/headlamp cleaning systemwasher fluid level too low

280

9 Door open 281

2 Brake pads/linings worn 276

/ Turn signal, right 140

- ABS malfunction 273

k ASR or AAS malfunction 272

BAS malfunction 272

At a glance

Instrument cluster versions

27

ee

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 30: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function Page

# ESP® malfunction 270

; Air filter dirty 279

A Reserve fuel 278

/ Water in the fuel 280

Function Page

# Battery charge malfunc-tion

275

R Fan for electronics box de-fective

281

. Bulb defective 281

Function Page

7 Parking brake applied 178

B Dipped-beam headlampson

138

A Main-beam headlamps on 140

< Fasten seat belt 281

i Vehicles without steering wheel buttons:there is a digital fuel gauge in display 8.

Vehicles with steering wheel buttons: there isan analogue fuel gauge in the rev counter.

i Vehicles with steering wheel buttons:

Corresponding messages may also be shown indisplay 6 (e page 283).

At a glance

Instrument cluster versions

28

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 31: Mercedes Benz Vito

Steering wheel with buttons Function Page

1 Display 120

Controls on-board com-puter

2 Selecting a submenu oradjusting the volume

120

æ Up/increases thevolume

- Down/decreasesthe volume

3 Using the telephone 135

í Accepts a call/starts dialling

ì Ends a call/rejectsan incoming call

Function Page

4 Jumping from one menu toanother

120

è Forwards

ÿ Back

5 Jumping from one subme-nu to another

120

j Forwards

k Back

At a glance

Steering wheel with buttons

29

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 32: Mercedes Benz Vito

Centre console Function Page

1 Stowage compartment 201

2 • Heating control panel 147

• Air-conditioning controlpanel

152

• Automatic climate con-trol panel

159

3 COMAND, Audio systemor tachograph, see theseparate Operating In-structions

4 Stowage compartment 201

5 Ashtray with cup holder 200,205

6 Cigarette lighter 200

7 Centre console switch unit 31

At a glance

Centre console

30

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 33: Mercedes Benz Vito

Switch units

Centre console

Function Page

1 Electric sliding door, left-hand side

68

2 Switches the rear windowheater on/off

146

3 Activates/deactivatesASR

183

4 Switches the hazard warn-ing lamps on/off

140

5 Central locking of entirevehicle/rear doors

63

6 Switches the Parktronicsystem on/off

194

7 Electric sliding door, right-hand side

68

Function Page

8 Switches the right-handseat heater on/off

96

9 Rear interior lighting 143

a PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFwarning lamp

51

b Switches the rear windowwiper on/off

145

c Switches the left-handseat heater on/off

96

At a glance

Switch units

31

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 34: Mercedes Benz Vito

Roof Function Page

1 Hands-free microphonefor telephone

209

2 X Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off

141

3 T Sliding/tilting sun-roof

4 S Switches automaticinterior lighting on/off

141

Function Page

5 Spectacles compartment 204

Not available with the anti-theft alarm system (ATA)

79

6 W Interior lighting, per-manently on

142

7 U Front/rear slidingsunroof selector switch

77

8 X Switches the left-hand reading lamp on/off

141

At a glance

Switch units

32

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 35: Mercedes Benz Vito

Driver’s door Function Page

1 Door control panel

• Adjusts the exterior mir-rors

98

• Opens/closes the slid-ing sunroof

74

• Opens/closes thehinged window

76

• Override switches forhinged window in the rearcompartment and for thesliding/tilting sunroof

54

2 Opens the door 67

3 Adjusts the driver's seat 81

4 Memory function 83

At a glance

Switch units

33

1

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 36: Mercedes Benz Vito

34Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 37: Mercedes Benz Vito

Safety

35

2

Occupant safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36General safety notes. . . . . . . . . . . 55Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 38: Mercedes Benz Vito

Occupant safety

Restraint systems

This section will familiarise you with themost important features of the restraintsystems in your vehicle. In the event of anaccident, your vehicle may collide with an-other object, e.g. another vehicle. Thismay cause your vehicle to accelerate ordecelerate suddenly. During this accelera-tion or deceleration, the vehicle occupantsare always thrown towards the force ofthe impact. This means that there is a riskof vehicle occupants being injured on thevehicle interior or on parts of the vehicle.The purpose of supplementary restraintsystems, i.e. principally the seat belts sup-plemented by belt tensioners, belt forcelimiters and airbags where necessary, is tominimise this risk of injury. However, seatbelts and airbags are generally unable toprevent injuries caused by objects pene-trating the vehicle from the outside.

The most important restraint systems are:I Seat beltsI Restraint systems for children, as they

are the most effective means to restrict

occupant movement in the event of anaccident

Additional protection is provided by:I The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-

tem) consisting of:I 1 warning lampI Belt tensionersI Belt force limitersI Airbag system

i An airbag increases the degree of protec-tion afforded to a vehicle occupant who iswearing a seat belt and is therefore supplemen-tal to the seat belt. All vehicle occupants mustwear their seat belt correctly at all times, evenif the vehicle is equipped with airbags. This isbecause – on the one hand – airbags are notdeployed in all types of accident, as in somesituations airbag deployment would not in-crease the protection afforded to vehicle occu-pants, provided they are wearing their seat beltcorrectly.

On the other hand, airbag deployment only pro-vides increased protection if the seat belt isworn correctly, because:

I the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle oc-cupant in the best position in relation to theairbag

I for example, in a head-on collision, the seatbelt can more adequately prevent the occu-pant from being propelled towards the forceof the impact, and is thus better suited toprevent injury

Thus, in accident situations where an airbag isdeployed, it only provides protection in additionto the seat belt if the seat belt is being worncorrectly.

G Risk of injury

Modifications to or work performed incor-rectly on restraint systems (seat belts, an-chorages, belt tensioners, belt force limitersor airbags) or their wiring, as well as workon other networked electronic systems,may prevent the restraint systems fromworking correctly. Airbags and belt ten-sioners could fail, e.g. in the event of an ac-cident, the deceleration force of whichwould normally be sufficient to trigger thesystems, or could be triggered unintention-ally. Never carry out any modifications onthe restraint systems. Never tamper withelectronic components and their software.

Safety

Occupant safety

36

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 39: Mercedes Benz Vito

Seat belts

G Risk of injury

Airbags provide additional protection; how-ever they are not a replacement for the seatbelts. To reduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries, make sure that all occupants ‑ inparticular, pregnant women ‑ wear their seatbelt correctly at all times, have adopted anormal sitting position, and that their seat ispositioned as close to the vertical as possi-ble.

The most important restraint systems arethe seat belts and restraint systems forchildren in the vehicle. In the event of anaccident, they are the most effectivemeans of preventing vehicle occupantsfrom moving in the direction of the impactand thus reducing the danger of them hit-ting parts of the vehicle interior.

i In many countries there are laws concern-ing the use of seat belts and child restraint sys-tems.

G Risk of injury

A seat belt which is not worn, which is wornincorrectly, or which has not been engagedin the seat belt buckle correctly, cannot per-form its intended protective function. Under

certain circumstances this could even causesevere or fatal injuries. Make sure that allvehicle occupants ‑ in particular, pregnantwomen ‑ wear their seat belt correctly at alltimes.

You must make sure that the belt:I is routed as low as possible across your

pelvic area, i.e. across your hip jointsand not across your abdomen

I fits closelyI is not twistedI is routed across the middle of your

shoulderI is not routed across your neck or under

your armI fits closely across your pelvic area, by

pulling upwards on the shoulder sectionof the belt

Do not secure any objects with a seat belt ifthe seat belt is being used by one of the ve-hicle's occupants.Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a wintercoat.Do not route the belt strap across sharp-edged or fragile objects, especially if theseare on or in your clothing, e.g. spectacles,pencils, keys, etc. The seat belt strap couldbe damaged and you could be injured.

Only one person should use each seat beltat any one time.On no account should children travel sittingon the lap of another occupant. It would notbe possible to restrain the child, and thechild or other vehicle occupants could be in-jured seriously in the event of abrupt brak-ing or even fatally in the event of an acci-dent.Persons under 1.50 m tall or under twelveyears of age cannot wear the seat beltsproperly. They therefore require additionalsuitable restraint systems on appropriateseats for protection in an accident. Alwaysfollow the manufacturer's installation in-structions when fitting a child seat.

G Risk of injury

A seat belt only offers its intended degreeof protection if the backrest is positioned asclose to the vertical as possible and the oc-cupant is sitting upright. Avoid seat posi-tions that prevent the seat belt from beingcorrectly routed . You should therefore posi-tion the backrest as close to the vertical aspossible. Never drive with the backresttilted too far back. You could otherwise beseriously or fatally injured in the event of anaccident or sudden braking.

Safety

Occupant safety

37

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 40: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of injury

The seat belt cannot function correctly if thebelt or buckle is dirty or damaged. Keep thebelt and buckle clean, otherwise the belttongue cannot engage correctly.

Regularly check the seat belts to make surethat they:I are not damagedI are not routed over sharp edgesI are not trapped

Otherwise the belt could tear in the event ofan accident. You or others could be serious-ly or fatally injured.Have seat belts which have been damagedor subjected to heavy loads in an accidentreplaced and have their anchorageschecked.Mercedes-Benz recommends that, for safetyreasons, you only use seat belts which havebeen specially approved for your vehicle byMercedes-Benz.

Wearing seat belts

1 Belt sash guide2 Belt tongue3 Release button4 Buckle

E To fasten the seat belt: pull the beltsmoothly out of the belt reel.

E Route the belt across your shoulder.

E Click belt tongue 2 into seat beltbuckle 4.

E If necessary, pull upwards on the shoul-der section of the belt to tighten itacross your body.

E Adjust the belt to the appropriateheight as necessary.

E To release the seat belt: press re-lease button3 on seat belt buckle 4.

Belt height adjustment

G Risk of accident

Only adjust the seat belt height when thevehicle is stationary and the pedal-operatedparking brake is applied.

You could otherwise lose control of the ve-hicle as a result of seat adjusting move-ments and thereby endanger yourself andothers.

Adjust the belt to a height that allows it tobe routed across the middle of your shoul-der.

Safety

Occupant safety

38

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 41: Mercedes Benz Vito

5 Release button

E To raise: slide belt sash guide 1 up-wards.

Belt sash guide1 engages in variouspositions.

E To lower: keep release button5pressed.

E Adjust belt sash guide1 to the appro-priate height.

E Let go of release button5 and makesure that belt sash guide 1 has en-gaged.

Supplemental Restraint System(SRS)

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)consists of:I 1 warning lampI Belt tensionersI Belt force limitersI Airbag system with:

I Airbag control unitI Airbags

1 warning lamp

The SRS regularly performs a self-checkwhen the ignition is switched on and whilethe engine is running. This allows faults tobe detected in good time.

The 1 warning lamp in the instrumentpanel lights up when you switch on theignition and goes out a few seconds afterthe engine is started.

G Risk of injury

A malfunction has occurred if the 1warning lamp:

I does not light up when you switch onthe ignition

I does not go out after the engine hasbeen running for a few seconds

I lights up again

Individual systems could be triggered inad-vertently or could fail in the event of an acci-dent with a high rate of vehicle deceleration.If any of the above occurs, have the SRSchecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop which has thenecessary specialist knowledge and tools tocarry out the work required. Mercedes-Benzrecommends that you use a Mercedes-BenzService Centre for this purpose. In particu-lar, work relevant to safety or on safety-re-lated systems must be carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Triggering of belt tensioners, belt forcelimiters and airbags

In the event of a collision, the sensor inthe airbag control unit evaluates importantphysical data, such as the duration, direc-tion and rate of vehicle deceleration or ac-celeration. Based on the evaluation of thisdata and depending on the vehicle’s rateof longitudinal deceleration in a collision,

Safety

Occupant safety

39

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 42: Mercedes Benz Vito

the belt tensioners are the first to be trig-gered by the airbag control unit.

The front airbags are not deployed unlessa second activation threshold is reached,i.e. there is a higher rate of vehicle decel-eration in a longitudinal direction.

! The seat belt for the middle seat is only fit-ted with a belt tensioner on vehicles with a co-driver's double airbag.

Criteria for triggering belt tensionersand airbags

In the first stages of a collision, the sensorin the airbag control unit evaluates physi-cal data, such as duration, direction andrate of vehicle deceleration or accelerationin order to determine whether it is neces-sary to trigger the belt tensioners and/ordeploy the airbags.

The triggering thresholds for the belt ten-sioners and airbags are variable and areadapted to the rate of vehicle decelera-tion. This process is pre-emptive in naturesince the airbag must be deployed during,and not at the end of, the collision.

i Airbags are not deployed in all types of ac-cident. They are controlled by a complex sen-sor system and evaluation logic. This process ispre-emptive in nature as airbag deployment

must take place during the impact and must beadapted to provide calculated, additional pro-tection for the vehicle occupants. Not all air-bags are deployed in an accident.

The various airbag systems work independentlyof each other. However, the deployment ofeach individual system depends on the type ofimpact (head-on or side impact) and the se-verity of the impact (in particular, the vehicle'srate of deceleration or acceleration) as deter-mined by the control system in the initialstages of the accident.

Vehicle deceleration or acceleration andthe direction of the force are essentiallydetermined by:I the distribution of the force during the

impactI the collision angleI the deformation characteristics of the

vehicleI the characteristics of the object with

which the vehicle has collided, e.g. theother vehicle

Factors which can only be seen and meas-ured after the collision has occurred, donot determine whether the airbags are de-ployed and do not provide an indication oftheir deployment.

The vehicle may be considerably deformedwithout an airbag being deployed if, for ex-ample, only relatively easily deformableparts, such as the bonnet or wings, havebeen hit and the required rate of decelera-tion has not been reached. It is also possi-ble that airbags may be deployed eventhough the vehicle is only slightly de-formed, if, for example, very rigid vehicleparts such as the longitudinal membersare hit in an accident and the rate of de-celeration is sufficient.

Belt tensioners, belt force limiters

The front seat belts have belt tensioners.

Belt tensioners tighten the seat belts in anaccident, pulling them close against theseat occupant's body.

i Belt tensioners do not correct:

I incorrect sitting positions

I incorrectly worn seat belts

Belt tensioners do not pull occupants back to-wards the backrest.

If the seat belt is also equipped with a beltforce limiter, the force exerted by the seatbelt on the seat occupant is reduced.

Safety

Occupant safety

40

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 43: Mercedes Benz Vito

The belt force limiter is fine-tuned to thefront airbag, which takes over a part of therestraining forces, thus spreading theforces exerted on the occupant over agreater area.

When the ignition is switched on, the belttensioner is activated:I only when the restraint systems are op-

erational (the 1 warning lamp lightsup after the ignition is switched on andgoes out once the engine is running)(e page 39)

I in the event of a head-on or rear-endcollision if the vehicle decelerates oraccelerates rapidly in a longitudinal di-rection during the initial stages of thecollision

If the belt tensioners are triggered, you willhear a bang, which will not cause anyharm to your hearing, and a small amountof powder may also be released. The 1warning lamp lights up.

G Risk of injury

Have belt tensioners which have been trig-gered replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop which has the necessary special-ist knowledge and tools to carry out the

work required. Mercedes-Benz recommendsthat you use a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre for this purpose. In particular, workrelevant to safety or on safety-related sys-tems must be carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshopComply with safety regulations when dis-posing of belt tensioners. Any Mercedes-Benz Service Centre can provide details ofthese regulations.

Airbag system

G Risk of injury

To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuriesin the event of an accident or similar situa-tion with a high rate of deceleration, e.g. in-juries caused by an airbag inflating withinmilliseconds or sudden braking, please ob-serve the following points:I All vehicle occupants must select a seat

position that allows the seat belt to beworn correctly and that is as far awayfrom the airbag as possible. The seat po-sition of the driver must still allow himto control the vehicle safely. The drivermust maintain a distance from the ped-als such that he can depress them fully.The distance between the driver’s chestand the centre of the airbag cover must

be more than 25 cm. The driver’s armsshould be slightly bent when holding thesteering wheel.

I Vehicle occupants should always weartheir seat belt correctly and positiontheir backrest as close to the vertical aspossible. The head restraints shouldsupport the back of the head at abouteye level.

I Move the co-driver's seat as far back aspossible, especially if a child is securedin a restraint system on this seat.

I Rearward-facing child restraint systemsmust not be fitted to the co-driver's seatunless the co-driver's front airbag hasbeen deactivated. In Mercedes-Benz ve-hicles, the co-driver's front airbag is de-activated if a child restraint system withautomatic child seat recognition is fittedto the co-driver's seat of a vehicle withautomatic child seat recognition on theco-driver's seat and the PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF warning lamp remains litcontinuously.

If the rearward-facing child restraint sys-tem does not have automatic child seatrecognition, or if your vehicle does nothave automatic child seat recognition onthe co-driver's seat, children must be se-cured in a child restraint system on a

Safety

Occupant safety

41

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 44: Mercedes Benz Vito

suitable seat in the rear. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint system tothe co-driver's seat, you must move theco-driver's seat as far back as possible.

I Do not lean forwards, e.g. over the pad-ded boss of the steering wheel, particu-larly when the vehicle is in motion.

I Do not put your feet on the dashboard.I Only hold the steering wheel by the rim.

This allows the airbag to inflate fully. Ifyou hold on to the inside of the steeringwheel, you could be injured if the airbagis deployed.

I Do not lean on the doors from inside thevehicle.

I Make sure that there are no people, ani-mals or objects between the vehicle oc-cupants and the area of deployment ofthe airbags.

I Do not place any objects between theseat backrest and the door.

I Do not hang any hard objects, e.g. coathangers, on the grab handles or coathooks.

Due to the high speed at which airbags haveto deploy, the risk of injuries caused by air-bag deployment cannot be completely ruledout.

G Risk of injury

The airbag function is only guaranteed ifyou:I do not cover or affix badges or stickers

to the padded boss of the steeringwheel, the co-driver's front airbag cover,the thorax/side-impact airbag cover onthe side cushions of the front seats andthe windowbag covers in the roof frame

I do not modify the restraint system com-ponents, including the wiring

Your vehicle is equipped with the followingairbags, depending on the equipment ver-sion:I Driver’s front airbag, located in the

steering wheelI Co-driver’s front airbag located above

the glove compartmentI Thorax/side-impact airbags in the side

cushions on the outer side of the frontseats (individual seats only)

I Windowbags in the side roof frame be-tween the A-pillar and B-pillar

Airbag deployment

An airbag inflates within milliseconds. The1 warning lamp lights up.

i If the airbag is deployed, you will hear abang and a small amount of powder may alsobe released. The bang will not damage yourhearing and the powder does not constitute ahealth hazard.

An inflated airbag slows and reduces themovement of the vehicle occupants.

When the vehicle occupant makes contactwith the airbag, hot gas flows out of the in-flated airbag. This feature is designed toreduce the force acting on the occupant’shead and chest. The airbag is therefore ina deflated state after an accident.

G Risk of injury

After an airbag has been deployed:I airbag parts are hot. Do not touch them,

or you could be burnedI it must be replaced at a qualified spe-

cialist workshop which has the neces-sary specialist knowledge and tools tocarry out the work required. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for thispurpose. In particular, work relevant tosafety or on safety-related systems mustbe carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop

Safety

Occupant safety

42

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 45: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of injury

A small amount of powder is released whenan airbag is deployed. This powder is nothazardous to health and does not indicatethat there is a fire in the vehicle. The pow-der could cause short-term breathing diffi-culties in people with asthma or breathingproblems. To prevent these breathing diffi-culties, you should either:I leave the vehicle immediately, if it is safe

to do soorI open a window to allow fresh air to en-

ter

Front airbags

The front airbags are designed to increasethe degree of protection afforded to thedriver and co-driver against head andchest injuries. The driver's front airbagand co-driver's front airbag are deployed:I in the initial stages of an accident with

a high rate of vehicle acceleration ordeceleration in a longitudinal direction

I if the system determines that airbagdeployment can offer additional protec-tion to that provided by the seat belt

I if the seat belt is fastenedI independently of other airbags in the

vehicleI if the vehicle overturns, never, unless

the system detects high vehicle decel-eration in a longitudinal direction

The driver’s front airbag is located in thesteering wheel; the co-driver’s front airbagis located above the glove compartment.

N91.60-2036-31

1 2

1 Driver’s front airbag2 Co-driver’s front airbag

Driver's front airbag1 deploys in front ofthe steering wheel; co-driver's front airbag2 deploys in front of and above the glovecompartment.

i Vehicles with automatic child seat recogni-tion in the co-driver's seat:

Co-driver's front airbag 2 is only activated ifthe PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warning lamp be-low the hazard warning lamp switch is not lit(e page 30). This means that a child restraintsystem with automatic child seat recognitionhas not been fitted to the co-driver's seat orhas been fitted incorrectly.

Thorax/side-impact airbags

G Risk of injury

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you use seat covers that havebeen tested for Mercedes-Benz vehicles andwhich have a special recess for thorax/side-impact airbags. A thorax/side-impact airbagmay otherwise not inflate correctly and mayfail to provide the intended degree of pro-tection in the event of a collision. You canobtain these covers from a Mercedes-BenzService Centre, for example.

G Risk of injury

To reduce the risk of injury when a thorax/side-impact airbag is deployed, you shouldmake sure that:I no persons, animals or objects are

present between the vehicle occupants

Safety

Occupant safety

43

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 46: Mercedes Benz Vito

and the thorax/side-impact airbag’s de-ployment range

I no accessories, e.g. drinks can holders,are attached to the doors

I only light clothing is hung on the coathooks in the vehicle

I there are no heavy or sharp objects inthe pockets of items of clothing

G Risk of injury

To reduce the risk of severe or fatal injurywhen the thorax/side-impact airbag is de-ployed, you must ensure that:I vehicle occupants – in particular, chil-

dren – never lean their head in the areaof the window where the thorax/side-impact airbag inflates.

I vehicle occupants wear their seat beltcorrectly at all times and lean backagainst the backrest, which should bepositioned as close to the vertical aspossible.

I children less than 1.50 m tall or under12 years of age are secured in suitablechild restraint systems.

The purpose of thorax/side-impact airbagdeployment is to enhance the level of pro-tection for the thorax (but not the head,

neck or arms) of the vehicle occupants onthe side of the vehicle on which the impactoccurs.

The thorax/side-impact airbags are inte-grated into the outer side of the backrestson the front seats (individual seats only).

1 Thorax/side-impact airbag

The thorax/side-impact airbags inflate be-tween the door and occupants in the areaof the thorax.

The thorax/side-impact airbags are de-ployed:I at the start of an accident with a high

rate of lateral vehicle deceleration oracceleration, e.g. in a side impact

I on the side on which the impact occursI whether or not the seat belt is fastened

I independently of the front airbagsI independently of the belt tensioner

i Vehicles with automatic child seat recogni-tion in the co-driver's seat:

The co-driver's thorax/side-impact airbag is ac-tivated even if the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFwarning lamp below the hazard warning lampswitch is lit (e page 30), i.e. even if a child re-straint system with automatic child seat recog-nition is fitted on the co-driver's seat.

i You will find additional information aboutairbag deployment on (e page 42).

You can find further information about the trig-gering of belt tensioners and belt force limiterson (e page 39).

Windowbags

G Risk of injury

In order for the windowbag to provide its in-tended level of protection, make sure thatthere are no objects between the vehicle oc-cupants and the area of deployment of thewindowbags.

G Risk of injury

Observe the following notes to reduce therisk of serious or fatal injury if the window-bag is deployed:

Safety

Occupant safety

44

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 47: Mercedes Benz Vito

I Vehicle occupants ‑ in particular, chil-dren ‑ must not lean their head on thearea of the window in which the window-bag is deployed

I Vehicle occupants must always havetheir seat belts fastened correctly

I Always secure children less than 1.50 mtall or under 12 years of age in suitablechild restraint systems

The purpose of windowbag deployment isto enhance protection for the head (butnot the chest or arms) of the vehicle occu-pants on the side of the vehicle on whichthe impact occurs.

The windowbags are integrated into theside of the roof frame and run from in frontof the front door (A-pillar) to behind thefront door (B-pillar).

1 Windowbag

The windowbags are deployed:I in the initial stages of an accident with

a high rate of vehicle acceleration ordeceleration in a lateral direction

I on the side on which the impact occursI regardless of whether the co-driver's

seat is occupiedI whether or not the seat belt is fastenedI independently of the front airbagsI independently of the belt tensioner

i You will find additional information aboutairbag deployment on (e page 42).

You can find further information about the trig-gering of belt tensioners and belt force limiterson (e page 39).

Children in the vehicle

If a child is travelling in the vehicle:I secure the child, preferably on a suit-

able rear seat, using a child restraintsystem appropriate to his/her age andsize and which has been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles

I ensure that the child is strapped inthroughout the trip

I activate the child-proof locks for thevehicle doors and for the hinged win-dow and the sliding sunroof in the rear

You can obtain child seats and informationabout the correct child restraint systemfrom any Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

G Risk of injury

Do not leave children unsupervised in thevehicle, even if they are secured in a childrestraint system. The children could:

Safety

Occupant safety

45

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 48: Mercedes Benz Vito

I injure themselves on parts of the vehicleI be severely or even fatally harmed by

prolonged exposure to intense heat orcold

Do not expose the child restraint system todirect sunlight, as this could cause, for ex-ample, metallic parts of the child restraintsystem to become very hot. Touching theseparts could cause skin burns.If the children open a door, they could:I injure other people in doing soI get out of the vehicle and thereby injure

themselves or be injured by a passingvehicle

Do not carry heavy or hard objects insidethe vehicle unless they are secured. You willfind further information under “Loadingguidelines” in the index.

An unsecured or incorrectly positioned loadincreases the risk of injury to the child inthe event of:I sharp brakingI a sudden change in directionI an accident

Child restraint systems

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you onlyuse child restraint systems suitable for the

age and size of the children on the differ-ent seats. (e page 49)

G Risk of injury

To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuryto the child in the event of an accident,braking or sudden change in direction:I Always secure children less than 1.50 m

tall and under 12 years of age in a spe-cial child restraint system installed on asuitable vehicle seat, as the seat beltsare not designed for passengers of thissize.

I Do not allow children under 12 years ofage to sit on the co-driver's seat unlessthey are secured in a child restraint sys-tem with automatic child seat recogni-tion in vehicles which also have auto-matic child seat recognition on the co-driver's seat.

I On no account should children travel sit-ting on the lap of another occupant. Theforces produced in the event of an acci-dent, sharp braking or a sudden changein direction make it impossible for achild to be held securely. He/she maybe thrown against parts of the vehicle in-terior and be seriously or fatally injured.

I All vehicle occupants must always havetheir seat belt fastened correctly.

I If you fit a child restraint system to theco-driver's seat, you must move the co-driver's seat as far back as possible.

G Risk of injury

If the child restraint system is not fitted cor-rectly to a suitable seat, the child may nolonger be secured in the event of an acci-dent or sudden braking and may be serious-ly or fatally injured. When fitting a child re-straint system, you must observe the manu-facturer's installation instructions and cor-rect use of the child restraint system.

Child restraint systems should preferably befitted to the rear seats. The child is generallybetter protected there.Never place objects, e.g. cushions, underthe child restraint system. The entire baseof the child restraint system must always beresting on the seat cushion.Child restraint systems must not be usedwithout their original cover. Only replacedamaged covers with genuine Mercedes-Benz covers.

Only use child restraint systems which havebeen recommended for Mercedes-Benz onthe rear seats.

Safety

Occupant safety

46

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 49: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of injury

If you no longer require the child restraintsystem, remove it from the vehicle or secureit with the seat belt.The restraint system could otherwise bethrown through the vehicle interior in theevent of an accident.

G Risk of injury

If the child restraint system or its securingsystem has already been damaged or sub-jected to a load in an accident, a child sub-sequently secured in it could be seriously orfatally injured in the event of an accident,braking or a sudden change in direction.

Have restraint systems and their securingsystems which have been damaged or sub-jected to a load in an accident checked and,if necessary, replaced immediately at aqualified specialist workshop which has thenecessary specialist knowledge and toolsfor the work required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. All work relevant to safety or onsafety-related systems must be carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

Safety

Occupant safety

47

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 50: Mercedes Benz Vito

Suitable vehicle seats

Weight and age categories Child restraint system on theco-driver's seat

Child restraint system onthe individual seat (rear)

Child restraint system on therear bench seat

Category 0: up to 10 kg

up to approximately 9 months

As recommended1 Universal2 Universal2

Category 0+: up to 13 kg

up to approximately 18 months

as recommended1 Universal2 Universal2

Category I: 9 to 18 kg

between approximately 8 monthsand 4 years

Universal3 Universal Universal

Category II/III: 15 to 36 kg

between approximately 3½ and 12years

Universal3 Universal Universal

1 Only use child restraint systems with automatic child seat recognition.2 Forward-facing child restraint system in the “Universal” category.3 If you are using a child restraint system without automatic child seat recognition, move the co-driver's seat to its rearmost position. The automatic child seat recogni-tion is only available with comfort and deluxe seats (individual seat).

Safety

Occupant safety

48

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 51: Mercedes Benz Vito

“Universal” category child restraint sys-tems can be recognised by their orangeapproval label. The label is affixed to thechild seat and identifies the type of childseat.

Example of an approval label on the childrestraint system

Recommended child restraint systems

Weight and age categories Manufacturer Model Type approval number DaimlerChrysler ordernumber

Category 0: up to 10 kg

up to approximately 9 months

Britax Römer BABY SAFE PLUS E1 03 301146 B6 6 86 8212

B6 686 8213

Category 0+: up to 13 kg

up to approximately18 months

Britax Römer BABY SAFE PLUS E1 03 301146 B6 6 86 8212

B6 686 8213

Safety

Occupant safety

49

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 52: Mercedes Benz Vito

Weight and age categories Manufacturer Model Type approval number DaimlerChrysler ordernumber

Category I: 9 to 18 kg

between approximately 8months and 4 years

Britax Römer DUO PLUS E1 03 301133 B6 6 86 8217

B6 6 86 8218

Category II/III: 15 to 36 kg

between approximately3½ and 12 years

Britax Römer KID E1 03 301148 B6 6 86 8308

B6 6 86 8309

B6 6 86 8302

B6 6 86 8303

Warning sticker on the co-driver's sun vi-sor

G Risk of injury

The co-driver's front airbag is not deacti-vated:I in vehicles without automatic child seat

recognition on the co-driver's seatI in vehicles with automatic child seat rec-

ognition on the co-driver's seat, if a spe-cial child restraint system with auto-matic child seat recognition has notbeen fitted to the co-driver's seat or thePASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warning lampis not lit

If the co-driver's front airbag is not deacti-vated, a child secured in a child restraintsystem on the co-driver's seat could be seri-

ously or fatally injured by the co-driver'sfront airbag deploying in the event of an ac-cident, especially if the child is in the imme-diate vicinity of the co-driver's front airbagwhen it is deployed.To draw attention to this danger, there is anappropriate warning sticker on the dash-board as well as on either side of the co-driver's sun visor.If the co-driver's front airbag is not deacti-vated, a child must never be secured on theco-driver's seat in a rearward-facing child re-straint system. Only secure a rearward-facing child restraint system to a suitablerear seat.

Safety

Occupant safety

50

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 53: Mercedes Benz Vito

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the co-driver'sseat and the co-driver's front airbag is notdeactivated (e.g. in vehicles without auto-matic child seat recognition on the co-driv-er's or in vehicles with automatic child seatrecognition on the co-driver's seat and if thePASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warning lamp isnot lit), always position the co-driver's seatin its rearmost position.

Information about recommended child re-straint systems is available at anyMercedes-Benz Service Centre.Do not place any objects, e.g. a cushion,under the child restraint system. The entirebase of the child restraint system must al-ways be resting on the seat cushion. An in-correctly fitted child restraint system cannotperform its intended protective function inthe event of an accident, and could evenlead to injuries.

N00.00-2620-31

Warning symbol for a rearward-facing childrestraint system

Automatic child seat recognition onthe co-driver's seat

If your vehicle does not have automaticchild seat recognition on the co-driver'sseat, this is indicated by a special sticker.

The sticker is affixed to the side of thedashboard on the co-driver's side. It is visi-ble when you open the co-driver's door.(e page 51)

The warning lamp is below the hazardwarning lamp switch on the centre con-sole.

1 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warninglamp

The sensor system for the comfort and de-luxe co-driver’s seats automatically de-tects if a special Mercedes-Benz child seatwith automatic child seat recognition is fit-ted there. If this is the case, thePASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warning lamplights up on the centre console. The co-driver's front airbag has been disabled.

G Risk of injury

If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warninglamp does not light up when the child re-straint system is fitted, the co-driver's front

Safety

Occupant safety

51

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 54: Mercedes Benz Vito

airbag has not been deactivated. The childcould suffer life-threatening injuries if theco-driver's front airbag is deployed.

If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warninglamp does not light up, proceed as follows:I Do not use a rearward-facing child re-

straint system on the co-driver's seat.I Fit a rearward-facing child restraint sys-

tem on a suitable rear seat.orI Only use a forward-facing child seat on

the co-driver's seat. When doing so,move the co-driver’s seat to its rearmostposition.

I Have the automatic child seat recogni-tion system checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop which has the neces-sary specialist knowledge and tools tocarry out the work required. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for thispurpose. In particular, work relevant tosafety or on safety-related systems mustbe carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.

To ensure that the automatic child seat rec-ognition on the co-driver's seat functionscorrectly, never place objects (e.g. a cush-ion) under the child restraint system. Theentire base of the child restraint system

must always be resting on the seat cushion.An incorrectly fitted child restraint systemcannot perform its intended protective func-tion in the event of an accident, and couldeven lead to injuries.

i The windowbag, the thorax/side-impactairbag and the belt tensioner on the co-driver’sside remain enabled even if the co-driver’s frontairbag is disabled.

G Risk of injury

Do not place items of electronic equipmenton the co-driver's seat, e.g.:I laptops, if switched onI mobile phonesI cards with transponders, e.g. ski passes

or access passesas the signals from electronic equipmentcan cause interference in the sensor systemof the automatic child seat recognition sys-tem. This can lead to a system malfunctionand cause the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFwarning lamp:

I to light up even when there is no childseat with automatic child seat recogni-tion fitted, meaning that the co-driver'sfront airbag will not be deployed in theevent of an accident

I not to light up briefly when the key isturned to position 2 in the ignition lock

ISOFIX child seat securing system

ISOFIX is a standardised securing systemfor special child seats in the rear. The se-curing rings for the child restraint systemsare located between the seat cushionsand the backrest.

G Risk of injury

A child restraint system secured by the ISO-FIX child seat securing system does not pro-vide sufficient protection for children weigh-ing more than 22 kg. For this reason, do notsecure children weighing more than 22 kgin a child restraint system secured by theISOFIX child seat securing system. If thechild weighs more than 22 kg, secure thechild restraint system using a lap-shoulderbelt.

Safety

Occupant safety

52

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 55: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of injury

If the child restraint system is not fitted cor-rectly to a suitable vehicle seat, the childmay not be secured in the event of an acci-dent or sudden braking and may be serious-ly or fatally injured. Follow the manufactur-er's installation instructions when fitting thechild restraint system.

On the rear seats, only use child restraintsystems with an ISOFIX child seat securingsystem and which have been recommendedfor use in Mercedes-Benz vehicles.

An incorrectly fitted child restraint systemcould come loose and fatally injure the childor other vehicle occupants. When fitting thechild restraint system, make sure that it isengaged in the securing rings on both sides.

G Risk of injury

If the child restraint system or its securingsystem, e.g. ISOFIX child seat securing sys-tem, has been damaged or subjected to aload in an accident, the child secured in itcould be seriously or fatally injured in theevent of an accident, braking or a suddenchange in direction.

Always have child restraint systems andtheir securing systems which are damagedor have been subjected to a heavy load in

an accident checked and, if necessary, re-placed immediately at a qualified specialistworkshop which has the necessary special-ist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required. Mercedes-Benz recommendsthat you use a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre for this purpose. In particular, workrelevant to safety or on safety-related sys-tems must be carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

! When fitting the child restraint system invehicles with a rear bench seat, make sure thatthe seat belt for the middle seat does not gettrapped.

1 Securing rings (not visible)

E To fit the child seat: move the back-rest to the rearmost detent position(comfort seats).

E Secure the child seat to the two secur-ing rings 1, as described in the child-seat manufacturer's instructions.

E Return the backrest to the foremostdetent position.

E To remove the child seat: see thechild-seat manufacturer's instructions.

G Risk of injury

Do not leave children unsupervised in thevehicle, even if they are secured in a childrestraint system. The children could:I injure themselves on parts of the vehicleI be severely or even fatally injured by

prolonged exposure to intense heat orcold

Do not expose the child restraint system todirect sunlight, as this could cause, for ex-ample, metal parts of the child restraint sys-tem to become very hot. Touching theseparts could cause skin burns.If the children open a door, they could:I thereby cause injury to other personsI get out of the vehicle and injure them-

selves or be injured by a passing vehicle

Safety

Occupant safety

53

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 56: Mercedes Benz Vito

Child-proof locks

If children are travelling in the vehicle, youcan activate the child-proof locks for therear.

When the child-proof locks for the doorsare activated, you can childproof the slid-ing doors and the tailgate/rear door indi-vidually. If a door has been childproofed:I it cannot be opened from the insideI it can only be opened from the outside

if the vehicle is unlocked

G Risk of injury

Activate the child-proof locks on the reardoors and deactivate the hinged windowand sliding sunroof controls in the rear com-partment when children are travelling in thevehicle. The children could otherwise openthe doors, hinged windows or sliding sun-roof in the rear while the vehicle is in mo-tion, thereby injuring themselves andothers.

Child-proof locks on sliding doors

The rotary mechanism for the child-prooflocks is located towards the rear edge ofthe sliding doors.

1 Child-proof locks

E To activate: use a suitable object toturn child-proof lock 1 to the on posi-tion.

E Check that the child-proof locks areworking properly.

E To deactivate: use a suitable object toturn child-proof lock 1 to the off posi-tion.

i When you activate the child-proof lock inthe electric sliding door, the buttons on the B-pillar and on the interior door handle of theelectric sliding door are not operational.

Child-proof locks on the tailgate/reardoor

The latch for the child-proof lock is locatedon the lower edge of the tailgate or on thefront edge of the right-hand rear door.

1 Latch for the child-proof lock

E To activate: slide latch 1 to theright/downwards.

E Check that the child-proof locks areworking properly.

Safety

Occupant safety

54

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 57: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To deactivate: slide latch 1 to theleft/upwards.

Child-proof locks for rear electrichinged windows and the sliding sun-roof in the rear

G Risk of injury

Activate the child-proof locks on the reardoors and deactivate the hinged windowand sliding sunroof controls in the rear com-partment when children are travelling in thevehicle. The children could otherwise openthe doors, hinged windows or sliding sun-roof in the rear while the vehicle is in mo-tion, thereby injuring themselves andothers.

The switch is located in the door controlpanel on the driver's door.

1 Switch

E To activate or deactivate: pressswitch 1.

Switch 1 engages or extends. If theswitch is engaged, you can no longeroperate the rear hinged windows andthe sliding sunroof in the rear using theswitches in the rear compartment.

i Even if switch 1 is engaged, you can stillopen the rear hinged windows using theswitches on the driver's door.

General safety notes

Stickers

There are various warning stickers affixedto your vehicle. They serve to make youand others aware of various dangers.

G Risk of injury

Do not remove any warning stickers.

If you remove warning stickers, it may pre-vent you or others from recognising dan-gers. This could result in injury to yourselfor others.

Substances constituting a healthhazard

Do not store or transport in the cab sub-stances which are hazardous to health andsubstances which react aggressively.

These include:I solventsI fuelsI oils and greaseI cleaning agentsI acids

Safety

General safety notes

55

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 58: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of fire and accident

Do not store or transport in the cab sub-stances which are hazardous to health andsubstances which react aggressively. Gasesand fluids can escape even from securelyclosed containers. This can:I compromise your health and ability to

concentrate on driving the vehicleI damage electrical components (e.g. con-

trol units and plug connectors), resultingin malfunctions, system failures andeven short circuits, which could start afire

You could cause an accident and injureyourself and others.

Tyres and wheels

Operating and driving safety

Tyres are particularly important for the op-erating reliability and driving safety of thevehicle. You should therefore check thetyre pressure, tyre tread and tyre conditionon a regular basis.

A specialist tyre store, a qualified special-ist workshop or any Mercedes-BenzService Centre will be able to give you fur-ther information about:I List of recommended makes of tyreI Tyre load-bearing capacity (LI Load In-

dex)I Speed index (maximum permissible

tyre speed)I Tyre ageI Causes and effects of tyre wearI Measures to be taken in the event of

tyre damageI Tyre types for specific regions, areas of

operation or conditions of vehicle useI Possibilities for changing tyres, etc.

Modifications to the brake system orwheels are not permissible, nor is the useof spacer plates or brake dust shields. Anysuch modifications will invalidate the vehi-cle's general operating permit.

G Risk of accident

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use tyres which havebeen approved by Mercedes-Benz specifi-cally for your vehicle. These tyres are spe-cially adapted for the vehicle handling char-acteristics, comfort, wear and for use withthe control systems, such as ABS or ESP®.If you use other tyres, Mercedes-Benz can-not accept any responsibility for damagewhich may occur. You can obtain informa-tion about tyres from any Mercedes-BenzService Centre.

If you fit tyres other than those tested andrecommended for Mercedes-Benz, charac-teristics such as handling, noise levels, fuelconsumption and wear, etc. may be ad-versely affected. In addition, when drivingwith a load, dimensional variations and dif-ferent tyre deformation characteristicscould cause the tyres to make contact withthe bodywork and axle components. Thiscould result in damage to the tyres or thevehicle.

Safety

Tyres and wheels

56

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 59: Mercedes Benz Vito

Run in new tyres at moderate speeds forthe first 100 km.

G Risk of accident

Loose wheel nuts or bolts could cause youto lose a wheel while the vehicle is in mo-tion. You could lose control of the vehicle asa result, cause an accident and injure your-self or others.

You should therefore tighten the wheel nutsor wheel bolts regularly, at least once ayear, to the specified tightening torque.

You will find further information on wintertyres in the “Operation” section(e page 235).

You will find information about the tighten-ing torque for wheel bolts in the “Technicaldata” section (e page 354).

Tyre pressures

G Risk of accident

Always observe the specified tyre pressuresfor your vehicle.

The tyre temperature and pressure increasewhen the vehicle is in motion. You shouldtherefore never reduce the pressure of

warm tyres. The pressure would then be toolow once the tyres have cooled.The tyre pressure must be adjusted to theload of the vehicle. If the tyre pressure istoo low, it may cause the tyre to burst, es-pecially at higher loads and speeds. A tyrepressure that is too high can cause a longerbraking distance and a poorer tyre grip.

If the tyre pressure has been incorrectly set,you could lose control of your vehicle, caus-ing an accident and injuring yourself orothers.

Check the specified tyre pressure regularlywhen the tyres are cold. You should dothis at least once every two weeks and be-fore long journeys.

Correct the tyre pressure before loadingthe vehicle. Check tyre pressures afterloading the vehicle and correct them asnecessary.I If the tyre pressure is too low, it can

cause excessive tyre temperatures, in-creased tyre wear, altered directionalstability and increased fuel consump-tion.

I If the tyre pressure is too high, it cancause a longer stopping distance, poor-er tyre grip and increased tyre wear.

I Valve caps on the tyre valves protectthe valve core from moisture and dirt.You must therefore always screw thevalve caps tightly onto the tyre valves.

I If there is repeated pressure loss fromthe tyres, this may be caused by exter-nal damage, foreign objects in the tyretread, cracks, bulges or leaking tyrevalves.

You will find the tyre inflation pressure ta-bles in the “Technical data” section(e page 352).

Tyre tread

A minimum tyre tread depth is specifiedby law. You should therefore observe therespective legal requirements for the rele-vant country.I The smaller the remaining tread depth,

the poorer the grip and handling of thevehicle will be, especially on wet orsnow-covered road surfaces.

I When the tread depth is less than3 mm, tyre grip is drastically reducedon wet roads, for example. For safetyreasons, you should have the tyres re-placed before they reach the minimumtread depth specified by law.

Safety

Tyres and wheels

57

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 60: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of accident

You should always make sure that there issufficient tyre tread. If the tyre tread depthis insufficient, the risk of aquaplaning inheavy rain or slush and at high speeds in-creases. The tyre tread is no longer able toroute the water away. You could lose con-trol of the vehicle as a result, cause an acci-dent and injure yourself or others.

Tyre condition

Check the tyre condition regularly, at leastonce every two weeks and before longjourneys, e.g. for:I external damageI foreign objects in the treadI cracks, bulgesI tyre tread depth and/or one-sided or

uneven tread wear. Turn the frontwheels inwards to check the inside ofthe front wheels better. Always checkthe insides of the tread on the reartyres too.

G Risk of accident

Note that cracks, bulges and other damagecan cause a tyre to burst. This could cause

you to lose control of the vehicle, causingan accident and injuring yourself or others.Have damaged tyres replaced immediately.

Tyre age

Tyres age, even if they are rarely used ornot used at all. Operating and drivingsafety diminishes with tyre age. Youshould therefore have tyres more than sixyears old replaced. This also applies to thespare wheel.

Tyre damage

Tyre damage can be caused by:I the operating conditions of the vehicleI tyre ageingI kerbsI foreign objectsI insufficient or excessive tyre pressureI weather or environmental conditionsI contact with oil, grease, fuel, etc.

G Risk of accident

Driving over kerbs or sharp-edged objectscan cause damage to the tyre substructurewhich is not visible from the outside.

Damage to the tyre substructure cannot bedetected until later and can cause the tyreto burst.

You could lose control of the vehicle as a re-sult, cause an accident and injure yourselfor others.Avoid tyre impact with kerbs or parking withpart of the tyre tread on the kerb.

Tyre load capacity, maximum tyrespeed and types of tyre

G Risk of accident

Exceeding the specified tyre load capacityor the maximum permissible speed cancause tyre damage or tyre failure. You couldlose control of the vehicle as a result, causean accident and injure yourself or others.You must therefore only use tyre types andsizes which have been approved for your ve-hicle model and must observe the tyre loadcapacity and speed index required.Note in particular the vehicle approval regu-lations relating to tyres that are applicablein the country concerned. These regulationsmay specify certain tyre types for the ve-hicle, or may prohibit the use of certain tyretypes that are permissible in other coun-tries.

Safety

Tyres and wheels

58

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 61: Mercedes Benz Vito

In addition, the use of a certain tyre typemay be advisable in certain regions and forcertain areas of operation. You can obtaininformation about tyres from any Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Retreaded tyres

Retreaded tyres are not tested forMercedes-Benz and are therefore not rec-ommended. Previous damage is not al-ways detected during the retreading proc-ess. The use of retreaded tyres thereforemeans that driving safety cannot be guar-anteed to the same extent as if originaltyres are used.

Direction of rotation

Tyres with a specified direction of rotationoffer additional benefits, e.g. with regardto aquaplaning. These benefits are only ap-plicable if the direction of rotation is ob-served. The direction of rotation is indi-cated by an arrow on the tyre sidewall.

Replacing tyres and wheels

I Only fit tyres and wheels of the sametype and make.

I Only fit tyres of the correct size ontothe wheels.

I Fit new tyres on the front wheels first iftyres of the same size are required onthe front and rear wheels.

G Risk of accident

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use tyres which havebeen approved by Mercedes-Benz specifi-cally for your vehicle. These tyres are spe-cially adapted for the vehicle handling char-acteristics, comfort, wear and for use withthe control systems, such as ABS or ESP®.If you use other tyres, Mercedes-Benz can-not accept any responsibility for damagewhich may occur. You can obtain informa-tion about tyres from any Mercedes-BenzService Centre.If you fit tyres other than those tested andrecommended for Mercedes-Benz, charac-teristics such as handling, noise levels, fuelconsumption and wear, etc. may be ad-versely affected. In addition, when drivingwith a load, dimensional variations and dif-ferent tyre deformation characteristics

could cause the tyres to make contact withthe bodywork and axle components. Thiscould result in damage to the tyres or thevehicle.Run in new tyres at moderate speeds forthe first 100 km.

G Risk of accident

Only interchange the front and rear wheelsif they are of the same size. If the inter-changed wheels are of a different size, thehandling characteristics of the vehicle canchange considerably. Operating safety mayno longer be guaranteed.

! If your vehicle is equipped with the tyrepressure monitor, there are electronic compo-nents in the wheels.

Fitting tools must not be used in the area ofthe valve. Otherwise, the electronic compo-nents could be damaged.

Always have the tyres replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-BenzService Centre.

Provided that the vehicle has the samesize wheels, they can be interchangedevery 5,000 to 10,000 km, depending onthe degree of tyre wear. Do not reverse

Safety

Tyres and wheels

59

ee

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 62: Mercedes Benz Vito

the direction of wheel rotation(e page 59).

Interchange the wheels before too definitea wear pattern has formed on the tyres.The front tyres typically wear more on theouter shoulder, and the rear tyres in thecentre of the tread.

Clean the inside of the wheels thoroughlywhenever the wheels are interchanged.

After interchanging wheels, correct thetyre pressures.

You will find information about changing awheel in the “Practical advice” section(e page 320).

Storage of tyres

Store tyres in a cool, dry and, if possible,dark place.

Protect the tyres from oil, grease and fuel.Do not clean your wheels with acidicwheel cleaners since these could corrodethe wheel bolt heads.

Safety

Tyres and wheels

60

2

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 63: Mercedes Benz Vito

Controls

61

3

Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . 62Anti-theft systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 99On-board computer withoutsteering wheel buttons - versionA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102On-board computer with steer-ing wheel buttons - version A . .104On-board computer withoutsteering wheel buttons - versionB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

On-board computer with steer-ing wheel buttons - version B . .120Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Good visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Driving and parking. . . . . . . . . . .171Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Shifting gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Operating the vehicle . . . . . . . . .182Driving systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . .188Level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 64: Mercedes Benz Vito

Opening and closing

Vehicle key

The vehicle’s equipment includes 2 keys.There is an emergency key element ineach key.

The key can be used to unlock the vehiclefrom some distance.

The key’s factory setting enables you tocentrally lock and unlock the following:I the driver’s and the co-driver's doorI the sliding doorsI the tailgate/rear door

G Risk of injury

Do not leave children unsupervised in thevehicle, even if they are secured by a childrestraint system.They could:I injure themselves on parts of the vehicleI release the child-proof locks on vehicles

with an electric sliding door by pressingthe central locking button, and thenopen the doors and thereby injure otherpersons

I get out of the vehicle and thereby injurethemselves in the process or they couldbe injured by passing traffic

I be severely or even fatally harmed byprolonged exposure to intense heat

Activate the child-proof door locks if chil-dren are travelling in the vehicle. The chil-dren could otherwise open the doors whileyou are driving, injuring themselves orothers.

Key with remote control1 Battery check lamp2 j Locking button3 D Locking and unlocking button

Locks and unlocks the sliding doorsand rear door or rear door/unlocksand opens the electric sliding door.

4 Emergency key element release catch

5 Emergency key element6 k Release button

i Change the batteries immediately if batterycheck lamp 1 (e page 336) does not light upbriefly with every press of a button.

! Do not expose the key to high levels ofelectromagnetic radiation since this could in-terfere with the operation of the key.

Protect the key from moisture to prevent mal-functions.

Do not attach items to the eyelet on the emer-gency key element (e.g. mascots). The emer-gency key element could otherwise be yankedout and be lost.

i To prevent theft, only use the key in the im-mediate vicinity of the vehicle.

In an emergency, the driver’s or co-driver’sdoor can also be unlocked manually using theemergency key element (e page 337).

Factory settings

E To unlock centrally: Press releasebuttonk.

The turn signals flash once. The anti-theft alarm system is deactivated.

i If you unlock the vehicle using the key anddo not open a door or the tailgate/rear door

Controls

Opening and closing

62

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 65: Mercedes Benz Vito

within 40 seconds, the vehicle locks again au-tomatically.

E To lock centrally: press thej lock-ing button.

The turn signals flash 3 times whenI the drive authorisation system or

the anti-theft alarm system (ATA) isactivated

I all the doors and the tailgate/reardoor are closed

i Make sure that the locking knobs havedropped down.

Individual settings

If you frequently travel alone, you maywish to change the function of the remotecontrol. Pressing the k button then un-locks the:I driver’s and co-driver's door (panel van)

orI driver’s door (crewbus)

E Press and hold the k and j but-tons simultaneously for approximately6 seconds until battery check lamp 1flashes twice.

The key then functions as follows:

E To unlock the driver's and co-driv-er's doors (panel van): press thek button once.

The turn signals flash once.

E To unlock the driver's door (crew-bus): press the k button once.

The turn signals flash once.

E To unlock centrally: press the kbutton twice briefly.

The turn signals flash once.

E To lock centrally: press the j but-ton.

The turn signals flash three times whenthe vehicle is locked.

Restoring factory settings

E Press and hold the k and j but-tons simultaneously for approximately6 seconds until battery check lamp 1flashes twice.

The key unlocks the vehicle again cen-trally.

Unlocking the sliding doors and thetailgate/rear door

When the vehicle is locked, pressing theD button will unlock only the slidingdoors and the tailgate/rear door.

E Press the D button.

The turn signals flash once.

Central locking

Locking and unlocking manually

Using the central locking switch, you cancentrally lock or unlock from the inside ei-ther the entire vehicle or the sliding doorsand rear doors only.

G Risk of injury

Do not leave children unsupervised in thevehicle, even if they are secured by a childrestraint system. They could:I injure themselves on parts of the vehicleI be severely or even fatally harmed by

prolonged exposure to intense heat

If the children open a door, they could:

Controls

Opening and closing

63

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 66: Mercedes Benz Vito

I thereby cause injury to other personsI get out of the vehicle and thereby injure

themselves in the process or they couldbe injured by passing traffic

I sustain serious injuries if they were tofall out of the vehicle, due in particularto the height of the passenger compart-ment from the ground

Activate the child-proof door locks if chil-dren are travelling in the vehicle. The chil-dren could otherwise open the doors whileyou are driving, injuring themselves orothers.

i You can open a locked door from the insideat any time.

The switch is located on the centre con-sole.

1 To lock/unlock the entire vehicle2 To lock/unlock the rear doors

i If the key is in position 0 or no longer inthe ignition lock, the indicator lamp in the cen-tral locking switch lights up for 5 seconds afterit is pressed. If the key is in position 1 or 2 inthe ignition lock, the indicator lamp remains lit.

The indicator lamp in the central lockingswitch indicates when the sliding doorsand the tailgate/rear door are locked.

E To lock the entire vehicle: pressupper section1 of the switch whenthe doors are closed.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To unlock the entire vehicle: pressupper section1 of the switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

E To lock the rear doors: press lowersection 2 of the switch when thedoors are closed.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To unlock the rear doors: press lowersection 2 of the switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

i The vehicle will not be unlocked with thecentral locking switch if the vehicle was previ-ously centrally locked from the outside.

Warning when a door is open (instru-ment cluster)

The 9 “door open” indicator lamp inthe instrument cluster (e page 26) comeson if:I a door is not properly closed

andI the key is in position 2 in the ignition

lock.

Controls

Opening and closing

64

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 67: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Close all the doors.

The 9 "door open" indicator lampgoes out.

E Press upper section1 of the switch.

The entire vehicle is locked.

or

E Press lower section2 of the switch.

The rear doors lock.

Warning when a door is open (on-boardcomputer)

The display shows the 8 DOOR OPEN!message if:I a door is not properly closed

andI the vehicle is moving at walking pace

or faster

E Stop the vehicle.

E Close all the doors.

The message in the display goes out.

E Press upper section1 of the switch.

The entire vehicle is locked.

or

E Press lower section2 of the switch.

The rear doors lock.

Automatic locking

All the doors lock automatically after thevehicle pulls away.

You can open a locked door from the in-side at any time.

Opening of the electric sliding door is dis-abled while the vehicle is in motion. Youcan close the electric sliding door whilethe vehicle is in motion.

The central locking switch is located onthe centre console.

1 To lock/unlock the entire vehicle2 To lock/unlock the rear doors

! If the vehicle is centrally locked, this couldhinder assistance from the outside in the eventof an accident.

When the automatic locking when driving func-tion is activated, there is a risk of being lockedout if the vehicle is pushed or towed.

For this reason, always deactivate the auto-matic locking when driving function:

I before pushing the vehicle

I before towing the vehicle

I if you are only leaving the vehicle for a briefperiod

i The vehicle is locked automatically whenthe ignition is switched on and the vehicle ismoving.

i If the vehicle is unlocked or locked usingthe central locking switch, automatic locking isdeactivated.

Automatic locking is reactivated after the igni-tion is switched off or a door is opened withthe vehicle stationary.

E To activate the “automatic lockingwhen driving” function for the entirevehicle: close all the doors.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

Controls

Opening and closing

65

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 68: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press and hold upper section1 of theswitch for approximately 5 seconds.

The indicator lamp in the switch willflash four times.

E To deactivate the “automatic lock-ing when driving” function for theentire vehicle: close all the doors.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press and hold upper section1 of theswitch for approximately 5 seconds.

The indicator lamp in the switch willflash twice.

E To activate the “automatic lockingwhen driving” function for the reardoors: close all the doors.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press and hold lower section2 of theswitch for approximately 5 seconds.

The indicator lamp in the switch willflash four times.

E To deactivate the “automatic lock-ing when driving” function for therear doors: close all the doors.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press and hold lower section2 of theswitch for approximately 5 seconds.

The indicator lamp in the switch willflash twice.

Enhanced central locking system

Convenience opening feature

i For security reasons, the convenienceopening feature can only be triggered if an in-frared connection is established between thekey and the driver’s door from close distance.

The key can be used to open the followingsimultaneously:I the side windowsI the sliding sunroofsI the electric hinged windows

E Point the tip of the key at the driver’sdoor handle.

E Unlock the vehicle and keep the kbutton pressed until the side windows

and the sliding sunroofs have reachedthe desired position.

To cancel the procedure, release thek button.

Convenience closing

G Risk of injury

When you use the convenience closing fea-ture, the central locking automaticallycloses the windows and the sliding sun-roofs. Make sure that nobody can becometrapped.

i For security reasons, the convenience clos-ing feature can only be triggered if an infraredconnection is established between the key andthe driver’s door from close distance.

The key can be used to close the followingsimultaneously:I the side windowsI the sliding sunroofsI the electric hinged windows

E Close all doors.

E Point the tip of the key at the driver’sdoor handle.

Controls

Opening and closing

66

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 69: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Lock the vehicle and keep the jbutton pressed until the side windowsand the sliding sunroofs are fullyclosed.

To cancel the procedure, release thej button.

Check that all the side windows and thesliding/tilting sunroofs are closed beforeleaving the vehicle.

Ignition lock

0 To remove the key/to lock the steeringwheel

1 Steering wheel unlocked/power supplyfor some consumers, e.g. radio

2 Ignition switched on/ power supply forall consumers. Preglow4 and drive posi-tion.

3 To start the engine

i To unlock the steering, move the steeringwheel slightly while turning the key to position1.

Driver's door and co-driver's door

You can open the driver’s/co-driver’s doorfrom the inside at any time, even if it islocked.

1 Locking knob2 Inside door handle

E Pull door handle2.

Locking knob 1 pops up.

The door opens.

Sliding door

G Risk of injury

If the vehicle is parked on an incline, thesliding door may move of its own accord if itis open but not engaged. You and otherscould then become trapped.Make sure that the sliding door is engagedin the active retainer.

i The sliding door is equipped with an activeretainer, which engages the door at the endstop when opened. Always make sure that theopen sliding door is correctly engaged in thedetent.

To open the sliding door, it is necessary to pullthe outside door handle first, or press the but-ton on the inside handle, to release the slidingdoor from its detent.

! When you open the sliding door, first makesure that:

Controls

Opening and closing

67

ee

3

4 Only vehicles with a diesel engine.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 70: Mercedes Benz Vito

I the rear door is not opened to an angle of270°

I the rear door is not clipped into the door re-tainer

The sliding door could otherwise collide withthe opened rear door and the doors could bedamaged.

i Information about opening and closing therear doors can be found on (e page 72).

Opening/closing the sliding door fromthe outside

1 Outside door handle

E To open: pull door handle 1 to openthe sliding door.

E Slide the sliding door by its handle 1back to the stop.

E To close: pull door handle 1 to disen-gage the sliding door.

E Slide the sliding door firmly forwardsby door handle1 until it engages.

Opening/closing the sliding door fromthe inside

1 Button2 Inside door handle3 Locking knob

i The locking knob pops up when you open alocked sliding door from the inside. Only thissliding door is unlocked. The other doors re-main locked.

E To open: press knob 1 to open thesliding door.

E Slide the sliding door by its handle 2back to the stop.

E To close: press knob1 to disengagethe sliding door.

E Slide the sliding door firmly forwardsby door handle2 until it engages.

Electric sliding door*

Depending on the vehicle’s equipment,there is an electric sliding door on the leftand/or right-hand side.

G Risk of injury

If the sliding door moves uncontrollably toeither end position (open/closed), you andothers could be injured.

If the vehicle is standing on an uphill ordownhill gradient, the sliding door will beslowed when opening/closing. However, ifthe anti-trap function was previously trig-gered twice in succession, the sliding dooris not slowed as it is opened/closed.

You can operate the electric sliding doorusing the following:I The switch in the centre consoleI The switch on the B-pillarI The remote control in the key

Controls

Opening and closing

68

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 71: Mercedes Benz Vito

i After serious malfunctions or if the batteryhas been disconnected, close the sliding doorfully once.

Opening/closing using the switch

Observe the notes on anti-entrapment pro-tection (e page 70).

Sliding door switch on the centre console1 To close the sliding door/to program

the key2 To open the sliding door

Sliding door switch in the doorway3 To open/close the sliding door

E To open: briefly press the lower sec-tion of switch 2 on the centre consoleor the switch in doorway3.

The indicator lamp in the switchflashes. The sliding door unlocks andopens.

E Again briefly press the lower section ofswitch 2 on the centre console or theswitch in doorway 3.

The sliding door stops moving.

i If you have stopped the sliding door beforeit was fully open by pressing a control duringopening, the sliding door will be closed the nexttime the sliding door is operated using theswitch in the doorway or the remote control inthe key.

E To close: briefly press the upper sec-tion of switch 1 on the centre consoleor the switch in doorway3.

The indicator lamp in the switchflashes. The sliding door closes andyou will hear a signal.

E Again press the lower/upper section ofthe switch on the centre console or theswitch in doorway 3.

The sliding door stops moving.

Proceed as follows in the event of unfav-ourable operating conditions, e.g. frost,ice or heavy dirt:

E To open: press and hold the lower sec-tion of switch 2 on the centre consoleor the switch in doorway3.

The indicator lamp in the switchflashes. The sliding door unlocks andopens.

E Release switch 2 on the centre con-sole or the switch in doorway 3 oncethe sliding door has reached the de-sired position.

The sliding door stops moving.

Controls

Opening and closing

69

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 72: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To close: press and hold the uppersection of switch 1 on the centre con-sole or the switch in doorway 3.

The indicator lamp in the switchflashes. The sliding door closes andyou will hear a signal.

E Release switch 2 on the centre con-sole or the switch in doorway 3 oncethe sliding door has reached the de-sired position.

The sliding door stops moving.

i The indicator lamp in the centre consolelights up when the vehicle is stationary or whilethe vehicle is in motion if the sliding door isopen.

Opening/closing using the key

1 D To open/close the sliding door

E To open: press button1 for longerthan 0.5 seconds.

The sliding door unlocks and opens orthe sliding door closes.

E To close: press button1 again.

The sliding door stops moving.

If the vehicle is equipped with two electricsliding doors, it is only possible to programthe remote control to one of the slidingdoors. You can program the remote con-trol in both keys independently.

1 Switch for sliding door on left-handside

2 Switch for sliding door on right-handside

E To program the key: insert the key in-to the ignition lock.

E Make sure that the doors are closed.

E Switch on the ignition.

E Press switch 1 or 2 for the desireddoor for approximately 5 seconds.

The indicator lamp in the switchflashes. A signal sounds three times asconfirmation. You can use the remotecontrol to operate the sliding door se-lected above.

Anti-entrapment feature

G Risk of injury

The anti-entrapment protection functiondoes not eliminate the possibility of fingersor other parts of the body being trappedagainst the door frame and therefore doesnot eliminate the risk of injury.Always make sure that nobody is presentwithin the operating range of the slidingdoor.

If the electric sliding door is obstructedduring opening, the sliding door moves afew centimetres in the opposite directionand stops.

If the electric sliding door is obstructedduring closing, it reopens completely.

Controls

Opening and closing

70

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 73: Mercedes Benz Vito

If the anti-entrapment feature is activated:I you will hear three warning tones from

the instrument clusterI the indicator lamp in the switch on the

centre console lights upI you will also hear three warning tones

from the electric sliding door controlunit

i The anti-entrapment function is less sensi-tive when the door is operated by pressing andholding the switch on the centre console or theswitch in the doorway than when the door op-erates automatically.

Electric sliding door open warning

The indicator lamp in the switch on thecentre console lights up when the vehicleis stationary or while the vehicle is in mo-tion if the sliding door is open.

Tailgate

! The tailgate swings upwards and out. Makesure that there is sufficient clearance.

G Risk of poisoning

Make sure that the tailgate is always closedwhen the engine is running. Otherwise, you

could be poisoned by exhaust fumes enter-ing the vehicle.

Opening/closing the tailgate from theoutside

1 Handle

E To open: pull handle 1.

E Swing the tailgate upwards.

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close the tailgate. Pay particular at-tention if small children are near the ve-hicle.

2 Strap

E To close: pull the tailgate firmly down-wards by strap 2 and close it fromoutside.

Opening and closing the tailgate fromthe inside

The handle is on the inside of the tailgate.A white section indicates that the tailgateis locked.

Controls

Opening and closing

71

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 74: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tailgate1 Handle2 Latch

E To unlock: slide latch 2 on the tail-gate up.

The white section is no longer visible.

E To lock: slide latch 2 on the tailgatedown.

The white section is visible.

E To open: pull handle1 in the directionof the arrow and swing the tailgate up-wards.

G Risk of accident

Do not leave children unsupervised in thevehicle. They could otherwise open the tail-

gate from the inside, even if it is locked, en-dangering themselves and others.

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close the tailgate.

E To close: pull the tailgate firmly down-wards by strap 2 (e page 71) andclose it from outside.

Rear doors

You can lock the rear doors at an angle ofapproximately 90°, 180° or 270°.

G Risk of injury

When you open the rear door, make surethat:I there is sufficient clearanceI make sure that nobody can become

trapped

G Risk of accident

The rear light will be covered if you open therear doors to the 90° detent position.

The vehicle will then be unsafe as its rearlights will not be visible for approaching traf-fic. Other road users may not realise until

too late that it is an obstruction. This couldlead to an accident.You should ensure that the vehicle is visiblefrom the rear in accordance with the rele-vant national regulations, using the warningtriangle for instance.

Opening the rear doors from the out-side

Opening the right-hand rear door

1 Handle

E Pull handle 1.

E Swing the door open to the side until itengages.

Always make sure that the open rear dooris correctly engaged in the detent.

Controls

Opening and closing

72

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 75: Mercedes Benz Vito

Opening the left-hand rear door

2 Release lever

E Make sure that the right-hand rear dooris open and engaged.

E Pull release lever 2 in the direction ofthe arrow.

E Swing the rear door open to the sideuntil it engages.

Opening the rear doors to an angle of180° or 270°

G Risk of injury

Make sure that there is no traffic approach-ing when opening the rear doors beyond90°.You could otherwise cause injury to yourselfand others.

! Before you open the rear door, make surethat the sliding door is closed.

The rear door could otherwise collide with theopened sliding door and the doors could bedamaged.

If you open the rear door while a hinged win-dow is open, the rear window wiper could col-lide with the hinged window. This would happenif the rear window wiper was in use at the time.

1 Retainer

E Open the rear door to about 45°.

E Pull and hold retainer 1 in the direc-tion of the arrow.

E Open the rear door to more than 90°so that the retainer can no longer en-gage.

E Release the retainer and open the reardoor to an angle of 180° or 270°.

2 Door retainer

E Press the rear door against door re-tainer 2 on the side panel.

The door is held in this position by amagnet.

Closing the rear doors from the outside

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close the rear door.

E Close the left-hand rear door firmlyfrom the outside.

E Close the right-hand rear door firmlyfrom the outside.

Controls

Opening and closing

73

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 76: Mercedes Benz Vito

Closing the rear doors from the 180°position

E Push the rear door closed.

Retainer 1 (e page 73) automaticallydisengages.

Closing the rear doors from the 270°position

E Pull the door off door retainer 2(e page 73).

E Push the rear door closed.

Retainer 1 (e page 73) automaticallydisengages.

Opening/closing the rear door fromthe inside

The handle is on the inside of the right-hand rear door. A white section indicatesthat the rear door is locked.

Rear door3 Handle4 Latch

E To unlock: slide latch 4 on the reardoor in the direction of the arrow.

The white section is no longer visible.

E To lock: slide latch 4 on the rear doorto the left.

The white section is visible.

E To open the rear door: pull handle3in the direction of the arrow and swingthe rear door outwards.

i If you open a locked rear door from the in-side, latch 4 moves to the right and the whitesection is no longer visible. Only the rear doorunlocks. The other doors remain locked.

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close the rear door.

E To close the rear door: make surethat the left-hand door is closed.

E Pull the right-hand rear door closed bythe door handle.

Opening/closing the windows

Side windows

You can open and close the side windowselectrically.

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close a side window.

Remove the key from the ignition lock evenif you are only leaving the vehicle for a shorttime.Never leave children unsupervised in the ve-hicle.

Controls

Opening and closing

74

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 77: Mercedes Benz Vito

The switches for all side windows are lo-cated on the door control panel.

1 Power window, left2 Power window, right

E Make sure that the key is in position 2in the ignition lock.

E To open/close: pull or press and holdswitch 1 or 2 until the window hasreached the desired position.

i If you press the switch beyond the pressurepoint and then release it, the window opens au-tomatically. To stop the window, pull or pressthe switch again.

Resetting the side windows

The side windows must be reset if the bat-tery has been disconnected.

E Pull the two power-window switchesuntil the side windows are closed.

E Hold the switches in this position forabout one second.

The side windows are reset.

Sliding windows

1 Catch

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you operate the sliding window or thesliding door with sliding window.Remove the key from the ignition lock evenif you are only leaving the vehicle for a shorttime.

Never leave children unsupervised in the ve-hicle.

E To open: press the two catches 1 to-gether and move the sliding window tothe desired position.

E To close: press the two catches 1 to-gether and close the sliding window.

The catches must engage audibly.

Hinged windows

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close a hinged window.

Remove the key from the ignition lock evenif you are only leaving the vehicle for a shorttime.Never leave children unsupervised in the ve-hicle.

Controls

Opening and closing

75

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 78: Mercedes Benz Vito

Manually-operated hinged windows

1 Latch2 Rear

E To open: hold latch 1 at the rear 2and pull it towards you.

E Press the hinged window outwards un-til latch 1 engages.

E To close: hold latch 1 at the rear 2and pull it towards you.

E Swing the hinged window in and pushlatch 1 away from you until it en-gages.

Electric hinged windows

The switches for the hinged windows arelocated on the door control panel.

Switches on the driver’s door1 Hinged window, rear left2 Hinged window, rear right3 Override switch for the electric hinged

windows in the rear (e page 55)

E To open: press and hold switch 1 or2 until the hinged window hasreached the desired position.

i If you press the switch beyond the pressurepoint and then release it, the hinged windowopens automatically. To stop the window, pullor press the switch again.

E To close: pull and hold switch 1 or2until the hinged window has reachedthe desired position.

The switches for the hinged windows arelocated on the upper section of the doortrims in the rear.

Switches in the rear (left-hand side of thevehicle)4 Hinged windows

E To open from the rear compartment:press and hold switch4 until thehinged window has reached the desiredposition.

i If you press the switch beyond the pressurepoint and then release it, the hinged windowopens automatically. To stop the window, pullor press the switch again.

E To close from the rear compart-ment: press and hold switch 4 untilthe hinged window has reached the de-sired position.

Controls

Opening and closing

76

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 79: Mercedes Benz Vito

Sliding/tilting sunroof

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close the sliding/tilting sunroof.

The glass could break in an accident.If you or other occupants are not wearingyour seat belt there is a risk of being thrownout of the opening in the event of the ve-hicle overturning. Therefore, always wear aseat belt to reduce the risk of injuries. In ac-cidents in which the vehicle overturns, thereis an increased risk of injury even for occu-pants who have fastened their seat beltscorrectly, as their head or limbs could bethrust through the opening.Remove the key from the ignition lock evenif you are only leaving the vehicle for a shorttime.

Sliding/tilting sunroof switch1 To open2 To close3 To raise4 To lower5 To switch between front/rear sliding

sunroof

! Do not raise the sliding/tilting sunroof ifyou have fitted a roof rack system. It could oth-erwise hit the roof rack.

This could damage both the sliding/tilting sun-roof and the roof rack system.

! Do not open the sliding sunroof in the rearif there is snow or ice on the roof, as this couldresult in malfunctions.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press switch 5 to switch between op-erating the front sliding/tilting sunroofand the rear sliding sunroof.

E Press the sliding/tilting sunroof switchin the desired direction as far as thepressure point.

E Release the sliding/tilting sunroofswitch when the desired position hasbeen reached.

i If you press the sliding/tilting sunroofswitch beyond the pressure point and then re-lease it, the sliding/tilting sunroof automati-cally opens or closes fully.

To stop the sunroof, press the sliding/tiltingsunroof switch again in any direction.

If the sliding/tilting sunroof is obstructed dur-ing automatic closing, it will stop and openagain.

! Do not transport objects which protrudefrom the sliding/tilting sunroof. You could oth-erwise damage the sliding/tilting sunroof.

Resetting the sliding/tilting sunroof

The sliding/tilting sunroof must be resetafter:

Controls

Opening and closing

77

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 80: Mercedes Benz Vito

I the sunroof has been closed manuallyusing the T-shaped emergency key(e page 339)

I has not opened smoothlyI a malfunctionI an interruption in the voltage supply as

a result of a disconnected or flat bat-tery

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press the sliding/tilting sunroof switchto 2.

E Once the sliding/tilting sunroof isclosed keep the switch pressed for ap-proximately three seconds.

The sliding/tilting sunroof is reset.

Opening and closing the sliding sun-roof using the control panel in the rearcompartment

i The sliding sunroof in the rear compart-ment consists of two separate roof sections.The rear roof can be operated from the rearcompartment.

The switch for the sliding sunroof is lo-cated on the roof cross member in therear compartment.

1 To open2 To close

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press the sliding sunroof switch in thedesired direction as far as the firstpressure point.

E Release the sliding sunroof switchwhen the desired position has beenreached.

i If you press the sliding sunroofswitch beyond the pressure point and then re-lease it, the sliding sunroof automatically opensor closes fully.

To stop the sunroof, press the sliding sunroofswitch again in any direction.

! Do not transport objects which protrudefrom the sliding sunroof. You could otherwisedamage the sliding sunroof.

Opening and closing the roller sunblind

1 Release button

E To open: press the dimpled surface ofrelease button1 to open the rollersunblind.

! When you open the roller sunblind, youmust guide it as far as it will go to the rear, oth-erwise it could be pulled back by the tension ofthe spring.

This could result in damage to the roller sun-blind. Only close the roller sunblind when thesliding/tilting sunroof is closed.

Controls

Opening and closing

78

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 81: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To close: slide the roller sunblind for-wards until the release button reen-gages.

Anti-theft systems

Immobiliser

The immobiliser prevents the vehicle frombeing started without the correct key.

E To activate: remove the key from theignition lock.

E To deactivate: insert the key into theignition lock and turn to position 2.

! A malfunction has developed if:

I you are unable to start the engine

I the Á and î displays light up alter-nately in the display.

Have the immobiliser checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop or a Mercedes-BenzService Centre.

Anti-theft alarm system (ATA)

If the alarm system is primed, a visual andaudible alarm is triggered when the follow-ing are opened:I a door,I the tailgate/rear door,I the bonnet.

Priming the alarm system

E Close all the doors and the tailgate/rear door.

E Lock the vehicle using the buttonjon the key. (e page 62)

The indicator lamp in the central lock-ing switch (e page 64) flashes.

Deactivating the anti-theft alarm sys-tem

E Unlock the vehicle using the buttonk on the key. (e page 62)

The indicator lamp in the central lock-ing switch (e page 64) goes out.

i The vehicle automatically locks again if youdo not open a door or the tailgate/rear doorwithin 40 seconds.

i The alarm system will be triggered if the ve-hicle was previously locked with the key and isthen unlocked from the inside.

Stopping the alarm

E Insert the key into the ignition lock.

or

E Press button k. (e page 62)

The alarm is switched off.

Controls

Anti-theft systems

79

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 82: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tow-away protection

A visual and audible alarm is triggered ifthe inclination of the vehicle changeswhen tow-away protection is primed.

i The tow-away protection alarm is triggered,e.g. if the vehicle is jacked up on one side.

Priming tow-away protection

When you lock the vehicle, tow-away pro-tection is automatically primed after ap-proximately 15 seconds.

Tow-away protection is automatically de-activated when you unlock the vehicle.

Deactivating the tow-away protectionfor transportation

Deactivate tow-away protection if the ve-hicle is being transported or loaded ontoanother vehicle. This will prevent a falsealarm.

The button is located on the overhead con-trol panel.

1 To deactivate tow-away protection2 Indicator lamp

E Turn the key to position 0 or 1 in theignition lock or remove the key.

E Press button 1.

Indicator lamp 2 lights up for approxi-mately 5 seconds after the button is re-leased.

E Lock the vehicle with the key.

i Tow-away protection remains deactivateduntil you lock the vehicle again.

Interior motion sensor

If the anti-theft alarm system is primedand the vehicle is locked, a visual andaudible alarm is triggered if one of the sidewindows or the rear window on your ve-hicle is smashed and someone reaches in-to the interior, for example.

Priming the interior motion sensor

E Close the side windows, sliding/tiltingsunroof and sliding sunroof in the rear.

The interior motion sensor is notprimed if:I the sliding/tilting sunroof is openI the sliding sunroof in the rear is

openI the windows are not closedI the windows have not been reset

E Lock the vehicle.

The interior motion sensor is primedafter approximately 15 seconds.

i Do not leave anything (e.g. mascots or coathangers) hanging on the rear-view mirror or onthe grab handles on the roof lining. This willprevent a false alarm.

Controls

Anti-theft systems

80

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 83: Mercedes Benz Vito

To deactivate the interior motion sen-sor

Deactivate the interior motion sensor ifpeople or animals remain in the locked ve-hicle. This will prevent a false alarm.

The button is located on the overhead con-trol panel.

1 Indicator lamp2 To deactivate the interior motion sen-

sor

E Turn the key to position 0 or 1 in theignition lock or remove the key.

E Press button 2.

Indicator lamp 1 lights up for approxi-mately 5 seconds after the button is re-leased.

E Lock the vehicle with the key.

i The interior motion sensor remains deacti-vated until you lock the vehicle again.

Seats

Driver’s and co-driver’s seats

You can adjust the seats either electricallyor manually, depending on the vehicle'sequipment.

G Risk of accident

If you adjust the driver's seat while the ve-hicle is in motion, your attention will be dis-tracted from the traffic conditions. Youcould lose control of the vehicle as a resultof sudden seat movements and therebycause an accident.Therefore, only adjust the driver's seat whenthe vehicle is stationary and the parkingbrake is applied.

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you adjust the seat. Never place yourhands under the seat or in the vicinity ofmoving parts.

Your seat must be adjusted in such a waythat you can wear the seat belt correctly.

Observe the following points:

Controls

Seats

81

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 84: Mercedes Benz Vito

I Position the backrest in an almost verti-cal position so that you are sitting virtu-ally upright.

I Avoid seat positions that prevent theseat belt from being routed correctly.The shoulder section of the belt must berouted over the middle of your shoulderand be pulled tight against your upperbody. The lap belt must always passacross your lap as low down as possible,i.e. over your hip joints. Do not drivewith the backrest reclined too far back.

I Your arms should be slightly bent whenyou are holding the steering wheel.

I The distance from the pedals should besuch that you can depress them fully.

I Adjust your head restraint so that itsupper edge is at the same level as thetop of your head.

I Make sure that you hear the seat en-gage. Otherwise, the seat is not cor-rectly locked in place.

Injuries may be caused if these notes arenot observed.

Adjusting the seat manually

The levers for:I Seat height adjustmentI Backrest angle adjustmentI Seat cushion angle adjustment

are on the outside of the seat.

The lever for seat fore-and-aft adjustmentis located at the front of the seat belowthe seat cushion.

1 Lumbar support adjustment2 Fore-and-aft adjustment3 Seat cushion angle adjustment4 Seat height adjustment5 Backrest adjustment

E To adjust the seat's fore-and-aft po-sition: pull lever 2 upwards.

E Slide the seat forwards or backwards.

E Release lever 2.

Make sure that you hear the seat en-gage audibly.

E To adjust the seat's height: press orpull lever4 until you have reached thedesired seat height.

E To adjust the backrest: turn adjust-ment wheel 5 towards the front.

The backrest moves to an upright posi-tion.

E Turn adjustment wheel 5 towards therear.

The backrest tilts towards the rear.

i Relieving the load from the backrest makesit easier to adjust.

Always keep your back in light contact with thebackrest while you are making this adjustment.This is the best way to find the most comfort-able position.

E To adjust the seat angle: turn adjust-ment wheel 3 towards the front..

The front of the seat cushion tiltsdown.

Controls

Seats

82

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 85: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Turn adjustment wheel 3 towards therear.

The front of the seat cushion tilts up.

Adjusting the seat electrically

The switches for adjusting the seat electri-cally are located on the door trim.

E Turn the key to position 2.

or

E Open a door.

or

E Press a switch.

You can adjust the seat electrically.

i If the ignition is not switched on, you canadjust the seats for 30 seconds after unlockingthe doors.

If you wish to adjust the seat electrically afterthe 30 seconds have elapsed:

I Remove the key from the ignition and pressthe k button to unlock the doors.

I Adjust the seat using the buttons on thedoor trim.

1 Head restraint height adjustment2 Backrest adjustment3 Fore-and-aft adjustment4 Seat cushion angle adjustment5 Seat height adjustment

E To adjust the fore-and-aft position:slide the switch forwards or backwardsin the direction of arrow 3.

E To adjust the seat height: slide theswitch up or down in the direction ofarrow 5.

E To adjust the seat angle: tilt theswitch up or down in the direction ofarrow 4 until your thighs are gentlysupported by the seat.

E To adjust the backrest: slide theswitch forwards or backwards in the di-rection of arrow 2.

Memory function

G Risk of accident

Only use the memory function on the driv-er’s side while the vehicle is stationary. Oth-erwise you might be distracted when theseat starts to move on its own.

You can adjust and store your individualseat settings. Memory button 1 and knob2 for adjusting seat settings are locatedon the door trim.

1 Memory button M2 Rotary switch for memory positions 1,

2 and 3

You can store three different seat settingsfor the driver’s and co-driver’s seats oneach key.

Controls

Seats

83

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 86: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Turn the key to position 2.

or

E Open the appropriate door.

i You can adjust the seat for 30 secondsafter unlocking the doors. (e page 83)

E To store seat settings: adjust seat.

E Press memory button M 1.

E Select storage position 1, 2 or 3 withknob 2 within 3 seconds.

E Press knob 2.

The seat position is stored.

i You can use the on-board computer to dis-engage the key-dependent storage function(e page 115) or (e page 134).

E To recall seat settings: turn knob 2to desired storage position 1, 2 or 3.

E Press knob 2.

The seat moves to the stored positionas long as you keep knob 2 pressed.

Lumbar support

i The lumbar support provides support foryour spinal column in the lumbar region.

When the lumbar support is correctly adjusted,it reduces strain on your back while driving.

Keep your back in contact with the backrestwhile you are adjusting the lumbar support.Only then can you find the most suitable set-ting.

Adjusting lumbar support electrically1 To increase lumbar support2 To reduce lumbar support

E To adjust the lumbar support elec-trically: press switch1 forwards.

This increases the support provided tothe lumbar region.

E Press switch 2 backwards.

This decreases the support provided tothe lumbar region.

Adjusting lumbar support manually3 Lumbar support adjustment

E To adjust the lumbar support man-ually: turn adjustment wheel 3 to-wards the front.

This increases the support provided tothe lumbar region.

E Turn adjustment wheel 3 towards therear.

This decreases the support provided tothe lumbar region.

Controls

Seats

84

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 87: Mercedes Benz Vito

Turning the driver's and co-driver'sseat

G Risk of accident

Do not start the engine unless the driver'sand co-driver's seats are positioned facingthe direction of travel. You will otherwisenot be able to control the vehicle safely andcould thus cause an accident.The safety systems only work when the driv-er's and co-driver's seats are facing the di-rection of travel.

The driver's and co-driver's seats can beturned outwards by an angle of about 50°to make getting in and out of the vehicleeasier.

1 Release lever

E Slide release catch 1 in the directionof the arrow.

E Turn the seat by approximately 50° inthe desired direction.

The seat engages audibly.

E Return the seats to their original posi-tions after getting in or out of the ve-hicle.

To make it more comfortable, for example,to hold a conversation, the driver’s seatand co-driver’s seat can be rotated in-wards by 180° when the vehicle is station-ary.

E Slide release catch 1 in the directionof the arrow.

E Turn the seat inwards.

The seat engages audibly.

Twin co-driver's seat

G Risk of injury

To reduce the risk of severe or even fatal in-juries to a child in an accident, during brak-ing or sudden changes in direction, the childseat must not be fitted in the centre of thetwin co-driver seat.

i The twin co-driver's seat does not providethe same level of comfort as the driver’s andco-driver's seats.

The seat width and legroom are restricted.

Information about the twin co-driver's seat isalso available at (e page 204).

Rear seats and rear bench seat

For a variable configuration of thepassenger and load compartment, youcan:

Standard rear bench seatI remove the rear bench seat by releas-

ing the quick-locking mechanismI install the rear bench seats in the rear

in the face-to-face position

Comfort rear bench seatI adjust the backrestsI fold each backrest forward individually

to the table positionI move the rear bench seat forwards and

backwardsI fold the rear bench seat forwards

Controls

Seats

85

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 88: Mercedes Benz Vito

I remove the rear bench seat by releas-ing the quick-locking mechanism

I install the rear bench seat in the face-to-face position

Easy-entry/exit feature

G Risk of injury

Before starting your journey, always fold theeasy-entry section of the rear bench seatback into the upright position. Do not allowpersons to sit behind the easy-entry sectionif it has been folded forward. The foldedeasy-entry section could swing back whilethe vehicle is in motion and injure the per-son sitting immediately behind.

Standard rear bench seat with Easy-Entry1 Rear bench seat anchorage - easy-en-

try seat2 Easy-entry release lever3 Release lever for front seat legs

It is easier to get into or out of the thirdrow of seats if the easy-entry section ofthe rear bench seat is folded forwards.

E To fold the easy-entry section for-wards: pull easy-entry release lever 2in the direction of the arrow.

E Fold the easy-entry section of the rearbench seat forwards using release lever2 until it contacts the co-driver seator the stop.

E To fold the easy-entry section back:fold the easy-entry section back until itengages in the floor anchorages.

G Risk of injury

When you fold the easy-entry section back,make sure that your own feet or those ofother passengers are not in the area of theseat anchorages. When folding back theeasy-entry section of the rear bench seat,the feet of anyone standing in the area ofdanger could become trapped and injured.

E To remove the easy-entry section:pull release levers 3 for the two frontseat legs up.

E Pull easy-entry release lever2 up.

E Fold the easy-entry section of the rearbench seat forwards.

E Lift the easy-entry section up and outof the anchorage.

G Risk of injury

Before you start your journey, make surethat the rear seat bench is engaged.

The seat is not correctly engaged if the indi-cator tab is not properly retracted into theseat leg. In this case, repeat the seat en-gagement process.

In the event of heavy braking or a suddenchange in the direction of travel, a rearbench seat that is improperly engaged could

Controls

Seats

86

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 89: Mercedes Benz Vito

be thrown about the vehicle interior andcause severe or fatal injuries to you andothers.

E To fit the easy-entry section: placefront anchorage 1 of the easy-entrysection in the mounting on the rearbench seat or the front seat leg of theeasy-entry section on the floor anchor-age.

E Tilt the easy-entry section forwardsslightly.

Both anchorages engage audibly.

E Fold the easy-entry section back.

The rear seat leg is correctly engaged ifI the indicator tab for correct floor

anchorage in the rear seat leg is re-tracted

I the seat leg engages audibly

Comfort rear bench seat with Easy-Entry1 Easy-entry release lever2 Release lever for front seat legs3 Handle

It is easier to get in and out of the thirdrow of seats if you:I fold the easy-entry section of the rear

bench seat to the table position(e page 90)

I then fold the easy-entry section of therear bench seat forwards

E To fold the easy-entry section for-wards: pull easy-entry release lever 1up.

E Fold the easy-entry section forward asfar as it will go using release lever1.

G Risk of injury

When you fold the easy-entry section back,make sure that your own feet or those ofother passengers are not in the area of theseat anchorages. When folding back theeasy-entry section of the rear bench seat,the feet of anyone standing in the area ofdanger could become trapped and injured.

E To fold the easy-entry section back:fold the easy-entry section back until itengages in the floor anchorages.

E To remove the easy-entry section:pull the release lever for adjusting thebackrest up and fold the backrest tothe table position. (e page 90)

E Pull easy-entry release lever1 up.

E Fold the easy-entry section forwards.

E Pull the release lever for front seat legs2 up.

E Fold the easy-entry section slightly fur-ther forwards.

Controls

Seats

87

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 90: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Lift the easy-entry section up and outof the anchorage.

G Risk of injury

Before you start your journey, make surethat the rear seat bench is engaged.

The seat is not correctly engaged if the indi-cator tab is not properly retracted into theseat leg. In this case, repeat the seat en-gagement process.

In the event of heavy braking or a suddenchange in the direction of travel, a rearbench seat that is improperly engaged couldbe thrown about the vehicle interior andcause severe or fatal injuries to you andothers.

E To fit the easy-entry section: placefront seat legs 2 of the easy- entrysection on the floor anchorage.

E Tilt the easy-entry section backwardsslightly.

Both front seat legs engage audibly.

E Fold the easy-entry section back.

The rear seat leg of the easy-entry sec-tion engages audibly.

E Fold the backrest back from the tableposition to the seat position.

If you cannot fold the backrest back to theupright position, the easy-entry section ofthe rear bench seat is not correctly en-gaged.

E Fold the easy-entry section forwards.

E Fold the easy-entry section back again.

Adjusting the backrest

Comfort rear bench seat1 Backrest release catch

E Pull backrest release catch 1 up atthe front or on the backrest and hold it.

E Move the backrest to the desired posi-tion.

E Let go of release catch 1.

The backrest engages.

Seat anchorage

Seat anchorages with quick-locking mech-anism1 Seat anchorage

You can use seat anchorages1 to anchorstandard and comfort bench seats.

Controls

Seats

88

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 91: Mercedes Benz Vito

Seat rail system with quick-locking mecha-nism1 Seat rail

On rails 1 of the seat rail system, youcan:I fit rear bench seats (e page 91)I adjust the position of rear bench seats

(e page 89)

Moving/rotating the rear bench seat

G Risk of injury

If passengers are to sit on the rear benchseat, do not under any circumstances adjustit by more than 5 cm to the front or to therear of the basic position marked on theseat rail. The reduced legroom could causeinjury to passengers when braking.

The rear seat bench must be securely en-gaged in the seat rails in the fore-and-aft di-rection, because improperly anchored seat-ing could move out of position when brak-ing. The seat belts would not be able to pro-vide adequate protection for yourself andothers.

i You can only install rear bench seats in theface-to-face position if the vehicle floor hasfour seat anchorages in the second row ofseats.

On vehicles with three seat anchorages foreach row of seats, it is not possible to lock allthe seat legs in the face-to-face position.

i Only move the rear bench seat when no-body is sitting on it.

Moving the comfort rear bench seat1 Backrest release catch2 Release lever for fore-and-aft adjust-

ment

E To move the rear bench seat: movethe head restraints fully down(e page 93).

E Pull backrest release catch 1 up.

E Fold the backrest to the table position.(e page 90)

E Pull the release lever for fore-and-aftadjustment 2 up.

E Move the rear bench seat to the de-sired position by the handles.(e page 90)

Controls

Seats

89

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 92: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Let go of release lever2.

The release lever returns to its originalposition.

E Make sure that the carriage for fore-and-aft adjustment engages audibly onboth sides.

It should not be possible to move therear bench seat.

Folding the rear bench seat down/up

You can fold the rear bench seat fully for-wards.

G Risk of injury

Nobody should travel sitting behind a rearseat that has been folded forwards.While the vehicle is in motion, a rear seatbench that has been folded forwards couldswing back suddenly, e.g. in the event ofsudden acceleration, sudden changes in di-rection or a collision, and cause injury topersons sitting on the seats behind.

1 Handle2 Backrest release catch3 Release handle of rear seat anchorage

E To fold down the backrest of thecomfort rear bench seat (table posi-tion): pull backrest release catch 2up and hold it.

E Fold the backrest forwards until it en-gages.

The backrest engages automatically.

E To fold the comfort rear bench seatforwards: fold the rear bench seatbackrests to the table position.

E Pull the release handle of rear anchor-age 3 up and tilt the rear bench seat.

E Hold the rear bench seat by handle 1and fold it forwards.

Removing/fitting the rear bench seat

Standard rear bench seat1 Release lever for rear seat legs

E To remove: fold release lever for rearseat legs 1 up.

E Tilt the rear bench seat forward by theupper edge of the backrest.

Controls

Seats

90

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 93: Mercedes Benz Vito

Standard rear bench seat2 Release lever for front seat legs3 Floor anchorages

E Pull the release lever for front seat legs2 up.

E Hold the rear bench seat by the loweredge of the seat cushion.

E Fold the bench seat forwards slightlyand lift it out of floor anchorages 3.

G Risk of injury

In order to ensure that the rear seat benchcan securely engage, keep the seat ancho-

rages in the floor free from dirt and foreignobjects.Seats that are not correctly engaged couldbe thrown about the vehicle interior in theevent of heavy braking or a sudden changeof direction and cause severe or fatal inju-ries to yourself and other people.

E To fit: hold the bench seat by the loweredge of the seat cushion.

E Guide the rear bench seat into frontfloor anchorages 3, slide it in fromabove and allow it to engage.

E Fold release lever 2 down towards thevehicle floor.

Fitting the standard rear bench seat1 Release lever for rear seat legs4 Indicator tab for correct floor anchor-

age

E Fold the rear bench seat back to theupright position.

The rear bench seat is correctly en-gaged if:I indicator tabs 4 for correct floor

anchorage are fully retracted intothe seat legs

I the seat legs engage audibly

G Risk of injury

Before you start your journey, make surethat the rear seat bench is engaged.

Controls

Seats

91

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 94: Mercedes Benz Vito

The seat is not correctly engaged if the indi-cator tab is not properly retracted into theseat leg. In this case, repeat the seat en-gagement process.In the event of heavy braking or a suddenchange in the direction of travel, a rearbench seat that is improperly engaged couldbe thrown about the vehicle interior andcause severe or fatal injuries to you andothers.

4 Release lever for front seat legs5 Floor anchorages

E To remove the comfort rear benchseat: fold the rear bench seat for-wards. (e page 90)

E Pull release lever 4 up.

E Hold the bench seat by handle 1(e page 90) and lift it out of floor an-chorages 5.

G Risk of injury

In order to ensure that the rear seat benchcan securely engage, keep the seat ancho-rages in the floor free from dirt and foreignobjects.Seats that are not correctly engaged couldbe thrown about the vehicle interior in theevent of heavy braking or a sudden changeof direction and cause severe or fatal inju-ries to yourself and other people.

E To fit the comfort rear bench seat:hold the bench seat by handle 1,(e page 90) guide it into front floor an-chorages 5 and slide it in from abovewith the seat tilted toward the front.

E Tilt the bench seat back slightly and al-low it to engage.

Release handle 3(e page 90) foldsdown towards the vehicle floor.

E Fold the rear bench seat back to theupright position.

G Risk of injury

Before you start your journey, make surethat the rear seat bench is engaged.

In the event of heavy braking or a suddenchange in the direction of travel, a rearbench seat that is improperly engaged couldbe thrown about the vehicle interior andcause severe or fatal injuries to you andothers.

i If you are unable to position the backrestvertically after the rear bench seat has been in-stalled, the rear seat legs are not correctly en-gaged.

E If this happens, release the rear seatlegs again with release lever 3.(e page 90)

E Pull the seat back by handle 1(e page 90) with a little more force sothat the seat legs engage correctly.

The backrest can then be positionedvertically.

Controls

Seats

92

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 95: Mercedes Benz Vito

Head restraints

G Risk of injury

Only drive with the head restraints fitted.You could otherwise suffer serious or fatalinjuries in the area of the upper spinal col-umn.

Adjust your head restraint so that its upperedge is at the same level as the top of yourhead.Adjust your head restraint so that whenyour head is relaxed the back of your headrests as close as possible to the head re-straint. This will support your head effec-tively in an accident. The head restraintmust be engaged in a detent.

Adjusting the head restraints manually

Head restraint for standard seat1 Release button2 Height adjustment

Head restraint for comfort seat1 Release button2 Height adjustment3 Angle adjustment

To adjust the head restraint height

E slide the head restraint up by hand tothe desired detent.

E Press and hold release button 1, thenslide the head restraint down by handto the desired position.

To adjust the head restraint angle

E hold the head restraint by the loweredge and fold it to the desired position.

To improve the driver’s field of vision tothe rear when reversing (parking, rearseats with comfort head restraints):

Controls

Seats

93

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 96: Mercedes Benz Vito

E press release button 1 and slide thehead restraint down until it is restingon the backrest.

i This position is not suitable when the seatis occupied. It serves merely to improve thefield of vision to the rear when reversing (park-ing). Before driving, the head restraints mustbe pulled up again until they are heard to en-gage in the detent. You can then adjust thehead restraints as described above.

Adjusting the head restraints electri-cally

! Do not adjust the height of the electricallyadjustable head restraint by hand. You couldotherwise damage the head restraint’s mecha-nism.

1 Electric head restraint height adjust-ment

1 Manual head restraint height adjust-ment

2 Manual angle adjustment

E Slide the switch up or down in the di-rection of arrow 1.

E Adjust the angle of the head restraintmanually. To do this, pull or push thebottom of head restraint 2.

To improve the driver’s field of vision tothe rear when reversing (parking, rearseats with comfort head restraints):

E slide the switch down in the directionof arrow 1 until the head restraint isresting on the backrest.

i This position is not suitable when the seatis occupied. It serves merely to improve thefield of vision to the rear when reversing (park-

ing). Before driving, adjust the head restraintsagain as described above.

Removing the head restraints (manualhead restraint adjustment)

Standard seat1 Release button2 Height adjustment

E Pull the head restraint up to the stop.

E Press release button 1 and pull outthe head restraint.

i If the middle seat is not occupied, you canremove the middle head restraint; this will pro-vide a better view towards the rear.

Controls

Seats

94

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 97: Mercedes Benz Vito

Comfort seat1 Release button2 Height adjustment3 Angle adjustment

E Pull the head restraint up to the stop.

E Press release button 1 and pull outthe head restraint.

Removing the head restraints (electrichead restraint adjustment)

E Move the head restraint upwards as faras it will go.

E Pull the head restraint up and out bythe two support rods. Some force maybe required to overcome the resist-ance.

Fitting the head restraints (manualhead restraint adjustment)

i Always make sure that the head restraint isinstalled in such a way that its front faces inthe direction of travel.

E Insert the head restraints so that thenotches in the support rods face in thedirection of travel.

E Push the head restraint down until itengages.

Fitting the head restraints (electrichead restraint adjustment)

i Always make sure that the head restraint isinstalled in such a way that its front faces inthe direction of travel.

E Make sure that the drive of the electrichead restraint height adjustment is inthe fully raised position.

E Guide the two head restraint supportrods parallel into the head restraintguide.

E Press the head restraint downsmoothly until it engages audibly in theelectric drive.

E Adjust the head restraint to the desiredheight with the adjustment button.

Armrests

1 To fold the armrest up2 To release the armrest3 To move the armrest to the desired de-

tent position

E To set the armrest angle: fold thearmrest upwards to an angle of morethan 45° to release it 2.

E Fold the armrest forwards to the stop3. Six different detent positions canbe set by moving the armrest upwardsslightly.

E To fold the armrest up: fold the arm-rest upwards to an angle of more than90° 1.

Controls

Seats

95

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 98: Mercedes Benz Vito

Seat heating

The switches are located on the centreconsole.

1 Normal heating mode2 Rapid heating mode

E Make sure that the key is in position 2in the ignition lock.

Normal heating mode

E To switch on: press upper part of the& switch.

An indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To switch off: press upper part of the& switch again.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Rapid heating mode

E To switch on: press lower part of the( switch.

Both indicator lamps in the switchcome on.

E To switch off: press lower part of( the switch again.

The indicator lamps in the switch goout.

E To switch back to normal heating:press upper part of the & switch.

An indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

i The seat heating switches automatically tonormal heating mode after approximately 5 mi-nutes.

Only one indicator lamp in the switch remainslit.

i If many electrical consumers are switchedon, or if the battery charge is not sufficient, theseat heating could automatically switch down

to a lower heating level. In this case, one orboth indicator lamps in the switch flash.

The seat heating will automatically switch backto the heating level that you selected when suf-ficient voltage is available again.

Controls

Seats

96

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 99: Mercedes Benz Vito

Steering wheel

G Risk of accident

Only adjust the steering wheel when the ve-hicle is stationary. Only drive with the steer-ing wheel locked in position.An incorrectly secured steering wheel couldmake it more difficult to steer the vehiclesafely since the steering wheel could moveunexpectedly when turned. This could resultin you losing control of the vehicle and caus-ing an accident, thereby endangering your-self and others.

G Risk of injury

Never leave children unsupervised in the ve-hicle. They could become trapped if they tryto adjust the steering column.

The lever for adjusting the steering columnis located below the steering wheel.

1 Steering column fore-and-aft adjust-ment

2 Steering column height3 Lever

E Push lever 3 down to the stop.

The steering wheel is unlocked.

E Move the steering wheel to the desiredposition.

E Pull lever 3 upwards to the stop.

The steering wheel is locked again.

Mirrors

Before starting off, adjust the rear-viewmirror and the exterior mirrors in such away that you can get a good overview ofroad and traffic conditions.

Rear-view mirror

E Adjust the rear-view mirror manually.

1 Anti-dazzle switch

E Anti-dazzle mode: push anti-dazzleswitch 1 back.

Controls

Mirrors

97

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 100: Mercedes Benz Vito

Exterior mirrors

G Risk of accident

The exterior mirrors reduce the size of theimage. The objects are actually closer thanthey appear. You could cause an accident ifyou only observe the traffic through the ex-terior mirrors.Therefore, observe the traffic behind you us-ing the rear-view mirror as well, especiallywhen manoeuvring or overtaking.

Adjusting manually

E Adjust the exterior mirrors manually.

Adjusting electrically

i The exterior mirrors are automaticallyheated at low outside temperatures.

The switch and the button for adjustingthe exterior mirrors are located on the in-terior trim of the driver's door.

1 Left-hand exterior mirror2 Right-hand exterior mirror3 Adjustment button

E Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

E Press the switch to position 1 for theleft-hand exterior mirror or to position2 for the right-hand exterior mirror.

E Press the top, bottom, right or left sec-tion of button 3 to adjust the mirror.

Folding in/out electrically

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press the switch for selecting the left-hand or right-hand exterior mirror tothe centre position.

E To fold in: press the lower section ofbutton3.

E To fold out: press the upper section ofbutton3.

Do not fold in the electric exterior mirrorsby hand as this will not lock them in placecorrectly.

E If you have folded an electric exteriormirror in by hand, you should fold it inand out again electrically.

The exterior mirror is locked in placeagain when it is folded out electrically.

Controls

Mirrors

98

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 101: Mercedes Benz Vito

Instrument cluster

Version A

You will find a full overview of the instru-ment cluster in the “At a glance” section(e page 22).

1 , Button

2 . Button

3 Display

4 4 Reset button

5 5 Menu button

The display in the instrument cluster is ac-tivated when you:

I open the driver’s doorI the key is in position 2 in the ignition

lockI switch on the lights

The display switches off automaticallyafter approximately 30 seconds if:I the vehicle lighting is not switched onI the key is in position 0 in the ignition

lock

G Risk of accident

No messages can be displayed if the instru-ment cluster and/or the display fails.You will not then be able to see informationabout the vehicle status, such as speed, out-side temperature, warning and indicatorlamps, malfunction and warning messagesor the failure of systems. Handling charac-teristics may be affected.

Contact a qualified specialist workshop im-mediately which has the necessary special-ist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required. Mercedes-Benz recommendsthat you use a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre for this purpose. In particular, allwork relevant to safety or on safety-relatedsystems must be carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G Risk of accident

Only use adjustment buttons ,, ., 4 or5 when the traffic conditions permit. Youwould otherwise be too distracted and couldcause an accident.

Do not reach through the steering wheel tooperate the adjustment button. The move-ment of the steering wheel would be signifi-cantly impeded. Your attention would alsobe diverted from the road and traffic condi-tions. This could cause you to lose controlof the vehicle and lead to an accident.

Do not rest your head or chest on the steer-ing wheel or dashboard when operating theadjustment buttons.You will find page references for further in-formation in the index under “Airbag”.

Version B

You will find a full overview of the instru-ment cluster in the “At a glance” section(e page 26).

Controls

Instrument cluster

99

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 102: Mercedes Benz Vito

Instrument cluster

1 Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons

2 Vehicles with steering wheel but-tons

Instrument cluster

3 Adjustment buttons

, Button

. Button

5 Menu button

Reset button 0

> Check the engine oil level(e page 254)

The display in the instrument cluster is ac-tivated when you:I open the driver’s doorI turn the key to position 2 in the ignition

lockI press the 0 reset buttonI switch on the lights

The display switches off automaticallyafter approximately 30 seconds if:I the vehicle lighting is not switched onI the key is in position 0 in the ignition

lock

G Risk of accident

No messages can be displayed if the instru-ment cluster and/or the display fails.

You will not then be able to see informationabout the vehicle status, such as speed, out-side temperature, warning and indicatorlamps, malfunction and warning messagesor the failure of systems. Handling charac-teristics may be affected.Contact a qualified specialist workshop im-mediately which has the necessary special-ist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required. Mercedes-Benz recommendsthat you use a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre for this purpose. In particular, allwork relevant to safety or on safety-relatedsystems must be carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G Risk of accident

Only use adjustment buttons ,, ., 5, 0or > when the traffic conditions permit.You would otherwise be too distracted andcould cause an accident.

Do not reach through the steering wheel tooperate the adjustment button. The move-ment of the steering wheel would be signifi-cantly impeded. Your attention would alsobe diverted from the road and traffic condi-tions. This could cause you to lose controlof the vehicle and lead to an accident.

Controls

Instrument cluster

100

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 103: Mercedes Benz Vito

Do not rest your head or chest on the steer-ing wheel or dashboard when operating theadjustment buttons.

You will find page references for further in-formation in the index under “Airbag”.

Speedometer

i In some countries, a warning sounds whenthe vehicle reaches the maximum speed limit,e.g. at 120 km/h.

Rev counter

The red band in the rev counter indicatesthe engine’s overrevving range.

To protect the engine, the fuel supply is in-terrupted when the red band is reached.

! Do not drive in the overrevving range.Doing so will damage the engine.

H Environmental note

Avoid driving at high engine speeds, as thisincreases your vehicle's consumption un-necessarily and pollutes the environmentthrough increased emissions.

Fuel gauge

The fuel gauge is located to the right ofthe speedometer in vehicles that have aversion A instrument cluster (e page 22).

Instrument cluster version B

Fuel gauge

1 Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons

2 Vehicles with steering wheel but-tons

3 Fuel filler flap location indicatorÖ: the fuel filler cap is on theleft

4 Reserve fuel warning lamp

Trip meter

Instrument cluster version A

E Resetting: Make sure that the displayis showing the trip meter (e page 108).

E Press and hold reset button4 untilthe trip meter is reset to 000.0.

Instrument cluster version B

E Resetting: Make sure that the displayis showing the trip meter if you have avehicle with steering wheel buttons(e page 124).

E Press and hold reset button 0 until thetrip meter is reset to 0.0.

Instrument lighting

With the lights switched on, you can adjustthe brightness of the instrument lightingusing the , and . buttons.

E Brighter: press the , button.

E Dimmer: press the . button.

i Vehicles with automatic headlamp mode:the instrument lighting also adapts to auto-matic headlamp mode.

Controls

Instrument cluster

101

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 104: Mercedes Benz Vito

On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons - version A

Structure and operation

The on-board computer is activated assoon as you turn the key to position 1 inthe ignition lock. You can use the on-boardcomputer to call up information about thevehicle and to make settings.

G Risk of accident

Only use adjustment buttons ,, ., 4 or5 when the traffic conditions permit. Youwould otherwise be too distracted and couldcause an accident.Do not reach through the steering wheel tooperate the adjustment button. The move-ment of the steering wheel would be signifi-cantly impeded. Your attention would alsobe diverted from the road and traffic condi-tions. This could cause you to lose controlof the vehicle and lead to an accident.

Do not rest your head or chest on the steer-ing wheel or dashboard when operating theadjustment buttons.You will find page references for further in-formation in the index under “Airbag”.

The on-board computer shows the infor-mation in the display.

You can control the display and the set-tings in the on-board computer using theadjustment buttons on the instrumentcluster.

Standard display

1 Trip meter2 Automatic transmission selector lever

position3 Clock4 Outside temperature5 Total distance recorder

Changing the standard display

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press menu button5 for longer than1 second.

The information shown in the displaychanges from the trip meter to the digi-tal speedometer or vice-versa.

The display continues to show the totaldistance recorder.

E Briefly press menu button 5.

The information shown in the displaychanges to the speedometer and tripmeter.

The display continues to show the timeand outside temperature.

Outside temperature display

G Risk of accident

The road surface may be icy, especially inwooded areas or on bridges, even if temper-atures are just above freezing point. The ve-hicle could skid if you fail to adapt your driv-ing style. You should therefore always adaptyour driving style and speed to suit theweather conditions.

Changes in outside temperature are dis-played with a slight delay.

Controls

On-board computer without steering wheel buttons - version A

102

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 105: Mercedes Benz Vito

Menus

The adjusting knobs ,,.,5 or 0 canbe used to select the following functions:I Call up the service due dateI Check the engine oil level (e page 254)I Select/set the auxiliary heating

switch-on time (e page 168)I Set the time (e page 103)I Select the units for the outside temper-

ature (e page 103)I Select the units for the distance

(e page 103)

E To return to the standard display:press the menu button5 for longerthan 1 second.

or

E Do not press any button for 10 sec-onds.

The display accepts the changed set-tings.

Setting the time

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press menu button5 repeatedly untilthe hours figure flashes.

E Press , or. to set the hours.

E Press reset button4.

The minute display flashes.

E Press , or. to set the minutes.

i If you keep the , or . button pressed,the reading will change continuously.

Selecting the units for the outside tem-perature

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press menu button5 repeatedly untilthe outside temperature and the tem-perature units of measurement flash.

E Press , or. to select the tempera-ture display in degrees Celsius (°C) orFahrenheit (°F).

Selecting the units for the distance

The selected distance units are used for:I Total distance recorderI Trip meter

I Digital speedometerI Speedtronic

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press menu button5 repeatedly untilthe value and the distance units ofmeasurement flash.

E Press , or. to select whether thedistance is shown in kilometres (km) ormiles.

Controls

On-board computer without steering wheel buttons - version A

103

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 106: Mercedes Benz Vito

On-board computer with steeringwheel buttons - version A

Structure and operation

The on-board computer is activated assoon as you turn the key to position 1 inthe ignition lock. You can use the on-boardcomputer to call up information about thevehicle and to make settings.

You can use this not only to find out whenthe next service is due, but also to set thelanguage for messages in the instrumentcluster, for example, and much more.

The on-board computer shows the infor-mation in the display.

G Risk of accident

Only use the on-board computer when roadand traffic conditions permit. You would oth-erwise be too distracted and could cause anaccident.

Steering wheel with buttons

You can control the display and the set-tings in the on-board computer with thebuttons on the steering wheel.

1 Display

Controls the on-board computer

2 æ and ç

I Select submenusI Change valuesI Change volume

3 Use the telephone

í Answer a call

ì End a call

4 Jump from one menu to another

è Forwards

ÿ Back

5 Scroll within a menu

j Forwards

k Back

Several functions are combined themati-cally in the menus.

The display changes when you press oneof the buttons on the steering wheel.

For example, the Audio menu containsfunctions for controlling the radio or CDplayer. You can use a function to call up in-formation or to change the settings for thevehicle.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

104

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 107: Mercedes Benz Vito

You can think of the order of the menusand of the functions within a menu as acircle:

E Press the è orÿ button repeat-edly to call up the menus in succes-sion.

E Press the k or j button repeat-edly to call up functions of a menu insuccession.

Unlike the other menus, the SETTINGSmenu contains submenus. The way inwhich you operate these submenus is de-scribed in the "Settings menu" section(e page 126).

The number of menus depends on the op-tional equipment installed in your vehicle.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

105

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 108: Mercedes Benz Vito

Menu overview

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

106

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 109: Mercedes Benz Vito

This is what the display looks like whenyou scroll through the menus. The explan-ations for the individual menus are shownin the following table.

The illustration is an example of the menuson a vehicle with COMAND APS.

i The headings in the overview table helpyou find your way around. However, they arenot always shown on the display.

Menu Functions and submenus

ÿ è

1 Operation I Standard display with trip meter and total distance recorder (e page 108)I Displaying the digital speedometer (e page 108)I Call up the service due date (e page 248)I Tyre pressure monitor (e page 185)I Check the engine oil level (e page 254)

ÿ è

2 Audio I Selecting a radio station (e page 108)I Operate the CD player/CD changer (e page 109)I Operate the cassette player (e page 109)

ÿ è 3 Navigation I Activate route guidance (e page 109)

ÿ è 4 Malfunction memory I Display malfunctions (e page 109)

ÿ è 5 Settings I Select submenu (e page 110)

ÿ è6 Trip computer I Consumption statistics after start (e page 115)

I Consumption statistics after reset (e page 116)

ÿ è 7 Telephone I Use mobile telephone (e page 116)

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

107

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 110: Mercedes Benz Vito

Operation menu

Press j or k to select the followingfunctions in the Operation menu:I Trip meter and total distance recorder

(standard display) (e page 108)I Display the digital speedometer

(e page 108)I Call up the service due dateI Tyre pressure monitor (e page 185)I Check the engine oil level (e page 254)

Standard display

In its basic state, you will see the total dis-tance recorder and the trip meter in thedisplay. This is referred to as the standarddisplay.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the standard display appears.

1 Trip meter2 Speedometer unit of measurement3 Total distance recorder4 Automatic transmission selector lever

position5 Clock6 Speedtronic7 Outside temperature or digital speed-

ometer

Display the digital speedometer

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the standard display appears.

E Pressj ork to select the digitalspeedometer.

Audio menu

You can use the functions in the Audiomenu to control the audio equipment thatyou have just switched on.

If no audio equipment is switched on, youwill see the message AUDIO OFF.

Select a radio station

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Switch on the radio (see the separateoperating instructions).

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the station the radio is tunedto appears.

The type of search depends on the sta-tion selection setting (e page 115). Thenext stored station is selected, or thestation search starts.

1 Station (example)

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

108

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 111: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press j or k to select the sta-tion you want to hear.

i It is only possible to store new stations us-ing the audio system. See the separate operat-ing instructions.

You can also operate the radio in the same wayas usual.

Operating the CD player

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Switch on the radio (see separate oper-ating instructions) and select the CDplayer.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the settings for the CD youare playing appear.

1 Current CD (with CD changer)2 Current track

E Press j or k to select a CDtrack.

Operating the cassette player

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Switch on the radio (see separate oper-ating instructions) and select the cas-sette player.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the settings for the cassetteyou are playing appear.

1 Current side of the cassette

E Fast forward: press the k button.

E Rewind: press the j button.

Navigation menu

In the NAVI menu you can select to havenavigation system route guidance shownin the display.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è orÿ button repeat-edly until the Navigation menu appearsin the display.

You may see different messages in thedisplay, depending on the status of thenavigation system.

Navigation system deactivated

The NAVI --- message appears in the dis-play.

E Switch on the audio system orCOMAND (see separate Operating in-structions).

Navigation system activated

The NAVI ACTIVE message appears in thedisplay.

Malfunction memory menu

The Malfunction menu displays any mal-functions that have occurred. The mes-sage in the display depends on whethermalfunctions have occurred or not.

G Risk of accident

The on-board computer only records andshows malfunctions and warnings from cer-tain systems. Therefore, make sure that

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

109

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 112: Mercedes Benz Vito

your vehicle is safe to use. You could other-wise cause an accident by driving an unsafevehicle.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe corresponding malfunction in theMalfunction menu appears.

If no malfunctions have occurred, theNo malfunctions message appears.

If malfunctions have occurred, thenumber of malfunctions will be dis-played.

1 Number of malfunctions

E Press j or k to select a mal-function.

You can scroll through the malfunc-tions one by one. The possible malfunc-

tions are described in the "Practical ad-vice" section (e page 284).

E Press the è orÿ button tochange to a different display.

i The malfunction memory is cleared whenyou switch off the ignition. If any new malfunc-tions occur, they will be displayed again.

Settings menu

The SETTINGS menu contains submenuswhich you can use to program individualsettings on the vehicle.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

Submenus in the Settings menu

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select a subme-nu.

The selected submenu is highlighted.

E Press j to select the function with-in a submenu.

E Press æ or ç to change the set-ting.

The changed setting is saved.

The following table shows what settingsyou can make in the individual submenus.You will find additional information on thepages listed.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

110

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 113: Mercedes Benz Vito

Submenus Functions in the submenu

Instrument cluster I Time (e page 111)I Units for temperature (e page 112)I Units for distance (e page 112)I Language (e page 112)I Status indicator display (e page 113)

Lighting I Constant headlamp mode (e page 113)I Locator lighting (e page 114)I Exterior lighting delayed switch-off (e page 114)

Vehicle I Permanent Speedtronic (e page 190)I Radio station selection (e page 115)I Key dependency (e page 115)

Auxiliary heating I Switch-on time (e page 168)

Instrument cluster submenu

Set the time

i Vehicles with the navigation systemCOMAND APS or Sound 50 APS do not havethe SETTING THE CLOCK menu. The navigationsystem receives the time from the GPS.

On these vehicles you must set the time zoneon the audio system once only. See the sepa-rate operating instructions.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the IN-STRUMENT CLUSTER submenu.

E Press j to select the SETTING THECLOCK HOURS (or MINUTES) function.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

111

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 114: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press æ or ç to set the values.

Select the unit for the temperature

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the IN-STRUMENT CLUSTER submenu.

E Press j to select the TEMPERATUREDISPLAY function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the tem-perature units to be displayed: °C (de-grees Celsius) or °F (degrees Fahren-heit).

Selecting the distance units

The selected distance units are used forthe:I Total distance recorderI Trip meterI Trip computerI Digital speedometer5

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the IN-STRUMENT CLUSTER submenu.

E Press j to select the DISPLAY UNITSPEED-/ODOMETER function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the unitsfor all information in the display: KM (kil-ometres) or Miles.

Selecting the language

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the IN-STRUMENT CLUSTER submenu.

E Pressj to select the Language func-tion.

The current setting is highlighted.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

112

3

5 UK vehicles: the selected distance units are notused for the digital speedometer.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 115: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press æ or ç to select the lan-guage for on-board computer mes-sages shown in the display.

The languages available are:I GermanI EnglishI FrenchI ItalianI Spanish

Selecting the display for the status line

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the IN-STRUMENT CLUSTER submenu.

E Press j to select the STATUS LINEDISPLAY function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select whetherthe outside temperature or the speedis displayed.

The selected information is then showncontinuously in the bottom left part ofthe display (e page 124).

Lighting submenu

Setting constant headlamp mode

If you have set constant headlamp modeand the light switch is in the M posi-tion, the parking lamp, low beam head-lamps, tail lamp and licence plate lamplight up automatically when the engine isrunning.

For countries where constant headlampmode is mandatory, Constant is the de-fault setting.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select theLIGHTING submenu.

E Press j to select the LIGHT CIRCUITHEADLAMP MODE function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select Manual orConstant (constant headlamp mode).

i If you turn the light switch toC orB, the corresponding light switches on.Constant headlamp mode remains activated ifthe light switch is turned toU.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

113

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 116: Mercedes Benz Vito

Switching the locator lighting on or off

If you switch the locator lighting to On, thefollowing lamps light up when it is darkafter you have unlocked the vehicle usingthe key:I the side lampsI the tail lampsI the licence plate illuminationI the front foglamps

The locator lighting automatically switchesoff after 40 seconds or when you:I open the driver’s doorI insert the key into the ignition lockI lock the vehicle with the key

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select theLIGHTING submenu.

E Press j to select the LOCATORLIGHTING function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to switch the loca-tor lighting to On or Off.

Setting the exterior lighting delayedswitch-off

The HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH-OFF func-tion enables you to set whether or not theexterior lighting should remain on when itis dark after the doors have been closed.When you have set the delayed switch-offand have switched off the engine, the fol-lowing light up:I the side lampsI the tail lampsI the licence plate illuminationI the front foglamps

i You can reactivate this function by openinga door within 10 minutes.

The exterior lights are switched off after 60seconds if you do not open a door or if you donot close an opened door after the engine hasbeen switched off.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select theLIGHTING submenu.

E Press j to select the HEADLAMPS DE-LAYED SWITCH-OFF function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select whetherand how long the exterior lighting re-mains on.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

114

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 117: Mercedes Benz Vito

You can temporarily deactivate the switch-off delay:

E Before leaving the vehicle, turn the keyto position 0 in the ignition lock.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock and back to position 0.

Delayed switch-off is deactivated. It isreactivated as soon as you start the en-gine again.

Vehicle submenu

Setting the selection of radio stations

The AUDIO SEARCH FUNCTION enables you todetermine whether the radio searches fora new station or selects a stored stationwhen you use the steering wheel buttonsto operate it.

If you select Frequency the station searchstarts. If you select Memory the next storedstation is selected.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the Vehi-cle submenu.

E Press j to select the AUDIO SEARCHFUNCTION function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to determine howthe radio searches for stations.

Key-dependent settings

The KEY-DEPENDENT SETTINGS functions al-lows you to determine whether settingsfor the front seats and the on-board com-puter are stored with a key dependency.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the SETTINGS menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the Vehi-cle submenu.

E Press j to select the KEY-DEPEN-DENT SETTINGS function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Pressæ orç to activate or deac-tivate key dependency.

Trip computer menu

You can call up statistical data for the ve-hicle in the Trip computer menu.

Consumption statistics after start

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the AFTER START or AFTER RE-SET message appears in the display.

E Press the j or k button repeat-edly until the following display appears.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

115

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 118: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Distance driven since start2 Time elapsed since start

E Press the j or k button repeat-edly until the following display appears.

3 Average speed since start4 Average fuel consumption since start

i If you turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock or remove it, all the values are resetafter approximately 4 hours.

The values will not be reset if you turn the keyback to position 1 or 2 during this time.

Consumption statistics after reset

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the AFTER START or AFTER RE-SET message appears in the display.

E Press the j or k button repeat-edly until the following display appears.

5 Distance driven since last reset6 Time elapsed since last reset

E Press the j or k button repeat-edly until the following display appears.

7 Average speed since last reset8 Average fuel consumption since last re-

set

Telephone menu

You can operate the mobile phone usingthe functions in the TEL menu, provided itis connected to the Mercedes‑Benz hands-free system.

G Risk of accident

Observe the legal requirements of the coun-try in which you are currently driving regard-ing the use of mobile phones in the vehicle.

If it is permitted to use mobile phones whilethe vehicle is in motion, you must only usethem when the road and traffic conditionspermit. You may otherwise be distractedfrom the traffic conditions, cause an acci-dent and injure yourself and others.

Mobile phones without exterior aerials mayinterfere with the vehicle electronics andthereby jeopardise the operational safety ofthe vehicle. Only use devices if they are con-nected to a separate exterior aerial.

Switching on the mobile phone

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E To switch on the mobile phone andaudio system or COMAND, see the sep-arate Operating Instructions.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

116

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 119: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the TEL menu appears in thedisplay.

The information in the display dependson the status of the mobile phone:I Mobile phone off: TEL OFF (audio

system) or TEL OFF (COMAND) ap-pears.

I PIN not yet entered: TEL PIN(audio system) or PLEASE ENTER PIN(COMAND) appears.

E Enter the PIN using the mobile phone,audio system or COMAND.

The mobile phone searches for a net-work. The display remains blank duringthis time.

You will see the name of the networkprovider as soon as the mobile phonehas found a network.

Once it has shown this sign of opera-tional readiness, you can operate themobile phone using the steering wheelbuttons.

Operational readiness symbol (example)1 Network provider

i If the operational readiness symbol goesout, your vehicle is outside the transmission/reception range.

Accepting a call

You can accept a call at any time, providedthe mobile phone is ready to receive calls.The display shows the following message:TEL CALL (audio system) or TEL CALL(COMAND).

Display for COMAND

E Press the í button.

Rejecting or ending a call

E Press the ì button.

The caller then hears the engagedtone.

The display now shows the operationalreadiness symbol again.

Dialling a number from the phone book

You may select and dial a number fromthe phone book at any time, provided themobile phone is ready to receive calls.

i It is only possible to create new phonenumber entries in the phone book using themobile phone itself. See the separate operatinginstructions.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the TEL menu appears in thedisplay.

The display shows the GSM networkprovider.

E Press j or k to switch to thephone book.

The on-board computer reads thephone book stored on the SIM card orin the mobile phone. This may takemore than a minute. The display shows

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version A

117

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 120: Mercedes Benz Vito

the message PROCESSING (audio sys-tem) or PLEASE WAIT (COMAND).

Reading is completed when the mes-sage goes out.

E Press j or k to select the nameyou are looking for.

The display shows the stored names inalphabetical order.

i The display scrolls through the names rap-idly if you hold down the j ork buttonfor longer than one second. Releasing the but-ton stops the rapid scroll.

If you no longer wish to make a call, press theì button.

E Press the í button.

The on-board computer dials the se-lected phone number.

The on-board computer stores thephone number in the redial memory.

If a connection is made, the name ofthe person you are speaking to appearsin the display.

Redialling

The on-board computer stores the lastphone numbers which were dialled. This

means that you do not have to searchthrough the entire phone book.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the TEL menu appears in thedisplay.

The display shows the GSM network.

E Press the í button.

The display shows the most recently di-alled numbers or names in the redialmemory.

E Press the j or k button repeat-edly until the number or the name youare looking for is displayed.

E Press the í button.

The on-board computer dials the se-lected phone number.

On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons - version B

Structure and operation

The on-board computer is activated oncethe key has been turned to position 1 inthe ignition lock. You can use the on-boardcomputer to call up information about thevehicle and enter settings.

G Risk of accident

Only use adjustment buttons ,, ., 5, 0or > when the traffic conditions permit.You would otherwise be too distracted andcould cause an accident.Do not reach through the steering wheel tooperate the adjustment button. The move-ment of the steering wheel would be signifi-cantly impeded. Your attention would alsobe diverted from the road and traffic condi-tions. This could cause you to lose controlof the vehicle and lead to an accident.

Do not rest your head or chest on the steer-ing wheel or dashboard when operating theadjustment buttons.You will find page references for further in-formation in the index under “Airbag”.

Controls

On-board computer without steering wheel buttons - version B

118

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 121: Mercedes Benz Vito

The on-board computer shows the infor-mation in the display.

You use the adjusting knobs on the instru-ment cluster to control the display and thesettings in the on-board computer.

Standard display

1 Total distance recorder2 Trip meter or limit speed set by varia-

ble Speedtronic (e page 188) or per-manent Speedtronic (e page 189)

3 Time4 Outside temperature or digital speed-

ometer5 Fuel gauge (e page 101)6 Selector lever position or current shift

range with automatic transmission

Changing the standard display

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press menu button5 for longer than 1second.

The information shown in the displaychanges from the outside temperatureto the digital speedometer.

Outside temperature display

G Risk of accident

The road surface may be icy, especially inwooded areas or on bridges, even if temper-atures are just above freezing point. The ve-hicle could skid if you fail to adapt your driv-ing style. You should therefore always adaptyour driving style and speed to suit theweather conditions.

Changes in outside temperature are dis-played with a slight delay.

Menus

Using the ,,., 5, 0 and > adjust-ment knobs you can select the followingfunctions:I Call up the service due dateI Check the engine oil level (e page 254)I Select/set the auxiliary heating

switch-on time (e page 168)

I Tyre pressure monitor (e page 185)I Set the time (e page 119)I Setting the date (e page 120)

E To return to the standard display:Press menu button5 for longer than 1second.

or

E Do not press any button for 10 sec-onds.

The display accepts the changed set-tings.

Setting the time

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press menu button5 repeatedly untilthe hours figure flashes.

E Press , or. to set the hours.

E Press reset button 0.

The minute display flashes.

E Press , or. to set the minutes.

i If you keep the , or . button pressed,the value will change continuously.

Controls

On-board computer without steering wheel buttons - version B

119

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 122: Mercedes Benz Vito

Setting the date

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press menu button5 repeatedly untilthe day display flashes.

E Press , or. to set the day.

E Press reset button 0.

The month display flashes.

E Press , or. to set the month.

E Press reset button 0.

The year display flashes.

E Press , or. to set the year.

i If you keep the , or . button pressed,the value will change continuously.

On-board computer with steeringwheel buttons - version B

Structure and operation

The on-board computer is activated oncethe key has been turned to position 1 inthe ignition lock. You can use the on-boardcomputer to call up information about thevehicle and enter settings.

You can use this not only to find out whenthe next service is due, but also to set, forexample, the language for messages in theinstrument cluster, and much more.

The on-board computer shows the infor-mation in the display.

G Risk of accident

Only use the on-board computer when roadand traffic conditions permit. You would oth-erwise be too distracted and could cause anaccident.

Steering wheel with buttons

You can control the display and the set-tings in the on-board computer with thebuttons on the steering wheel.

1 Display

Operating the on-board com-puter

2 æ and ç

I Selecting submenusI Changing valuesI Adjusting volume

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

120

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 123: Mercedes Benz Vito

3 Using the telephone

í Answering a call

ì Finishing a call

4 Scrolling from one menu to another

è Forwards

ÿ Back

5 Scrolling within a menu

j Forwards

k Back

Several functions are combined themati-cally in the menus.

The display changes when you press oneof the buttons on the steering wheel.

For example, the Audio menu containsfunctions for controlling the radio or CDplayer. You can use a function to call up in-formation or to change the settings for thevehicle.

You can think of the order of the menusand of the functions within a menu as acircle:

E Press the è orÿ button repeat-edly to call up the menus one after theother.

E Press the k or j button repeat-edly to call up the functions within amenu one after the other.

In contrast to the other menus, the Set-tings menu contains submenus. The wayin which you operate these submenus isdescribed in the “Settings menu” section(e page 126).

The number of menus depends on the op-tional equipment installed in your vehicle.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

121

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 124: Mercedes Benz Vito

Menu overview

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

122

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 125: Mercedes Benz Vito

This is what the display looks like whenyou scroll through the menus. The explan-ations for the individual menus are shownin the following table.

The illustration is an example of the menuson a vehicle with COMAND APS.

i The headings in the overview table helpyou find your way around. However, they arenot always shown on the display.

With Sound 5/Sound 20, the on-boardcomputer always shows the Audio andTEL (telephone) menus in English. This isthe case even if a different language is se-lected for the display.

Menu Functions and submenus

ÿ è

1 Operation I Standard display with trip meter and total distance recorder (e page 124)I Display coolant temperature (e page 124)I Call up the service due date (e page 248)I Tyre pressure monitor (not available for all vehicles with petrol engines)

(e page 185)I Check the engine oil level (e page 254)

ÿ è2 Audio I Select a radio station (e page 125)

I Operate the CD player/CD changer (e page 125)

ÿ è 3 Navigation I Activate route guidance (e page 125)

ÿ è 4 Malfunction memory I Display malfunctions (e page 126)

ÿ è5 Settings I Reset to factory settings (e page 127)

I Select submenu (e page 127)

ÿ è6 Trip computer I Consumption statistics after start (e page 134)

I Consumption statistics after reset (e page 135)

ÿ è 7 Telephone I Use mobile telephone (e page 135)

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

123

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 126: Mercedes Benz Vito

Operation menu

With j ork you can select the fol-lowing functions in the operation menu:I Trip meter and total distance recorder

(standard display) (e page 124)I Display the coolant temperature

(e page 124)I Call up the service due dateI Tyre pressure monitor (e page 185)I Check the engine oil level (only for ve-

hicles with diesel engine) (e page 254)

Standard display

In its basic state, you will see the total dis-tance recorder and the trip meter in theupper part of the display. This is referredto as the standard display.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe standard display appears.

1 Trip meter2 Total distance recorder3 Outside temperature or digital speed-

ometer4 Time5 Selector lever position or current shift

range with automatic transmission

Displaying the coolant temperature

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe standard display appears.

E Press j or k to select the cool-ant temperature.

The temperature displayed may climb to120 °C when the vehicle is being driven innormal conditions and if the coolant con-tains the correct concentration of corro-sion inhibitor and antifreeze. It is accept-able for the coolant temperature to rise tothe end of the scale at high outside tem-peratures and when driving in mountain-ous terrain.

Audio menu

You can use the functions in the Audiomenu to control the audio equipment thatyou have just switched on.

If no audio equipment is switched on, youwill see the AUDIO off (Sound 5 orSound 20) or AUDIO off (Sound 50 APS orCOMAND APS) message.

Selecting a radio station

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

124

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 127: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Switch on the radio (see separate Oper-ating Instructions).

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the station already set ap-pears in the display.

The type of search depends on the set-ting for the radio station selection(e page 133). The next station stored isselected, or the station search begins(not for Sound 20).

1 Waveband, with memory location num-ber if set

2 Station

E Select the desired station withjand k.

i It is only possible to store new stationswith the audio system. See the separate Oper-ating Instructions.

You can also operate the radio in the same wayas usual.

Operating the CD player

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Switch on the radio (see separate Oper-ating Instructions) and select the CDplayer.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe settings for the current CD appearin the display.

Display with Sound 5 or Sound 20

Display with Sound 50 APS orCOMAND APS1 Current CD (with CD changer)2 Current track

E Select a CD track withj or k.

Navigation menu

In the NAV menu, you can choose to havenavigation system route guidance shownin the display.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press è or ÿ repeatedly untilthe navigation menu appears in the dis-play.

Different messages can appear in thedisplay, depending on the status of thenavigation system:

Navigation system deactivated

The message NAV off appears in the dis-play.

E Switch on Sound 50 APS orCOMAND APS (see separate OperatingInstructions).

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

125

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 128: Mercedes Benz Vito

Destination guidance not activated

The compass heading appears in the dis-play.

1 Compass heading

Destination guidance activated

The following appears in the display, forexample:

i You will find notes on how to activate routeguidance in the separate Operating Instructionsfor Sound 50 APS or COMAND APS.

Malfunction memory menu

The Malfunction menu displays malfunc-tions that have occurred. The message inthe display depends on whether malfunc-tions have occurred or not.

G Risk of accident

The on-board computer only records andshows malfunctions and warnings from cer-tain systems. Therefore, make sure thatyour vehicle is safe to use. You could other-wise cause an accident by driving an unsafevehicle.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe malfunction from the Malfunctionmenu appears in the display.

If no malfunctions have occurred, youwill see the message No malfunctions.

If malfunctions have occurred, thenumber of malfunctions will be dis-played.

1 Number of malfunctions

E Press j or k to call up a mal-function.

You can scroll through the malfunc-tions one by one. The possible malfunc-tions are described in the “Practical ad-vice” section (e page 284).

E Press è or ÿ to select anotherdisplay.

i The malfunction memory is cleared whenyou switch off the ignition. If any new malfunc-tions occur, they will be displayed again.

Settings menu

You will find two functions in the Settingsmenu: the To reset settings: Press resetbutton for 3 sec function allows you to re-turn all settings to their default values.There are also submenus which you canuse to program individual settings on thevehicle.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

126

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 129: Mercedes Benz Vito

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

Settings menu

Resetting all settings

You can reset the functions in all subme-nus to the factory settings.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press reset button 0 for around 3 sec-onds.

The display prompts you to press thereset button 0 again to confirm.

E Press reset button 0 again.

The functions of all submenus are resetto the factory settings.

i If you do not press reset button 0 again,the settings are retained. The Settings menuis displayed again after approximately 5 sec-onds.

For safety reasons, it is not possible to reset allof the functions while the vehicle is in motion.The Lighting function in the Driv. lightssubmenu remains unchanged, for example.

Resetting the functions of a submenu

You can reset the functions of an individu-al submenu to the factory settings.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select a subme-nu.

E Press reset button 0 for around 3 sec-onds.

The display prompts you to press thereset button 0 again to confirm.

E Press reset button 0 again.

All functions of the submenu are resetto the factory settings.

i If you do not press reset button 0 again,the settings are retained. The Settings menuis displayed again after approximately 5 sec-onds.

For safety reasons, it is not possible to reset allof the functions while the vehicle is in motion.The Lighting function in the Driv. lightssubmenu remains unchanged, for example.

Submenus in the Settings menu

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

You will see the collection of submenus.There are more submenus than can be dis-played at the same time.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

127

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 130: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press æ or ç to select a subme-nu.

The selected submenu is highlighted..

E Press j to select the function with-in a submenu.

E Press æ or ç to change the set-ting.

The changed setting is saved.

The following table shows what settingsyou can make in the individual submenus.

You will find additional information on thepages listed.

Submenus Functions in the submenu

Instrument cluster I Units for temperature (e page 129)I Select the units for the digital speedometer (e page 129)I Units for total distance recorder (e page 130)I Language (e page 130)I Status indicator display (e page 130)I Units for tyre pressure (e page 131)

Time/Date6 I Time (e page 131)I Time display (e page 131)I Date (e page 132)

Lighting I Constant headlamp mode (e page 132)I Locator lighting (e page 132)I Exterior lighting delayed switch-off (e page 133)

Vehicle I Permanent Speedtronic (e page 190)I Radio station selection (e page 133)

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

128

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 131: Mercedes Benz Vito

Submenus Functions in the submenu

Auxiliary heating I Switch-on time (e page 168)

Comfort I Key dependency (e page 134)

6 The Time/Date submenu is only available if you either have no audio system or have Sound 5/Sound 20.

Instrument cluster submenu

Selecting the unit for the temperature

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the In-strument submenu.

E Press j to select the Temperaturefunction.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the unitsfor all information in the display: °C (de-grees Celsius) or °F (degrees Fahren-heit).

Selecting the units for the digitalspeedometer

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the In-strument submenu.

E Press j to select the Digitalspeedometer function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the unitsfor the digital speedometer: km/h ormph.

Selecting the unit for the total distancerecorder

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

129

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 132: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the In-strument submenu.

E Pressj to select the Odometer func-tion.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the unitsfor all information in the display: km (kil-ometres) or Miles.

Selecting the language

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the In-strument submenu.

E Pressj to select the Language func-tion.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the lan-guage for on-board computer mes-sages shown in the display.

The languages available are:I GermanI EnglishI English (US)I FrenchI ItalianI Spanish

Selecting the display for the status line

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the In-strument submenu.

E Press j to select the Select displ.function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select whetherthe outside temperature or the speedis displayed.

The selected display is then showncontinuously in the bottom part of thedisplay (e page 124).

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

130

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 133: Mercedes Benz Vito

Selecting the unit for the tyre pressure

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the In-strument submenu.

E Press j to select the Tyre pressurefunction.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the unitsfor the tyre pressure in the display: baror psi.

Time/Date submenu

i Vehicles with the navigation systemCOMAND APS or Sound 50 APS do not have

the Clock/Date menu. The navigation systemreceives the time and date from the GPS.

On these vehicles you must set the time zoneon the audio system once only. See the sepa-rate operating instructions.

Setting the time

i Vehicles with the navigation systemCOMAND APS or Sound 50 APS do not havethis submenu.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select theClock/Date submenu.

E Press j to select the Setting theclock Hours (or Minutes) function.

E Press æ or ç to set the values.

Selecting the clock format

i Vehicles with the navigation systemCOMAND APS or Sound 50 APS do not havethis submenu.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select theClock/Date submenu.

E Press j to select the 12/24 h func-tion.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select the timeformat 12 h or 24 h.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

131

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 134: Mercedes Benz Vito

Setting the date

i Vehicles with the navigation systemCOMAND APS or Sound 50 APS do not havethis submenu.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select theClock/Date submenu.

E Press j to select the Date Day (orMonth or Year) function.

E Press æ or ç to set the values.

Lighting submenu

Setting constant headlamp mode

If you have set constant headlamp modeand the light switch is in the M posi-tion, the parking lamp, low beam head-lamps, tail lamp and licence plate lamplight up automatically when the engine isrunning.

For safety reasons, it is only possible tochange this setting when the vehicle isstationary. In countries where constantheadlamp mode is mandatory, Constant isthe default setting.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the Driv.lights submenu.

E Pressj to select the Lighting func-tion.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select Manual orConstant (constant headlamp mode).

i If you turn the light switch toC orB, the corresponding light switches on.Constant headlamp mode remains activated ifthe light switch is turned toU.

For safety reasons, it is not possible to resetthe Lighting function to the factory settingwhile the vehicle is in motion. You will see thefollowing message in the display:Setting onlypossible at standstill!

Switching the locator lighting on or off

If you switch the locator lighting to On, thefollowing lamps light up when it is darkafter you have unlocked the vehicle usingthe key:I the side lampsI the tail lampsI the licence plate illuminationI the front foglamps

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

132

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 135: Mercedes Benz Vito

The locator lighting automatically switchesoff after 40 seconds or when you:I open the driver’s doorI insert the key into the ignition lockI lock the vehicle with the key

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the Driv.lights submenu.

E Press j to select the Locatorlighting function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to switch the loca-tor lighting to On or Off.

Setting the exterior lighting delayedswitch-off

The Headlamps delayed switch-off(head-lamps delayed switch-off) function enablesyou to set whether or not the exteriorlighting should remain on when it is darkafter the doors have been closed. Whenyou have set the delayed switch-off andhave switched off the engine, the followinglight up:I the side lampsI the tail lampsI the licence plate illuminationI the front foglamps

i You can reactivate this function by openinga door within 10 minutes.

The exterior lights are switched off after 60seconds if you do not open a door or if do notclose an opened door after the engine has beenswitched off.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the Driv.lights submenu.

E Press j to select the Headlamps de-layed switch-off function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to select whetherand how long the exterior lighting re-mains on.

Vehicle submenu

Setting the selection of radio stations

The Search function enables you to deter-mine whether the radio should search fora new station or a previously stored sta-tion each time the radio is switched oper-ated with the steering wheel buttons (notwith Sound 20).

If you select Frequency the station searchstarts. If you select Memory the next storedstation is selected.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

133

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 136: Mercedes Benz Vito

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the Vehi-cle submenu.

E Press j to select the Search func-tion.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Press æ or ç to determine howthe radio searches for stations.

Convenience submenu

Key-dependent settings

You can use the Key function to determinewhether the settings in the:

I Instrument (instrument cluster)I Driv. lights

I Vehicle

submenus are stored as key-dependentsettings.

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the Settings menu appearsin the display.

E Press j to go to the submenu se-lection.

E Press æ or ç to select the Com-fort submenu.

E Press j to select the Key function.

The current setting is highlighted.

E Pressæ orç to activate or deac-tivate key dependency.

i For safety reasons, it is not possible to setthe Key function while the vehicle is in motion.

You will see the following message in the dis-play:Setting only possible at standstill!

Trip computer menu

You can call up or reset statistical data re-lating to your vehicle in the trip computermenu.

Consumption statistics after start

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

i When you call up the trip computer again,it displays the last function which you calledup.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the message After start ap-pears in the display.

1 Distance driven since start2 Time elapsed since start3 Average speed since start4 Average fuel consumption since start

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

134

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 137: Mercedes Benz Vito

i If you turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock or remove it, all the values are resetafter approximately 4 hours.

The values will not be reset if you turn the keyback to position 1 or 2 during this time.

Consumption statistics after reset

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the message After start ap-pears in the display.

E Press the j or k button repeat-edly until the message After reset ap-pears in the display.

1 Distance driven since last reset2 Time elapsed since last reset3 Average speed since last reset4 Average fuel consumption since last re-

set

Resetting the consumption statistics

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Press the è or· button repeat-edly until the message After start ap-pears in the display.

E Select the function you want to resetwithj ork.

E Press the reset button 0 down until thevalues are reset to 0.

i The consumption statistics are automati-cally reset after 999 hours or 9,999 kilometresAfter start.

The consumption statistics are automaticallyreset after 999 hours or 9,999 kilometresAfter reset.

Telephone menu

You can use the functions in the TEL menuto use the mobile phone if it is connectedto the Mercedes-Benz hands-free system.

G Risk of accident

Observe the legal requirements of the coun-try in which you are currently driving regard-ing the use of mobile phones in the vehicle.

If it is permitted to use mobile phones whilethe vehicle is in motion, you must only use

them when the road and traffic conditionspermit. You may otherwise be distractedfrom the traffic conditions, cause an acci-dent and injure yourself and others.Mobile phones without exterior aerials mayinterfere with the vehicle electronics andthereby jeopardise the operational safety ofthe vehicle. Only use devices if they are con-nected to a separate exterior aerial.

Switching on the mobile phone

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E For switching on the mobile phone andthe audio system or COMAND APS, seethe separate Operating Instructions.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe TEL menu appears in the display.

The display that appears depends onthe status of the mobile phone:I Mobile phone off: The message

TEL off (Sound 20) or Switch onphone (Sound 50 or COMAND APS)appears.

I PIN code not entered: The mes-sage TEL PIN (Sound 20) or Pleaseenter PIN: (Sound 50 orCOMAND APS) appears.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

135

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 138: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Enter the PIN code using the mobilephone, audio system or COMAND APS.

The mobile phone searches for a net-work. The display remains blank duringthis time.

You will see the name of the networkprovider as soon as the mobile phonehas found a network.

Once it has shown this operationalreadiness symbol, you can use the mo-bile phone using the steering wheelbuttons.

i When the operational readiness symbolgoes off, your vehicle is outside the transmis-sion and reception range.

Accepting a call

Display with Sound 20

Display with Sound 50 or COMAND APS

E Press í.

The duration of the call appears in thedisplay.

Rejecting or finishing a call

E Press ì.

The caller then hears the engagedtone.

The display now shows the operationalreadiness symbol again.

Dialling a number from the phone book

You may select and dial a number fromthe phone book at any time, provided themobile phone is ready to receive calls.

i It is only possible to create new phonenumber entries in the phone book using themobile phone itself. See the separate Operat-ing Instructions.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe TEL menu appears in the display.

The display shows the correspondingGSM network provider.

E Press j or k to go to the tele-phone book.

The on-board computer reads thephone book stored on the SIM card orin the telephone. This may take longerthan one minute. The message Proces-sing (Sound 20) or Please wait...(Sound 50 or COMAND APS) appearsin the display.

When the message disappears, thephone book has been downloaded.

E Press j or k to select the de-sired name.

The display shows the names stored inalphabetic order.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

136

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 139: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Name from the phone book

i The display scrolls through the names rap-idly if you press and holdj or k formore than 1 second. Releasing the buttonstops the rapid scroll.

If you do not wish to make a call, press ì.

E Press í.

The on-board computer dials the se-lected phone number. The messagedialing (Sound 20) or Dialing...(Sound 50 or COMAND APS) appearsin the display.

The on-board computer dials the se-lected phone number.

The on-board computer stores thephone numbers in the redial memory.

If a connection is made, the displayshows the name of the person calledand the call duration.

Redialling

The on-board computer stores the lastphone numbers which were dialled. Thismeans that you do not have to searchthrough the entire phone book.

E Press è or · repeatedly untilthe TEL menu appears in the display.

The display shows the correspondingGSM network provider.

E Press í.

The display shows the most recently di-alled numbers or names in the redialmemory.

E Press j or k repeatedly untilthe number or name you are lookingfor is displayed.

E Press í.

The on-board computer dials the se-lected phone number.

If a call is made, the display shows thecall duration and name of the personyou are calling if stored in the phonebook. Otherwise, the number you aredialling continues to be displayed.

Controls

On-board computer with steering wheel buttons - version B

137

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 140: Mercedes Benz Vito

Lighting

Legal requirements may impose variationsin certain countries.

i When driving in countries in which trafficdrives on the opposite side of the road to thecountry where the vehicle is registered, youmust have the headlamps switched over.

You will find further information in the “Opera-tion” section (e page 212).

Light switch

The light switch is between the driver'sdoor and the steering wheel.

1 Light switch2 Rear foglamp indicator lamp3 Front foglamp indicator lamp

a Left-hand parking lamp on

g Right-hand parking lamp on

U Automatic headlamp mode

M Lights off/constant headlampmode

C Side lamps, licence plate illumina-tion and instrument lighting on

B Dipped-beam headlamps on

Dipped-beam headlamps

E Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

E Turn the light switch toB.

The B indicator lamp in the instru-ment panel lights up.

Constant headlamp mode

On vehicles with steering wheel buttons,you can set the constant headlamp mode(e page 132). This is not possible in coun-tries where constant headlamp mode is alegal requirement.

E Turn the light switch toM.

The dipped-beam headlamps, sidelamps and licence plate lighting areswitched on when the engine is run-ning.

The B indicator lamp in the instru-ment panel lights up.

Automatic headlamp mode

Parking lamps, dipped-beam headlampsand licence plate illumination are switchedon automatically in accordance with ambi-ent light conditions.

G Risk of accident

In U mode, incident light may cause theheadlamps to switch off briefly, or the head-lamps may not switch on automaticallywhen it is foggy.

Turn the light switch to B, otherwise youwill endanger yourself and others.

If it is dark, only turn the light switch fromU to B when the vehicle is station-ary. You could otherwise cause an accidentif the headlamps were to switch off briefly.

Automatic headlamp mode is only a drivingaid. You are responsible for the vehicle light-ing at all times.

Controls

Lighting

138

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 141: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Turn the light switch toU.

The side lamps are switched on/off au-tomatically when the key is in position1 in the ignition lock.

Parking lamps, dipped-beam head-lamps and licence plate illuminationare switched on/off automatically inaccordance with ambient light condi-tions when the engine is running.

Only use manual headlamp mode whenyou are driving in countries where drivingwith dipped-beam headlamps is requiredby law.

E In this case, turn the light switch toB.

Front foglamps/rear foglamp

E Turn light switch 1 to B orC.

E Rear foglamp: pull light switch 1 outto the first stop.

The f green indicator lamp next tothe light switch lights up.

E Rear foglamp: pull light switch 1 outto the second stop.

The e yellow indicator lamp next tothe light switch lights up.

Headlamp range control

The headlamp range control is used toadapt the downward angle of the head-lamp beams in accordance with the loadon your vehicle. The downward angle ofthe headlamp beams changes dependingon whether seats are occupied or the loadcompartment is laden or unladen. Thiscould impair visibility and dazzle oncomingtraffic.

You can only adjust the headlamp rangewhile the engine is running.

The thumbwheel for the headlamp rangecontrol is located to the right of the lightswitch.

1 Thumbwheel for headlamp range con-trol

0 Front seats occupied

1 Front and rear seats occupied

2 Front and rear seats occupied andload compartment loaded up tomaximum rear axle load

3 Driver’s seat occupied and loadcompartment loaded up to maxi-mum rear axle load

E Turn thumbwheel 1 to the setting re-quired.

i Vehicles with electronic level control areequipped with an automatic headlamp rangecontrol. On these vehicles, the headlamp rangecannot be controlled manually.

Controls

Lighting

139

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 142: Mercedes Benz Vito

Combination switch

The combination switch is located on theleft of the steering wheel.

1 Main-beam headlamps2 Headlamp flasher

Main-beam headlamps

E To switch on: switch on the dipped-beam headlamps (e page 138).

E Press combination switch 1 forwards.

The A indicator lamp on the instru-ment panel comes on.

Headlamp flasher

E Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

E Pull the combination switch briefly indirection 2.

Turn signals

1 To indicate a right turn2 To indicate a left turn

E Press the combination switch up1 ordown 2 until it engages.

The combination switch returns to itsoriginal position automatically afterlarge steering movements.

i If you only wish to indicate a minor changeof direction, press the combination switchbriefly in the appropriate direction. The corre-sponding turn signal will flash three times.

Hazard warning lamps

The hazard warning lamps work even whenthe ignition is switched off. They switch onautomatically when an airbag is deployed.

The hazard warning lamp switch is locatedon the centre console.

1 Hazard warning lamp switch

E To switch on/off: press hazard warn-ing lamp switch 1.

i If you have indicated a turn while the haz-ard warning lamps are switched on, only theturn signal lamps on the side of the vehicle se-lected will light up.

If the hazard warning lamps have beenswitched on automatically, press the hazardwarning lamp switch once to switch them off.

Controls

Lighting

140

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 143: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of accident

The rear light will be covered if you open therear doors to the 90° detent position.

The vehicle will then be unsafe as its rearlights will not be visible for approaching traf-fic. Other road users may not realise untiltoo late that it is an obstruction. This couldlead to an accident.

You should ensure that the vehicle is visiblefrom the rear in accordance with the rele-vant national regulations, using the warningtriangle for instance.

Front interior lighting

Interior lighting without overhead con-trol panel

1 Permanently on2 Automatic control3 To deactivate4 Reading lamp

E To switch on: move the switch to theleft to position 1.

The front interior lighting comes on.

E To switch off: move the switch to theright to position 3.

The front interior lighting goes out.

! If you switch a light on manually, it doesnot switch off automatically after 20 minutes.

This could eventually discharge the vehicle bat-tery.

Reading lamps

E To switch off: move the switch to theright to position 4.

The reading lamp comes on.

E To switch off: move the switch to theleft to position 3.

The reading lamp goes out.

! If you switch a light on manually, it doesnot switch off automatically after 20 minutes.This could eventually discharge the vehicle bat-tery.

Automatic control

E To switch on: move the switch to theleft to position 2.

The front interior lighting comes onwhen you:I unlock the vehicleI open a doorI remove the key from the ignition

lock

The front interior lighting has a delayedswitch-off feature.

Controls

Lighting

141

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 144: Mercedes Benz Vito

i The interior lighting switches off after ap-proximately 20 minutes if the door remainsopen.

E To switch off: move the switch to theright to position 3.

The interior lighting remains off even ifyou open a door.

Interior lighting with overhead controlpanel

1 Switch for right-hand reading lamp2 Right-hand reading lamp3 Interior light4 To switch automatic interior lighting

on/off5 Interior lighting, permanently on6 Left-hand reading lamp7 Switch for left-hand reading lamp

Switching the front interior lights on/off manually

E To switch on: press switch 5.

Front interior lights3 come on.

E To switch off: press switch5.

Front interior lights3 go out.

i If you switch a light on manually, itswitches off automatically after 20 minutes.

Reading lamps

E To switch on: press the switch 1 or7.

Reading lamp 2 or 6 comes on.

E To switch of: press the switch 1 or7.

Reading lamp 2 or 6 goes out.

i If you switch a reading lamp on manually, itswitches off automatically after 20 minutes.

Automatic interior lighting

The front interior lighting comes on whenyou:I unlock the vehicleI open a doorI remove the key from the ignition lock

The front interior lighting switches offagain automatically.

E To switch off: press switch4.

The interior lighting remains off even ifyou open a door.

E To switch on: press switch 4.

The automatic function is activated.The interior lighting switches on and offautomatically.

i The interior lighting switches off automati-cally after approximately 20 minutes if a doorremains open.

Controls

Lighting

142

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 145: Mercedes Benz Vito

Rear interior lighting

The rear interior lighting switch is on thecentre console.

1 Constant light2 Automatic control

E To switch on: press upper section 1of the switch.

The rear lighting comes on.

E To switch off: press upper section 1of the switch.

The rear lighting goes out.

Automatic control

The rear interior lighting comes on auto-matically if you:

I open the tailgate/rear doorI open a side doorI unlock the vehicle

It is possible to deactivate automatic con-trol of the rear interior lights.

E To switch off: press lower section 2of the switch.

Automatic control is deactivated.

If the key is in position 0 in the ignitionlock, the indicator lamp in the switch islit for five seconds.

If the key is in position 1 or 2 in theignition lock, the indicator lamp in theswitch is lit continuously.

E To switch on: press lower section2of the switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout. Automatic control is activated.

Rear interior light in the grab handle

E To switch on: press on the coverglass.

The rear interior light comes on.

E To switch off: press on the coverglass.

The rear interior light goes out.

! If you switch a light on manually, it doesnot switch off automatically after 20 minutes.This could eventually discharge the vehicle bat-tery.

Controls

Lighting

143

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 146: Mercedes Benz Vito

Good visibility

Windscreen wipers

The combination switch is located on theleft of the steering wheel.

1 To switch on the windscreen wipers2 Single wipe

To switch on the windscreen wipers

E Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

! Vehicles with rain sensor:

Switch the wipers off in dry weather. Other-wise, dirt or optical effects may cause unde-sired windscreen wiper sweeps. This coulddamage the windscreen wiper blades andscratch the windscreen.

E Turn the combination switch in the di-rection of arrow 1 to the appropriatesetting depending on the intensity ofthe rain.

0 Windscreen wipers off

I Intermittent wipe

II Normal wipe

III Rapid wipe

i If the windscreen wipers are switched onand you stop the vehicle, the windscreen wiperspeed is reduced. For example, if you have se-lected level II and stop the vehicle, wiping con-tinues with intermittent wipe while the vehicleis stationary. If intermittent wipe is selected,the intervals become longer.

Vehicles with rain sensor: You can use level Ias the universal setting. The rain sensor setsthe appropriate wiping frequency automatically,according to the intensity of the rain. When youstop the vehicle, levels III and II are switcheddown to level I automatically. The windscreenwipers will return to the original level when youdrive faster than 8 km/h again.

Single wipe

E Push the combination switch briefly upto the pressure point in the direction ofarrow 2.

The windscreen wipers will wipe oncewithout washer fluid.

Intermittent wipe

Only switch on intermittent wipe in dampweather conditions or when it is raining.

Vehicles with rain sensor: If you haveselected intermittent wipe, the rain sensoris activated. The appropriate wiping fre-quency is set automatically, according tothe rain on the sensor.

Controls

Good visibility

144

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 147: Mercedes Benz Vito

Rear window wiper

The switch is located on the control panelin the centre console.

1 Intermittent wipe2 Rear window washer system

E Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

i The rear window wiper switches on auto-matically if you engage reverse gear and thewindscreen wipers are on.

E To switch on intermittent wipe:press upper section 1 of the switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

i If the vehicle is stationary and you openthe tailgate/rear door, the rear window wiperwill stop.

The rear window wiper will only resume wipingagain when the tailgate/rear door is closed orthe vehicle starts to move.

E To switch off intermittent wipe:press upper section 1 of the switchagain.

E Wiping with washer fluid: press low-er section 2 of the switch.

When you release the switch, the rearwindow wiper continues to wipe forabout another five seconds.

i Use windscreen washer fluid to wipe thewindscreen even when it is raining. This pre-vents the rear window from smearing.

Windscreen washer system

The combination switch is located on theleft of the steering wheel.

1 Switching on the windscreen wipers2 Wiping with washer fluid

E Press the combination switch beyondthe pressure point in the direction ofarrow 2.

The windscreen wipers will wipe withwindscreen washer fluid.

i Use windscreen washer fluid to wipe thewindscreen even when it is raining. This pre-vents the windscreen from smearing.

Controls

Good visibility

145

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 148: Mercedes Benz Vito

Headlamp cleaning system

The button is located between the driver’sdoor and the steering wheel.

1 Headlamp cleaning button

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Briefly press button1.

The headlamps are cleaned with a high-pressure water jet.

Window heating

G Risk of accident

Clear all windows of ice or snow before set-ting off. Impaired visibility could otherwiseendanger yourself and others.

Rear window heating

The rear window heating is operationalwhen the engine is running. The rear win-dow heating consumes a lot of power. Youshould therefore switch the rear windowheating off as soon as the window is clear.The heating switches off automaticallyafter a maximum of 12 minutes.

The switch for the rear window heating islocated on the centre console.

1 To switch on/off

E To switch on: press the upper sectionof switch F.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To switch off: press the lower sectionof switch F.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Controls

Good visibility

146

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 149: Mercedes Benz Vito

Climate control

Heating

Controls

Climate control

147

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 150: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function

1 Side window demister vent, left

2 Swivelling side air vent, left

3 Side air vent thumbwheel, left

4 Swivelling centre air vent, left

5 Thumbwheel for air vents, left andright, rear compartment and headarea

6 Heating control panel (e page 148)

7 Swivelling centre air vent, right

8 Side air vent thumbwheel, right

9 Swivelling side air vent, right

a Side window demister vent, right

b Centre air vent thumbwheel, right

c Rear window heating (e page 146)

d Centre air vent thumbwheel, left

The heater is operational when the engineis running. The vehicle is either heated orventilated depending on the temperatureselected and the outside temperature.

The dust filter removes most particles ofdust and pollen drawn in from the outsideair.

The interval for replacing the filter de-pends on environmental factors, e.g. highair pollution. The interval may be shorterthan that indicated in the MaintenanceBooklet.

G Risk of accident

Follow the settings recommended on thefollowing pages for heating and ventilation.Otherwise, the windows could mist up, thusimpairing visibility and endangering yourselfand others.

G Risk of injury

Air flowing out of the vents when the heat-ing is in operation may be very hot. There istherefore a risk of burns to bare skin in theimmediate proximity of these vents. Keepbare skin away from these air vents. If nec-essary, direct the airflow into a differentarea of the vehicle interior using the air dis-tribution control.

i If the interior has been heated up, ventilatethe vehicle before you start a journey.

Keep the air inlet between the bonnet and thewindscreen free from ice and snow.

Position the sliders for the centre air vents inthe centre position to provide virtually draught-free ventilation.

Control panel

Function

1 Temperature selector control

2 Air distribution control

3 Airflow control

4 Switch for air-recirculation mode

5 Rear-compartment heating(e page 150)

Controls

Climate control

148

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 151: Mercedes Benz Vito

Basic settings

Heating

E Adjust the temperature selector controlas required. It should however be set atleast to the middle level.

E Adjust the airflow control as required.It should however, be set at least tolevel two.

E Adjust the air distribution control asshown.

E Close the centre air vents.

E Close the air vents.

E Open the side air vents and direct themtowards the side windows.

Ventilation

This setting rapidly ventilates the vehicleinterior.

E Set the temperature selector control tothe lowest level.

E Adjust the airflow control as required.It should however be set at least to lev-el two.

E Set the air distribution control to h.

E If necessary, open and adjust the:I centre air ventI side air ventsI air vents

Setting the temperature

Adjust the temperature with temperatureselector control 1 in the control panel.

Only change the temperature in small in-crements.

E To increase or reduce: turn tempera-ture selector control 1 clockwise oranti-clockwise.

Setting the airflow

Adjust the airflow with airflow control 3in the control panel.

E To increase or reduce: turn airflowcontrol to the desired level.

Setting the air distribution

The air distribution is set using air distribu-tion control 2 in the control panel.

The symbols on the air distribution controlhave the following meanings:

Symbol Meaning

h I Air from the air vents

ÔP

I Air to the windscreenI Air from the air vents

Ò I Air to the windscreenI Air from the air ventsI Air to the footwell

Ó I Air from the air ventsI Air to the footwell

Controls

Climate control

149

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 152: Mercedes Benz Vito

Air-recirculation mode

You can deactivate the flow of fresh air ifunpleasant odours are entering the vehiclefrom outside. No more fresh air will be tak-en in and the air inside the vehicle will berecirculated.

G Risk of accident

Only switch over to air-recirculation modebriefly at low outside temperatures. Other-wise, the windows could mist up, thus im-pairing visibility and endangering yourselfand others. This may prevent you from ob-serving the traffic conditions, thereby caus-ing an accident.

The switch for air-recirculation mode4 isin the control panel.

E Activation: press the Ä switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E Deactivation: press theÄ switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Special settings

i Only use special settings briefly.

Misted-up windows

E If necessary, turn off air-recirculationmode with the Ä switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout. Fresh air is fed into the vehicle.

E Turn airflow control 3 to a higherblower speed. Set it to at least leveltwo.

E Set temperature selector control 1 toa higher temperature.

E Set air distribution control 2 to ÔP.

E Close the centre air vents and the airvents for the head area and rear com-partment.

E Open the side air vents and direct themtowards the side windows.

E If the windscreen is misted up from theoutside, switch on the windscreenwipers.

Demisting

You can use the following settings to de-mist the windscreen and side windows,e.g. when they are covered with frost.

E Set temperature selector control 1 toP.

E Set airflow control 3 to P.

E Set air distribution control 2 to ÔP.

E Close the centre air vents and the airvents for the head area and rear com-partment.

E Open the side air vents and direct themtowards the side windows.

Rear-compartment heating

The control panel for the rear-compart-ment heating is located in the rear com-partment, on the left-hand side section ofthe roof when viewed in the direction oftravel.

1 Airflow control2 Temperature selector control

Controls

Climate control

150

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 153: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To activate: press the $ switch inthe heating control panel (e page 148).

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

The control panel on the side section ofthe roof has been activated.

E To deactivate: press the $ switchin the heating control panel.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

The control panel on the side section ofthe roof has been deactivated.

Setting the airflow

E Set airflow control 1 on the side sec-tion of the roof to the desired level.

Setting the temperature

Only change the temperature in small in-crements.

E To increase or reduce: turn tempera-ture selector control 2 on the sidesection of the roof clockwise or anti-clockwise.

Controls

Climate control

151

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 154: Mercedes Benz Vito

Air-conditioning system

Controls

Climate control

152

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 155: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function

1 Side window demister vent, left

2 Swivelling side air vent, left

3 Side air vent thumbwheel, left

4 Swivelling centre air vent, left

5 Thumbwheel for air vents, left andright, rear compartment and headarea

6 Air-conditioning control panel(e page 153)

7 Swivelling centre air vent, right

8 Side air vent thumbwheel, right

9 Swivelling side air vent, right

a Side window demister vent, right

b Centre air vent thumbwheel, right

c Rear window heating (e page 146)

d Centre air vent thumbwheel, left

The air-conditioning system is operationalonly when the engine is running. You canuse the air-conditioning system to auto-matically adjust or control the tempera-ture. The vehicle is either heated or

cooled, depending on the temperature se-lected and the outside temperature.

The dust filter removes most particles ofdust and pollen drawn in from the outsideair.

The interval for replacing the filter de-pends on environmental factors, e.g. highair pollution. The interval may be shorterthan that indicated in the MaintenanceBooklet.

i Condensation may collect under the ve-hicle when the air-conditioning system is inuse.

G Risk of accident

Follow the settings recommended on thefollowing pages for heating or cooling. Thewindows could otherwise mist up. This mayprevent you from observing the traffic condi-tions, thereby causing an accident.

G Risk of injury

Air flowing out of the air outlets in the foot-well when the air conditioning is in opera-tion may be very hot or very cold. There istherefore a risk of frostbite or burns to bareskin in the immediate proximity of thesevents. Keep bare skin away from these airvents. If necessary, direct the airflow into a

different area of the vehicle interior usingthe air distribution control.

i If the vehicle interior has been heated up,ventilate the vehicle before starting your jour-ney or briefly switch to air-recirculation modefor faster cooling.

Keep the air inlet between the bonnet and thewindscreen free from ice and snow.

Position the sliders for the centre air vents inthe centre position to provide virtually draught-free ventilation.

Control panel

Function

1 Temperature selector control

2 Air distribution control

Controls

Climate control

153

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 156: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function

3 Switch forI Economy modeI Residual heat mode

4 Switch for reheat function (dehu-midification)

5 Airflow control

6 Switch for air-recirculation mode

7 Switch forI Rear-compartment heating

(e page 150)I Rear-compartment air condition-

ing (e page 157)

Economy mode (air-conditioning sys-tem off)

The air in the vehicle is neither cooled nordehumidified when economy mode is se-lected.

i Only use this setting for a brief period. Thewindows could otherwise mist up.

E To activate: press the ° switch foreconomy mode.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To deactivate: press the ° switchfor normal operation.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Basic settings

Heating

E Set temperature selector control 1 asrequired. It should however be set atleast to the middle level.

E Set airflow control 5 as required. Itshould however be set at least to leveltwo.

E Set the air distribution control as illus-trated.

E Close the centre air vents.

E Close the air vents.

E Open the side air vents and direct themtowards the side windows.

Ventilation/cooling

This setting rapidly ventilates/cools thevehicle interior.

E Set temperature selector control 1 tothe lowest level (maximum cooling).

E Set airflow control 5 as required. Itshould however be set at least to leveltwo.

E Set air distribution control 2 to h.

E If necessary, open and adjust the:I centre air ventsI side air ventsI air outlets.

Setting the temperature

Use temperature selector control 1 inthe control panel to set the temperature.

Controls

Climate control

154

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 157: Mercedes Benz Vito

The recommended temperature setting fornormal conditions is 22 C. The air-condi-tioning system will adjust the temperatureto this setting as rapidly and as comfort-ably as possible.

Only change the temperature in small in-crements.

i If you use the basic settings for heating,ventilating or cooling the vehicle you will onlyrarely need to adjust the temperature, airflowand air distribution.

E To increase or reduce the tempera-ture: turn temperature selector control1 clockwise or anti-clockwise.

Setting the airflow

E To increase or reduce: turn airflowcontrol 5 clockwise or anti-clockwise.

i The blower switches off if you set airflowcontrol 5 to level 0.

Setting the air distribution

Air distribution control 2 in the controlpanel is used to set the air distribution.

The symbols on the air distribution controlhave the following meanings:

Symbol Meaning

h I Air from the air vents

ÔP

I Air to the windscreenI Air from the air vents

Ò I Air to the windscreenI Air from the air ventsI Air to the footwell

Ó I Air from the air ventsI Air to the footwell

Air-recirculation mode

You can deactivate the flow of fresh air ifunpleasant odours are entering the vehiclefrom outside. No more fresh air will be tak-en in and the air inside the vehicle will berecirculated.

G Risk of accident

Only switch over to air-recirculation modebriefly at low outside temperatures. Other-wise, the windows could mist up, thus im-pairing visibility and endangering yourselfand others. This may prevent you from ob-

serving the traffic conditions, thereby caus-ing an accident.

The switch for air-recirculation mode3 isin the control panel.

E To switch on: press the Ä switch.

or

E press theÄ switch for more than2 seconds.

Windows and sliding sunroofs thatwere open are automatically closedThe indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To switch off: press theÄ switch.

or

E press theÄ switch for more than2 seconds.

Windows and sliding sunroofs auto-matically open to the positions theywere last in The indicator lamp in theswitch comes on.

i Air-recirculation mode is automaticallyswitched off after about 10 to 30 minutes, de-pending on the outside temperature.

Controls

Climate control

155

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 158: Mercedes Benz Vito

Residual heat

The engine stores residual heat after longperiods of driving. You can use the resid-ual heat of the engine to heat the station-ary vehicle for a further 30 minutes.

i The heating period depends on:

I the coolant temperature

I the interior temperature selected

I the on-board voltage

The blower runs at level 1 regardless of the air-flow setting.

E To switch on: turn the key to position 0in the ignition lock or remove it.

E If necessary, set theI temperatureI air distributionI air vents

E Press the ° switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To switch off: press the° switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

i Residual heat is automatically switched off

I when you switch on the ignition

I after about 30 minutes

I if the battery voltage drops

Special settings

i Only use special settings briefly.

Misted-up windows

E Switch the air-recirculation mode off ifnecessary by using theÄ switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout. Fresh air is fed into the vehicle.

E Switch on the reheat function using theÅ switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E Turn airflow control 5 to a higherblower speed, but do not turn the con-trol below second speed.

E Set temperature selector control 1 toa higher temperature.

E Set air distribution control 2 to ÔP.

E Close the centre air vents and the airoutlets for the head area and the rearcompartment.

E Open the side air vents and direct themtowards the side windows.

E If the windscreen is misted up on theoutside, switch on the windscreenwipers.

Demisting

You can use the following settings to de-mist the windscreen and side windows,e.g. when they are covered with frost.

E Set temperature selector control 1 toP.

E Set airflow control 5 to P.

E Set air distribution control 2 to ÔP.

E Close the centre air vents and the airoutlets for the head area and the rearcompartment.

E Open the side air vents and direct themtowards the side windows.

Reheat function (dehumidification)

The air-conditioning system is equippedwith a reheat function, which ensures thatthe windows are rapidly demisted and thatthe air in the interior is dehumidified.

Controls

Climate control

156

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 159: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To switch on: press the Å switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To switch off: press theÅ switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Automatic climate control in the rearcompartment

The rear automatic climate control auto-matically controls the interior tempera-ture, airflow and air distribution in therear.

The control panel for the automatic cli-mate control is located in the rear com-partment, on the left-hand side section ofthe roof when viewed in the direction oftravel.

1 Airflow control2 Temperature selector control

E To switch on: press the $ switchin the air-conditioning system controlpanel (e page 153).

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

The control panel in the side section ofthe roof is activated.

E To switch off: press the$ switchin the air-conditioning system controlpanel.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

The control panel in the side section ofthe roof is deactivated.

Setting the airflow

E Set airflow control 1 in the side sec-tion of the roof to the required level.

The symbols on the airflow control havethe following meanings:

Symbol Meaning

ß Basic airflow setting

Q Maximum airflow

U Automatic ventilation control

Setting the temperature

Only change the temperature in small in-crements.

i As the basic settings, Mercedes-Benz rec-ommends that you keep temperature selectorcontrol 2 in the middle and airflow control 1set toU.

Controls

Climate control

157

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 160: Mercedes Benz Vito

The air is directed automatically:

I to the footwells (heating mode)

I to the roof area (cooling mode)

The temperature for the rear automatic climatecontrol can only differ from the set air-condi-tioning system temperature by a limitedamount.

E To increase: turn temperature selectorcontrol 2 in the side section of theroof clockwise.

Warm air flows from the outlets in thefootwell.

E To reduce: turn temperature selectorcontrol 2 in the side section of theroof anti-clockwise.

Cold air flows from the outlets in theroof area.

Rear air vents

The rear air vents for the cooling systemare located in the rear compartment, onthe right-hand side section of the roofwhen viewed in the direction of travel.

1 Thumbwheel2 Swivelling air vent

E Set the airflow using thumbwheel 1.

E Control the air distribution using swiv-elling air vent 2.

Controls

Climate control

158

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 161: Mercedes Benz Vito

Automatic air conditioning

Controls

Climate control

159

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 162: Mercedes Benz Vito

Function

1 Side window demister vent, left

2 Swivelling side air vent, left

3 Side air vent thumbwheel, left

4 Sun sensor (e page 160)

5 Swivelling centre air vent, left

6 Air vents, left and right, rear com-partment and head area

7 Thumbwheel for air vents, left andright, rear compartment and headarea

8 Control panel for automatic climatecontrol

9 Swivelling centre air vent, right

a Side air vent thumbwheel, right

b Swivelling side air vent, right

c Side window demister vent, right

d Centre air vent thumbwheel, right

e Rear window heating (e page 146)

f Centre air vent thumbwheel, left

In automatic mode, the air conditioningautomatically controls the interior temper-ature, airflow and air distribution.

The airflow from the air vents for the rearcompartment and the head area can beadjusted manually.

The air conditioning heats or cools the ve-hicle interior depending on:I the temperature selectedI the intensity of sunlightI the outside temperature

The interior filter with activated charcoalcoating removes most particles of dust,pollen and odours drawn in from the out-side air.

The interval for replacing the filter de-pends on environmental factors, e.g. highair pollution. The interval may be shorterthan that indicated in the MaintenanceBooklet.

i Condensation may collect under the ve-hicle when the automatic climate control is inuse.

G Risk of accident

Follow the settings recommended on thefollowing pages for heating and ventilation.

Otherwise, the windows could mist up, thusimpairing visibility and endangering yourselfand others.

G Risk of injury

When automatic climate control is in opera-tion, air flowing out of the air outlets in thefootwell may be very hot or very cold. Thereis therefore a risk of burns to bare skin inthe immediate proximity of these outlets.Keep bare skin away from these air outlets.If necessary direct the airflow away fromthe footwell and into a different area of thevehicle interior using the air-distributioncontrol.

i If the vehicle interior has been heated up,ventilate the vehicle before starting your jour-ney or briefly switch to air-recirculation modefor faster cooling.

Keep the air inlet between the bonnet and thewindscreen free from ice and snow.

Do not place any objects on the dashboard.These could cover up the sun sensor on thedriver’s side .

In wintry conditions, warm air is first directedonto the windscreen when the engine is startedto prevent the windows misting up. As the en-gine warms up, the quantity of warm air sup-plied to the footwell increases automatically.

Controls

Climate control

160

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 163: Mercedes Benz Vito

Control panel

Function

1 Automatic climate control display

2 Economy mode

Residual heat

3 Automatic climate control in therear compartment

4 Sets the airflow

5 Sets the air distribution

6 Automatic controlI TemperatureI Air distributionI Blower speed

Function

7 Sets the temperature

8 Air-recirculation mode

9 Defrosts windows

Reheat function (dehumidification)

Economy mode (automatic climate con-trol off)

The air in the vehicle is neither cooled nordehumidified when economy mode is se-lected.

i Only use this setting for a brief period. Thewindows could otherwise mist up.

E To activate: press the ° switch foreconomy mode.

The AC OFF symbol appears in the dis-play.

E To deactivate: press the ° switchfor normal operation.

The AC OFF symbol in the display disap-pears.

Basic settings

1 Temperature2 Automatic mode in display3 Air distribution4 Automatic blower speed selection

E To switch on: press the U switch(e page 161).

The AUTO symbol appears in the display.The automatic climate control controlsall the basic functions automatically.

Mercedes-Benz recommends an interiortemperature of 22 °C as the basic setting.Only change the cab temperature in smallincrements.

Controls

Climate control

161

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 164: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To switch off: press theU switch(e page 161) .

The AUTO symbol in the display disap-pears.

i The air conditioning retains the current set-tings.

Setting the temperature

You can set the temperature using temper-ature tumbler switch 7(e page 161). Onlychange the temperature in small incre-ments.

i You will only rarely need to adjust the tem-perature, airflow and air distribution if you usethe basic settings (e page 161).

E To increase: push temperature controlswitch 7 up.

The display shows the temperature se-lected.

i If you select a temperature above 28 °C,the display will showHI.

E To reduce: push temperature controlswitch 7 down.

The display shows the temperature se-lected.

i If you select a temperature below 16 °C,the display will show LO.

When the air conditioning is working at maxi-mum cooling output, the display shows MAXCOOL.

Setting the airflow

There are seven airflow settings whichmay be set manually as required. The dis-play (e page 161) shows the airflow se-lected as a series of upright bars.

i If the automatic climate control is switchedto automatic and you press airflow control(e page 161):

I the AUTO message in the display disap-pears.

I Air distribution and temperature remain inautomatic mode

E To increase the airflow: press theQ switch.

The blower runs at the speed set.

E To reduce the airflow: press the Ïswitch.

The blower runs at the speed set.

E Automatic airflow: press the Uswitch (e page 161).

The AUTO symbol appears in the display.The automatic climate control controlsall the basic functions automatically.

Setting the air distribution

You can set the air distribution using se-lector wheel 5(e page 161). The display(e page 161) shows the air distribution se-lected by means of arrows.

i If the automatic climate control is in auto-matic mode and you turn the selector wheel forair distribution:

I the AUTO message in the display disap-pears.

I Airflow and temperature remain in auto-matic mode

The symbols on the air distribution controlhave the following meanings:

Symbol Meaning

ç I Air from the air vents

Ô I Air to the windscreen

Ò I Air to the windscreenI Air from the air ventsI Air to the footwell

Ó I Air from the air ventsI Air to the footwell

Controls

Climate control

162

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 165: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Manual air distribution: turn selectorwheel 5 to the required air distribu-tion.

E Automatic air distribution: press theU switch (e page 161).

The AUTO symbol appears in the dis-play.

i The automatic climate control controls allthe basic functions automatically. The airflowdepends on the air distribution.

You can also control the airflow with thethumbwheel next to the air vents.

Air-recirculation mode

You can switch off the intake of fresh airfrom the outside if unpleasant odours anddust particles are entering the vehiclefrom outside. No more fresh air will be tak-en in and the air inside the vehicle will berecirculated.

G Risk of accident

Only switch over to air-recirculation modebriefly at low outside temperatures. Other-wise, the windows could mist up, thus im-pairing visibility and endangering yourselfand others. This may prevent you from ob-

serving the traffic conditions, thereby caus-ing an accident.

The air-recirculation mode switch is in thecontrol panel for the automatic climatecontrol (e page 161).

E To switch on: press the Ä switch.

Air-recirculation mode is switched on.The Ä symbol appears in the dis-play.

or

E Press the Ä switch for more thantwo seconds.

Air-recirculation mode starts. Any openwindows, tilting and sliding sunroofsclose automatically. The Ä symbolappears in the display.

E To switch off: press theÄ switch.

Air-recirculation mode is switched off.The Ä message in the display disap-pears.

or

E Press the Ä switch for more thantwo seconds.

Air-recirculation mode is switched off.Windows and sliding/tilting sunroofsautomatically open to the positions

they were last in. TheÄ message inthe display disappears.

i Air-recirculation mode is automaticallyswitched off after about 10 to 30 minutes, de-pending on the outside temperature.

Residual heat

The engine stores residual heat after longperiods of driving. You can use the resid-ual heat of the engine to heat the station-ary vehicle for a further 30 minutes.

i The heating period depends on:

I the coolant temperature

I the interior temperature selected

I the on-board voltage

The blower runs at level 1 regardless of the air-flow setting.

E To switch on: turn the key to position 0in the ignition lock or remove it.

E If necessary, set the:I temperatureI air distributionI air vents

E Press the T(e page 161) switch.

REST appears in the display.

Controls

Climate control

163

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 166: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To switch off: press theT switch.

The REST message in the display disap-pears.

i Residual heat is automatically switched off

I when you switch on the ignition

I after about 30 minutes

I if the battery voltage drops

Special settings

i Only use special settings briefly.

Demisting

The following settings can be used to clearthe windscreen, e.g. if it is covered withfrost.

E To switch on: close the air outlets forthe rear and head area.

E Press the P switch(e page 161).

The P symbol appears in the dis-play. The automatic climate control au-tomatically switches to the followingsettings:I Maximum blower output and tem-

perature increaseI Air to the windscreen and front side

windows

I Economy mode deactivatedI Reheat function (dehumidification)

E To switch off: repeatedly press theP (e page 161) switch untilPdisappears from the display

or

E Press the U(e page 161) switch.

In the display:I The P symbol disappearsI The AUTO display appears.

The automatic climate control controlsall the basic functions automatically.

Reheat function (dehumidification)

The vehicle is equipped with a reheat func-tion, which ensures that the windows arerapidly demisted and that the air in the in-terior is dehumidified.

E To switch on: repeatedly press the# (e page 161) switch until#appears in the display.

The reheat function is switched on.

E To switch off: repeatedly press the# switch until # disappearsfrom the display

The reheat function is switched off.

Automatic climate control in the rearcompartment

The rear automatic climate control auto-matically controls the interior tempera-ture, airflow and air distribution in therear.

The control panel for the automatic cli-mate control is located in the rear com-partment, on the left-hand side section ofthe roof when viewed in the direction oftravel.

1 Airflow control2 Temperature selector control

Controls

Climate control

164

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 167: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To switch on: press the $ switchin the control panel of the automaticclimate control (e page 161).

The $ symbol appears in the dis-play.

E To switch off: press the$ switchin the control panel of the automaticclimate control.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

The control panel in theside section of the roof is deactivated.

Setting the airflow

E Set airflow control 1 in the side sec-tion of the roof to the required level.

The symbols on the airflow control havethe following meanings:

Symbol Meaning

ß Basic airflow setting

Q Maximum airflow

U Automatic ventilation control

Setting the temperature

Only change the temperature in small in-crements.

i As the basic settings, Mercedes-Benz rec-ommends that you keep temperature selectorcontrol 2 in the middle and airflow control 1set toU.

The air is directed automatically:

I to the footwells (heating mode)

I to the roof area (cooling mode)

The temperature for the rear automatic climatecontrol can only differ from the set automaticclimate control temperature by a limitedamount.

E To increase the temperature: turntemperature selector control 2 in theside section of the roof clockwise.

Warm air flows from the outlets in thefootwell.

E To reduce the temperature: turn tem-perature selector control 2 in the sidesection of the roof anti-clockwise.

Cold air flows from the outlets in theroof area.

Rear air vents

The rear air vents for the cooling systemare located in the rear compartment, onthe right-hand side section of the roofwhen viewed in the direction of travel.

1 Thumbwheel2 Swivelling air vent

E Set the airflow using thumbwheel 1.

E Control the air distribution using swiv-elling air vent 2.

Controls

Climate control

165

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 168: Mercedes Benz Vito

Auxiliary heating and ventilation

The auxiliary heating heats or ventilatesthe interior to a temperature that you haveset. The auxiliary heating can be operatedwith the engine switched on or off.

Auxiliary heating with water heater

G Risk of fire and poisoning

Exhaust fumes are produced when the auxil-iary heating is in operation. You shouldtherefore switch off the auxiliary heating inconfined spaces without an extraction sys-tem, e.g. a garage.

Auxiliary heating operation is prohibited atfilling stations or when your vehicle is beingrefuelled. You must therefore switch off theauxiliary heating at filling stations.

The water heater heats the coolant andthe vehicle interior and is therefore easieron the engine and consumes less fuel. Thefuel tank must be at least a quarter full toensure that the auxiliary heating operatescorrectly.

The maximum heating period is 60 mi-nutes.

You can use the auxiliary heating to:

I ventilate or preheat the vehicle interiorand to de-ice the windows

I start the engine more easily in coldweather

I support the vehicle’s heating systemwhile the engine is running and outsidetemperatures are low (heater boosterfunction)

i The auxiliary heating automaticallyswitches to heater booster mode after the en-gine is started.

You can use the on-board computer to de-fine up to three switch-on times, one ofwhich can be preselected to switch on theauxiliary heating.

You can switch the auxiliary heating onand off immediately using:I the auxiliary heating/heater booster

switchI the auxiliary heating remote control

! Switch on the auxiliary heating at regularintervals (at least once a month) for approxi-mately 10 minutes.

Make sure that the flow of hot air is notblocked. The auxiliary heating would otherwiseoverheat and switch off.

Before switching on

E Adjust the heat output to the requiredtemperature using the temperature se-lector control in the control panel ofthe heater or the air conditioning.

E Adjust the air distribution as required.

Operation using the switch

The switch for the auxiliary heating is lo-cated under the light switch, between thedriver's door and the steering wheel.

1 To switch the auxiliary heating on/off2 To switch the heater booster function

on/off

E To switch on the auxiliary heating:press theö switch for longer than2 seconds.

Controls

Climate control

166

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 169: Mercedes Benz Vito

I The auxiliary heating heats or venti-lates the interior to the temperaturethat you have set.

I The blower switches to the firstspeed.

I The red indicator lamp in the switchcomes on.

i You cannot use the auxiliary ventilation tocool the vehicle interior to a lower temperaturethan the outside temperature.

The heating or ventilation period is limited to60 minutes.

E To switch off the auxiliary heating:press theö switch.

or

E Turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock.

The red indicator lamp in the switchgoes out.

The auxiliary heating operates for aboutanother 2 minutes and then switchesoff automatically.

Operation using the remote control

The remote control has a maximum rangeof approximately 600 metres. The rangemay be reduced by:

I sources of interferenceI solid objects between the remote con-

trol and the vehicleI the remote control being in the wrong

positionI transmitting from an enclosed space

You can use up to 4 remote control unitson the vehicle.

1 Indicator lamps2 To switch on the auxiliary heating3 To switch the auxiliary heating off

E To switch the auxiliary heating on:Press button 2.

Indicator lamp 1 lights up briefly.

E To switch off the auxiliary heating:Press button 3.

Indicator lamp 1 lights up briefly.

The auxiliary heating operates for aboutanother 2 minutes and then switchesoff automatically.

i Change the batteries immediately if indica-tor lamp 1 does not light up briefly each timea button is pressed.

Synchronising the remote control

E Press the ö switch for longer than10 seconds.

The red indicator lamp in the switch re-mains lit until you release the öswitch.

The red indicator lamp in the öswitch then starts flashing. The systemis activated for synchronisation.

E Press button 2 on the remote control.

The indicator lamp in the ö switchstops flashing and goes out. The re-mote control and the control panel aresynchronised.

i If you press button 3 on the remote con-trol within 3 seconds of starting synchronisa-

Controls

Climate control

167

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 170: Mercedes Benz Vito

tion, you will only synchronise this remote con-trol unit with the clock.

Any other remote control units that weresynchronised will be cleared.

Selecting a switch-on time

You can use the on-board computer to de-fine up to 3 switch-on times, one of whichcan be preselected.

Instrument cluster version A

E On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons: turn the key to posi-tion 2 in the ignition lock.

E Press the ö switch.

The number of the active switch-ontime flashes. If no switch-on time is ac-tivated, the display shows switch-ontime 0

or

E Press the 5 menu button on the in-strument cluster repeatedly until theactivated switch-on time appears in thedisplay.

E Press the reset button4 on the instru-ment cluster.

The switch-on time is selected.

I The number of the switch-on timeflashes in the display

I The yellow indicator lamp in theö switch comes on.

I

i If you turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock, the yellow indicator lamp in the öswitch goes off after 30 minutes.

The red indicator lamp in the ö switchcomes on when the auxiliary heating switcheson.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press the ö switch.

The Aux. heat. submenu appears inthe display.

The selected switch-on time is high-lighted or Timer off is highlighted if noswitch-on time has been selected.

i You can also access the Aux. heat. sub-menu via the SETTINGS (e page 111) menu.

E Use the æ and ç buttons on thesteering wheel to select the desiredswitch-on time.

Automatic switch-on mode is deacti-vated if the Timer off setting is se-lected.

E Press the è button on the steeringwheel.

The switch-on time is selected. The yel-low indicator lamp in the ö switchcomes on.

i If you turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock, the yellow indicator lamp in the öswitch goes off after 30 minutes.

The red indicator lamp in the ö switchcomes on when the auxiliary heating switcheson.

Instrument cluster version B

E On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons: turn the key to posi-tion 2 in the ignition lock.

E Press the ö switch.

The ö symbol flashes in the display.

or

Controls

Climate control

168

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 171: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press the 5 menu button on the in-strument cluster repeatedly until theö symbol flashes in the display.

E Use the , and . buttons on the in-strument cluster to select switch-ontime 1 to 3.

The switch-on time selected is dis-played.

E Wait 10 seconds for the standard dis-play to appear.

The switch-on time is selected. The yel-low indicator lamp in the ö switchcomes on.

If you do not preselect any switch-on timeand –:– appears in the display, then auto-matic switch-on mode is deactivated. Theyellow indicator lamp in theö switchgoes off.

i If you turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock, the yellow indicator lamp in the öswitch goes off after 30 minutes.

The red indicator lamp in the ö switchcomes on when the auxiliary heating switcheson.

E On-board computer with steeringwheel buttons: turn the key to posi-tion 2 in the ignition lock.

E Press the ö switch.

The Aux. heat. submenu appears inthe display.

The selected switch-on time is high-lighted or Timer off is highlighted if noswitch-on time has been selected.

i You can also access the Aux. heat. sub-menu via the (e page 126) menu.

E Use the æ and ç buttons on thesteering wheel to select the desiredswitch-on time.

Automatic switch-on mode is deacti-vated if the Timer off setting is se-lected.

E Press the è button on the steeringwheel.

The switch-on time is selected. The yel-low indicator lamp in the ö switchcomes on.

i If you turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock, the yellow indicator lamp in the öswitch goes off after 30 minutes.

The red indicator lamp in the ö switchcomes on when the auxiliary heating switcheson.

Setting the switch-on time

Instrument cluster version A

E On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons: use the same methodto select a switch-on time that youused to preselect a switch-on time.

E Press the reset button4 on the instru-ment cluster to set the desired switch-on time.

The hours figure flashes.

E Use the , and . buttons on the in-strument cluster to set the hours.

E Press the reset button4.

The minute display flashes.

E Use the , and . buttons to set theminutes.

i If you keep the button pressed, the readingwill change continuously.

To return to the standard display:

Controls

Climate control

169

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 172: Mercedes Benz Vito

I press the 5 menu button on the instru-ment cluster for longer than 1 second

I do not press a button for 10 seconds

E On-board computer with steeringwheel buttons: use the same methodto select a switch-on time that youused to preselect a switch-on time.

E Press the j button on the steeringwheel.

The Switch-on time Hours menu ap-pears in the display.

E Use the æ and ç buttons on thesteering wheel to set the hours.

E Press the j button.

The Switch-on time Minutes menu ap-pears in the display.

E Use the æ and ç buttons to setthe minutes.

E Press the è button.

The switch-on time is set and selected.

i To return to the standard display, press theè orÿ button on the steering wheel re-peatedly until the standard display appears.

Instrument cluster version B

E On-board computer without steeringwheel buttons: use the same methodto select a switch-on time that youused to preselect a switch-on time.

E Press the reset button 0 on the instru-ment cluster to set the selectedswitch-on time.

The hours figure flashes and the osymbol appears in the display.

E Use the , and . buttons on the in-strument cluster to set the hours.

E Press the reset button 0.

The minute display flashes.

E Use the , and . buttons to set theminutes.

i If you keep the button pressed, the readingwill change continuously.

To return to the standard display:

I press the 5 menu button on the instru-ment cluster for longer than 1 second

I do not press a button for 10 seconds

E On-board computer with steeringwheel buttons: use the same methodto select a switch-on time that youused to preselect a switch-on time.

E Press the j button on the steeringwheel.

The Hours menu appears in the display.

E Use the æ and ç buttons on thesteering wheel to set the hours.

E Press the j button.

The Minutes menu appears in the dis-play.

E Use the æ and ç buttons to setthe minutes.

E Press the è button.

The switch-on time is set and selected.

i To return to the standard display, press theè orÿ button on the steering wheel re-peatedly until the standard display appears.

Heater booster function

The fuel-fired heater booster system heatsthe vehicle interior as quickly as possiblewhile the engine is running.

i The auxiliary heating automaticallyswitches to heater booster mode after the en-gine is started.

Controls

Climate control

170

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 173: Mercedes Benz Vito

The switch for the heater booster functionis located under the light switch, betweenthe driver's door and the steering wheel.

1 To switch the auxiliary heating on/off2 To switch the heater booster function

on/off

E Switching on: press the I switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

Instrument cluster version A: the ödisplay comes on.

i If you switch off the engine without switch-ing off the heater booster function, the systemwill be switched on the next time the engine isstarted (memory function).

E Switching off: press the I switchagain.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Instrument cluster version A: the ödisplay goes off.

The heater booster function operatesfor about another 3 minutes and thenswitches off automatically.

Electrical heater booster system

The vehicle can be equipped with an elec-trically powered heater booster system.

The heater booster system ensures thatthe vehicle interior is heated up veryquickly during the engine’s warm-upphase.

i The heater booster system switches on au-tomatically as required.

Driving and parking

Preparing for a journey

Visual check of the vehicle exterior

E In particular, check the following com-ponents on the vehicle, and on the trail-er as necessary:I licence plates, vehicle lighting, turn

signals and brake lamps, wiperblades for dirt and damage

I tyres and wheels for firm seating,correct tyre pressure and generalcondition

I trailer coupling for play and that itis securely fastened

i The trailer tow hitch is one of the most im-portant items on the vehicle with regard toroad safety. The separate instructions issuedby the manufacturer pertaining to operation,care and maintenance should be observed.

E Rectify any noticeable defects beforecommencing the journey.

Controls

Driving and parking

171

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 174: Mercedes Benz Vito

Checks in the vehicle

Emergency equipment/first-aid kit

The equipment for first aid and breakdownassistance is located in the stowage com-partment in the driver's/co-driver's door.

E Check the equipment to make surethat it is accessible, complete andready for use.

Vehicle lighting

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Check with the help of another personthat the lights are clean and workingcorrectly, including turn signals andbrake lamps.

E Replace defective bulbs (e page 325).

G Risk of accident

Free movement of the pedals must not beimpaired. This would otherwise jeopardisethe operating and road safety of the vehicle.

Objects could get caught between the ped-als if you accelerate or brake suddenly, andyou would no longer be able to brake or de-press the clutch or accelerator pedal. You

could cause an accident and endanger your-self and others.I If you are using floormats and carpets,

make sure that they are properly se-cured in the driver’s footwell so thatthey do not slip or obstruct the pedals.

I Do not put any objects in the driver’sfootwell.

I Stow and secure all loose objects insuch a way that they cannot get into thedriver’s footwell while the vehicle is inmotion.

G Risk of accident

The doors could open while the vehicle is inmotion if they are not properly closed. Youcould lose the load, for example, and couldendanger the vehicle occupants and otherroad users by driving with the doors open.

For this reason, please make sure that allthe doors are properly closed and can belocked before starting your journey.

Starting the engine

G Risk of accident

Do not keep any objects in the driver's foot-well. If you use a floormat or carpet in thedriver's footwell, make sure that there issufficient clearance for the pedal and thatthey are well secured.Objects could otherwise get between thepedals in the event of sudden braking or ac-celeration. You may then no longer be ableto brake, change gear or accelerate as in-tended. This may result in an accident andinjury.

G Risk of poisoning

Never leave the engine running in enclosedspaces. The exhaust gases contain carbonmonoxide. Inhaling exhaust fumes consti-tutes a health hazard and could lead to lossof consciousness or even death.

! Do not depress the accelerator pedal whenstarting the engine.

i If you depress the brake pedal when start-ing the engine, the pedal travel is short and thepedal resistance is high.

Pedal travel and resistance return to normalwhen you depress the brake pedal again.

Controls

Driving and parking

172

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 175: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Before starting the engine, make surethat:I all the doors are closedI all the vehicle occupants are wear-

ing their seat belts correctlyI the parking brake is applied

Manual transmission

Gearshift pattern1–6 Forward gearsR Reverse gear7 Reverse gear pull ring

E Before starting the engine, make surethat the transmission is in neutral.

Automatic transmission

Gearshift patternP Parking position with selector lever lockR Reverse gearN NeutralD Drive position

E Make sure that the selector lever is inP before starting the vehicle.

i You can also start the engine in neutral N.

Starting the engine

i The “touch-start” function is available onvehicles with automatic transmission. To usethis function, turn the key to position 3 in theignition lock and release it immediately. The en-gine starts automatically.

E Petrol engine: turn the key to posi-tion 3 in the ignition lock and release itas soon as the engine is running.

E Diesel engine: turn the key to posi-tion 2 in the ignition lock.

The q preglow indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up.

E As soon as the q preglow indicatorlamp goes out, turn the key to posi-tion 3 in the ignition lock and release itas soon as the engine is running.

i You can start the engine without preglowwhen the engine is warm.

Pulling away

G Risk of accident

Do not shift down unless the speed is withinthe permissible range of the gear you wishto change to.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface. Thiscould cause the drive wheels to lose theirgrip and the vehicle could skid. This couldcause you to lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

Controls

Driving and parking

173

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 176: Mercedes Benz Vito

i The vehicle centrally locks automaticallyafter you have pulled away. The locking knobsin the doors drop down.

You can open the doors from the inside at anytime.

You can also switch off the automatic door lock(e page 65).

Manual transmission

E Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

E Release the parking brake(e page 178).

The 7 indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

E Depress the clutch pedal.

E Select either first or reverse gear.

E Release the brake pedal.

E Release the clutch pedal slowly and ac-celerate carefully.

Engaging reverse gear

! Only engage reverse gear when the vehicleis stationary, otherwise the transmission couldbe damaged.

E Pull pull ring 7 (e page 173) up, movethe gear lever all the way to the leftand slide it down.

Automatic transmission

E Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

The selector lever lock is released.

E Release the parking brake(e page 178).

The 7 indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

E Move the selector lever to position Dor R.

! Only engage reverse gear when the vehicleis stationary, otherwise the transmission couldbe damaged.

E Release the brake pedal.

E Carefully depress the accelerator ped-al.

General driving tips

Steering

G Risk of accident

There is no power assistance for the steer-ing and the service brake when the engineis not running.Therefore, steering and braking require sig-nificantly more effort and you could losecontrol of the vehicle and cause an accidentas a result.Do not switch off the engine while the ve-hicle is in motion.

! Do not hold the steering wheel at full lockfor longer than necessary (e.g. when turning ormanoeuvring).

The hydraulic pump can be damaged by the in-creased temperature of the hydraulic fluid.

Overrun cutoff

The fuel supply is cut off if you removeyour foot completely from the acceleratorpedal when the engine is overrunning.

Controls

Driving and parking

174

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 177: Mercedes Benz Vito

Driving in wet conditions

G Risk of accident

The vehicle may aquaplane despite havingadequate tyre tread depth and being drivenat low speeds, depending on the depth ofwater on the road surface.For this reason, avoid tyre ruts and brakecarefully.

Driving on flooded roads

If you have to drive on stretches of roadon which water has collected, please bearin mind that:I the water level must not reach above

the lower edge of the front bumperI the maximum speed at which you may

drive is walking speed

! Bear in mind that vehicles in front and on-coming vehicles create waves. This may meanthat the maximum permissible water depth isexceeded.

You must observe these notes, otherwise dam-age may occur to the:

I Engine

I Electrical system

I Transmission

Driving in winter

Drive particularly carefully on slipperyroads in winter. Avoid sudden accelera-tion, steering and braking manoeuvres.

G Risk of accident

Do not shift down unless the speed is withinthe permissible range of the gear you wishto change to.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface. Thiscould cause the drive wheels to lose theirgrip and the vehicle could skid. This couldcause you to lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannotbe stopped when moving at low speed:I depress the clutch pedal on vehicles

with manual transmissionI shift to neutral position N on vehicles

with automatic transmissionI try to maintain control of the vehicle

using corrective steering.

! Vehicles with automatic transmission mustonly coast in neutral N for short periods. Allow-ing the wheels to coast for a longer period of

time, e.g. when the vehicle is towed, will resultin transmission damage.

Road salt may adversely affect brakingperformance. This can result in you need-ing to depress the brake pedal more force-fully in order to achieve normal brakingforce. Apply the brakes regularly whenmaking longer journeys on gritted orsalted roads. This will have the effect of re-storing the brakes to their normal level ofperformance.

When stopping the vehicle after travellingon roads that have been salted, make surethat the brakes are fully functional beforeproceeding further.

i Fit snow chains to the outside rear wheels(driven axle) in good time for driving over snow,slush or ice. Comply with the manufacturer’sfitting instructions.

You will find information about wintertyres and about driving with snow chainsin the “Operation” section (e page 236).

Tyre grip

Whereas the vehicle can be fully controlledat a certain speed on a dry road surface,you must reduce your speed on a wet or

Controls

Driving and parking

175

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 178: Mercedes Benz Vito

icy surface to maintain the same degree ofsafety.

Pay particular attention to the state of theroad surface at temperatures aroundfreezing point. When ice forms on the road(due to freezing fog, for instance), applyingthe brakes can cause a thin layer of waterto form rapidly on the surface of the iceand tyre grip will be greatly reduced. Drivewith particular care in such weather condi-tions.

Stopping the vehicle and switchingoff the engine

G Risk of accident

Always switch off the engine and move theparking brake to the brake position beforeleaving the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehiclecould roll away as it would not be secured.

On gradients steeper than 15%:I safeguard an unladen vehicle by chock-

ing the front axleI additionally secure a laden vehicle at the

rear axle, e.g. using a wheel chock

G Risk of fire

Make sure that the exhaust system doesnot under any circumstances come intocontact with easily ignitable material suchas dry grass or petrol. The material couldotherwise ignite and set the vehicle alight.

G Risk of accident

Only remove the key from the ignition lockwhen the vehicle is stationary since youcannot steer the vehicle with the key re-moved.Never leave children unsupervised in the ve-hicle. They could release the parking brake.This could lead to a serious or fatal acci-dent.

! When the vehicle is parked, always removethe key to prevent the battery from becomingdischarged.

E Stop the vehicle.

E Shift the manual transmission into neu-tral or the automatic transmission toposition P.

E Depress the parking brake.

i On steep slopes, turn the front wheels to-wards the kerb.

! When the coolant temperature is very high,e.g. after climbing a long uphill gradient, allowthe engine to idle for about two minutes beforeswitching it off, so that it can return to its nor-mal operating temperature.

This allows the coolant temperature to returnto normal again.

E To switch off the engine: turn the keyto position 0 in the ignition lock and re-move it.

The immobiliser is activated.

E If necessary, secure an unladen vehicleat the front axle and a laden vehicle atthe rear axle to prevent it from rollingaway, e.g. using a chock.

Controls

Driving and parking

176

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 179: Mercedes Benz Vito

Braking

Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

ABS controls the braking pressure so thatthe wheels do not lock when braking, thusmaintaining the steerability of your ve-hicle.

ABS works from a speed of about 6 km/hupwards, regardless of road surface condi-tions.

ABS works on slippery surfaces, evenwhen you only brake gently.

G Risk of accident

Do not depress the brake pedal severaltimes in quick succession (pumping). De-press the brake firmly and evenly. Pumpingthe brake pedal reduces the braking effect.

There is a malfunction if the - indica-tor lamp is permanently lit while the en-gine is running (e page 270).

Despite this, the normal driving and brak-ing functions remain available.

Braking

If ABS intervenes during braking, the brakepedal can be felt to pulsate.

If ABS intervenes:

E continue to depress the brake pedalfirmly until the braking situation isover.

For full brake application:

E depress the brake pedal with full force.

G Risk of accident

You should always adapt your driving styleto suit the prevailing road and weather con-ditions and maintain a sufficient distancefrom other road users and objects on theroad.If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. This limits the steerability of the ve-hicle when braking and the braking distancemay increase.

If ABS is deactivated due to a fault, thenBAS is also deactivated.

Brake Assist (BAS)

Brake Assist operates in emergency brak-ing situations. If you depress the brakequickly, BAS automatically increases thebrake pressure, thereby reducing the stop-ping distance.

E Continue to depress the brake pedalfirmly until the braking situation isover.

ABS prevents any of the wheels lock-ing.

When you release the brake pedal, thebrakes function as usual again. BAS is de-activated.

G Risk of accident

If BAS has malfunctioned, the braking sys-tem remains available with full brake boost-ing effect. However, braking force is not au-tomatically increased in emergency brakingsituations and the stopping distance may in-crease.

Electronic brake-power distribution(EBV)

Electronic brake-power distribution (EBV)prevents the vehicle from overbraking therear wheels when the rear axle load is onlylight.

G Risk of accident

If the É indicator lamp does not go out,or if it lights up while the vehicle is in mo-tion, a malfunction may have occurred in

Controls

Braking

177

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 180: Mercedes Benz Vito

the electronic brake-power distribution. Thevehicle could then start to skid when youapply the brakes. You should therefore drivewith particular care.Adapt your driving style to suit road andtraffic conditions.Driving too fast increases the risk of an acci-dent.

If the electronic brake-power distribution(EBV) malfunctions, have the cause rectifiedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop which has the necessary specialistknowledge and tools to carry out the workrequired. Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre forthis purpose. In particular, all work relevantto safety or on safety-related systems mustbe carried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Parking brake

G Risk of injury

Do not leave children unsupervised in thevehicle. They could open the doors, releasethe parking brake or injure themselves onmoving parts, thus endangering themselvesand others.

The parking brake is located on the left-hand side on the driver's side.

1 Release handle2 Parking brake pedal

Applying the parking brake

E Depress parking brake pedal 2 firmly.

The 7 indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster only lights up when theengine is running while the vehicle isstationary.

Releasing the parking brake

E Pull release handle 1.

The parking brake is released abruptly.The 7 indicator lamp in the instru-

ment cluster goes out. The vehicle canroll away immediately.

Emergency braking

Normally, you are only permitted to applythe parking brake when the vehicle is sta-tionary.

In exceptional cases, the parking brakecan be used for emergency braking if theservice brake fails.

E Pull release handle 1 and slowly de-press parking brake pedal 2.

This prevents the wheels on the rearaxle from locking.

G Risk of accident

The wheels on the rear axle could lock if theparking brake is applied too abruptly whilethe vehicle is still moving. The vehicle couldthen go into a skid. This could constitute arisk to yourself and others. Make sure thatyou apply the parking brake carefully to en-sure that braking application is moderated.

Controls

Braking

178

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 181: Mercedes Benz Vito

Shifting gears

Manual transmission

You will find information about starting thevehicle on (e page 172).

The gearshift pattern is shown on the gearlever.

Gearshift pattern

1-6 Forward gears

R Reverse gear

7 Pull ring

! Do not exceed the maximum speed foreach gear.

Changing down at too high a speed (transmis-sion braking) can cause the engine to over-

speed which could in turn cause engine dam-age.

G Risk of accident

The movement of the pedals must not beimpaired in any way. Do not keep any ob-jects in the driver's footwell. Make sure thatthere is sufficient clearance around the ped-als when floormats or carpets are used.

Always depress the parking brake whenparking the vehicle.

Never leave children unsupervised in the ve-hicle. They could move the selector lever orgear lever and the vehicle could roll away onuphill or downhill gradients.

Do not change down if your speed is abovethe maximum speed for the desired gear.The drive wheels could lock.Do not change down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface. Thiscould cause the drive wheels to lose theirgrip and the vehicle could skid.

Engaging reverse gear

E Pull ring7 upwards and press the gearlever in the direction of the arrow R.

! Only engage reverse gear when the vehicleis stationary, otherwise the transmission couldbe damaged.

Automatic transmission

The automatic transmission adapts to yourindividual driving style by continuously ad-justing its shift points. These shift pointadjustments take into account the currentoperating and driving conditions. If the op-erating or driving conditions change, theautomatic transmission reacts by adjust-ing the gearshift program.

The automatic transmission selects the in-dividual gears automatically. The gear se-lected depends on:I selector lever position D with shift

ranges 4, 3, 2 and 1(e page 181)I the position of the accelerator pedal

(e page 181)I the road speed

Controls

Shifting gears

179

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 182: Mercedes Benz Vito

The selector lever position or the currentshift range is shown in the display. Displayon vehicles with steering wheel buttons(e page 120) and without steering wheelbuttons (e page 119).

When the selector lever is in position D,you can influence the gearshifts made bythe automatic transmission by:I restricting the shift rangeI changing gear yourself

Selector lever positions

ì Parking lock

Prevents the vehicle from rollingaway when stopped. Only movethe selector lever to P when thevehicle is stationary.

You can only remove the keywhen the selector lever is in posi-tion P. The selector lever islocked in position P when the keyis removed.

í Reverse gear

Only move the selector lever to Rwhen the vehicle is stationary.

ë Neutral

No power is transmitted from theengine to the drive wheels. Re-leasing the brakes will allow youto move the vehicle freely, e.g. bypushing or towing.

Do not move the selector lever toN while driving. The automatictransmission could otherwise bedamaged.

If ASR is deactivated or ESP® hasmalfunctioned: only move the se-lector lever to N if the vehicle isin danger of skidding, e.g. on icyroads.

ê Drive

The automatic transmissionchanges gear automatically. All 5forward gears are available.

One-touch gearshifting

When the selector lever is in position D,you can perform gearshifts yourself, evenon vehicles with automatic transmission.

E To shift down: press the selector leverto the left towards D–.

The automatic transmission shifts tothe next gear down, depending on thegear currently engaged. The shift rangeis also restricted.

G Risk of accident

Do not change down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface. Thiscould cause the drive wheels to lose theirgrip and the vehicle could skid.

i The automatic transmission does not shiftdown if you press the selector lever towardsD– and the speed of the vehicle is too high.The engine could otherwise overrev.

E To shift up: Press the selector lever tothe right towards D+.

The automatic transmission shifts tothe next gear up, depending on the cur-rent gearshift program. The shift rangeis also extended.

E To derestrict the shift range: pressand hold the selector lever towards D+until D is shown once more in the dis-play.

The automatic transmission shifts fromthe current shift range directly to D.

Controls

Shifting gears

180

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 183: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To select the ideal shift range: pressand hold the selector lever to the lefttowards D–.

The automatic transmission will shift toa range which allows easy accelerationand deceleration. To do this, the auto-matic transmission will shift down oneor more gears.

Shift ranges

When the selector lever is in position Dyou can restrict or derestrict the shiftrange for the automatic transmission.

E Press the selector lever briefly towardsthe right (D+) or left (D–).

The set shift range is shown in the dis-play.

i If the maximum engine speed for the shiftrange is reached and you depress the accelera-tor, the automatic transmission will shift upeven if the shift range is restricted. The enginecould otherwise overrev.

ê The automatic transmission shiftsthrough all 5 gears.

é The automatic transmission shiftsonly as far as fourth gear.

è The automatic transmission shiftsonly as far as third gear.

This position allows you to usethe braking effect of the engine.

ç The automatic transmission shiftsonly as far as second gear.

Use the braking effect of the en-gine on steep downhill gradientsand for drivingI on steep mountain roadsI in mountainous terrainI in arduous conditions

æ The automatic transmission onlyworks in first gear.

Use the braking effect of the en-gine on extremely steep downhillgradients and long downhillstretches.

Driving tips

Accelerator pedal position

Your style of driving influences how theautomatic transmission shifts gear:

I Little throttle: early upshiftsI Lots of throttle: later upshifts

Kickdown

Use kickdown for maximum acceleration.

E Depress the accelerator pedal beyondthe pressure point.

The automatic transmission shifts tothe next gear down, depending on theengine speed.

E Once the required speed is reached,ease off the throttle.

The automatic transmission shifts upagain.

Stopping

If you only need to stop briefly:

E Leave the selector lever in the drive po-sition.

E Secure the vehicle against rolling awayusing the brake pedal.

Manoeuvring

Manoeuvring in a tight space:

E Control the vehicle's speed by brakingcarefully.

Controls

Shifting gears

181

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 184: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Accelerate only slightly and avoid jolt-ing.

Trailer towing

E Run the engine in the moderate enginespeed range on steep uphill gradients.

E Depending on the uphill or downhillgradient, shift down to shift range 3 or2(e page 181), even if cruise control isswitched on.

Working on the vehicle

G Risk of accident

Apply the parking brake and move the selec-tor lever to P when working on the vehicle.Otherwise, the vehicle could roll away.

Operating the vehicle

Driving safety systems which may formpart of your vehicle are described on thefollowing pages:I Start-off assist (AAS) (e page 182),

which assists you when pulling away.I Acceleration skid control (ASR)

(e page 183), which improves the driv-ing stability of the vehicle.

I Electronic Stability Program (ESP®)(e page 184), which improves the driv-ing stability of your vehicle.

I Electronic Traction System (4-ETS)(e page 184), which improves the driv-ing stability on vehicles with permanentall-wheel drive.

I Tyre pressure monitor (e page 185),which monitors the tyre pressure.

The ABS, BAS and EBV driving safety sys-tems are described in the “Braking” sec-tion.

The cruise control, Speedtronic and Park-tronic driving systems are described in the"Driving systems" section.

Start-off assist (AAS)

On vehicles with manual transmission,AAS assists you when starting off.

AAS automatically maintains the brakepressure for around 2 more seconds afterthe brake pedal is released. This makes itpossible to start off without the vehicle im-mediately rolling away on slight uphill gra-dients.

AAS is deactivated:I on level surfacesI in neutralI when the parking brake is applied

G Risk of accident

AAS is not a parking brake. The vehicle mayroll away on uphill and downhill gradients.Always apply the parking brake when park-ing.

On vehicles without steering wheel but-tons, there is a malfunction when thek indicator lamp lights up constantlywhile the engine is running (e page 270).

i AAS is no longer available if ESP® is deacti-vated due to a malfunction (e page 270).

Controls

Operating the vehicle

182

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 185: Mercedes Benz Vito

Acceleration skid control (ASR)

ASR improves traction, i.e. the transfer ofpower from the tyres to the road surface,for a sustained period and thus also im-proves the driving stability of the vehicle.ASR assists you when pulling away and ac-celerating, especially on smooth and slip-pery surfaces.

ASR brakes individual drive wheels andlimits the engine torque to prevent thedrive wheels from spinning. When ASR in-tervenes, the v warning lamp in the in-strument cluster flashes.

If the road surface is not capable of provid-ing sufficient traction, bearing in mind thetyres, load and gradient, it is not possibleto start off smoothly even with ASR.

On vehicles without steering wheel but-tons, there is a malfunction when thek warning lamp lights up constantlywhile the engine is running (e page 270).

If ASR malfunctions, engine power outputmay be reduced.

To deactivate/activate ASR

ASR is automatically activated when theengine is switched on.

It may be best to deactivate ASR in the fol-lowing situations:I if snow chains are being usedI in deep snowI on sand or gravel

If you deactivate ASR:I the engine torque is not restricted and

the drive wheels can spin, cutting intothe surface for better traction

I traction control still intervenes by brak-ing if one drive wheel reaches its griplimit, e.g. if the surface under one sideof the vehicle is slippery. The wheel isthen braked to increase traction in thissituation.

I ESP® still intervenes to stabilise the ve-hicle

G Risk of accident

ESP® remains active despite ASR havingbeen deactivated and carries out braking in-terventions if this is necessary to improvedriving stability. Thev warning lampflashes.

If ASR is deactivated, there is an increasedrisk that the brake system of your vehiclecould overheat and be damaged when sub-

jected to high loads for a long period oftime. A hot brake system also increases thestopping distance.

For this reason, only deactivate ASR when itis absolutely necessary.

The ASR switch is located on the centreconsole.

1 To deactivate/activate ASR

E To switch off: press upper section 1of the switch.

The v warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes on.

E To switch on: press upper section 1of the switch again.

The v warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes off.

Controls

Operating the vehicle

183

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 186: Mercedes Benz Vito

ASR switches on again automatically if youdrive faster than 60 km/h or the car en-ters an unstable driving situation.

Electronic Stability Program (ESP®)

ESP® monitors driving stability and de-tects a tendency of the vehicle to under-steer or oversteer (skidding) in good time.ESP® stabilises the vehicle by braking indi-vidual wheels as well as limiting the enginepower output, and greatly assists youwhen driving on wet or slippery road surfa-ces. ESP® also stabilises the vehicle whenbraking.

Warning lamp v in the instrument clus-ter lights up when ESP® is intervening.

G Risk of accident

Proceed as follows if the v warning lampin the instrument cluster flashes:I Do not deactivate ASR under any cir-

cumstances.I Only depress the accelerator pedal as

far as necessary when pulling away.I Adapt your driving style to suit the pre-

vailing road and weather conditions.Otherwise, the vehicle could start to skid.

ESP® cannot reduce the risk of an accidentif you drive too fast. ESP® is unable to over-ride the laws of physics.

There is a malfunction if the # indica-tor lamp is constantly lit when the engineis running (e page 270).

If ESP® malfunctions, engine power outputmay be reduced.

! Only operate the vehicle briefly (maximumof 10 seconds) on a brake dynamometer. Thekey must be turned to position 1 in the ignitionlock during this time. You could otherwise dam-age the drive train or the brake system.

! Do not operate the vehicle on a roller dyna-mometer (e.g. for performance testing). If youwish to operate the vehicle on a roller dyna-mometer, please consult a Mercedes-BenzService Centre beforehand. You could other-wise damage the drive train or the brake sys-tem.

Electronic traction system (4-ETS)

Vehicles with 4x4 permanent four-wheeldrive are equipped with 4-ETS. The elec-tronic traction system, 4‑ETS, is integratedin the ESP®. It allows you to pull away oraccelerate on slippery surfaces by brakingthe wheels individually when they start tospin.

The v warning lamp in the instrumentcluster flashes when at least one tyre hasexceeded its grip limit at any speed.

G Risk of accident

When the v warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster flashes,I only depress the accelerator pedal as far

as necessary when pulling awayI ease off the accelerator pedal while you

are drivingI adapt your driving style to suit prevailing

road and traffic conditionsOtherwise, the vehicle could start to skid.

If you drive too fast, 4-ETS cannot reducethe risk of an accident.

i If you apply the brakes heavily, the per-formance of 4-ETS will be reduced.

Controls

Operating the vehicle

184

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 187: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tyre pressure monitor

The tyre pressure monitor only functionswhen the corresponding wheel electronicsare fitted in all wheels. They monitor thepressures that you set in all 4 tyres whenyou activated the tyre pressure monitor.The tyre pressure monitor warns you if thepressure drops in one or more of thetyres.

G Risk of accident

You should always adjust the tyre pressuresaccording to the vehicle load. The tyre pres-sure monitor does not warn you if a tyrepressure is incorrect. It only warns you ifthe tyre pressure drops significantly belowthe reference tyre pressure stored after thetyre pressure is set during calibration. Youmust refer to the table inside the fuel fillerflap to decide whether the tyre pressureneeds to be corrected.

In particular, the driver is responsible for ad-justing the tyre pressures accordingly if thevehicle payload is increased.Make sure that you always recalibrate thetyre pressure monitor after you havechanged the tyre pressure. The tyre pres-sure monitor is not able to warn you of asudden loss of pressure, e.g. following pene-tration by a foreign object. In this event,

brake the vehicle until it comes to a stand-still. Do not carry out any sudden steeringmanoeuvres.

i The tyre pressure monitor only functionswhen the corresponding wheel electronics arefitted in all wheels.

If radio transmitting equipment (e.g. wirelessheadphones, two-way radios) is operated insidethe vehicle or in the vicinity of the vehicle, thiscan interfere with the operation of the tyrepressure monitor.

Calling up the tyre pressure using theon-board computer

Vehicles with steering wheel buttons

Use the buttons on the steering wheel.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Instrument cluster, version A: Press theè or· button on the steeringwheel repeatedly until the standard dis-play is shown (e page 108).

E Instrument cluster, version B: Press theè or· button on the steeringwheel repeatedly until the standard dis-play is shown (e page 124).

E Press the j or k button repeat-edly until the current tyre pressure forthe individual tyres is displayed.

Instrument cluster, version A

Instrument cluster, version B

If the vehicle was parked for more than20 minutes and/or you have not drivenfaster than 30 km/h afterwards, you willsee the following message:

Tyre pressure displayed only after driv-ing a few mins. (instrument cluster, ver-sion A)

Controls

Operating the vehicle

185

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 188: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tyre press. displayed after driving forseveral minutes (instrument cluster, ver-sion B)

i The tyre pressure values indicated by theon-board computer may differ from thosemeasured at a filling station using a pressuregauge. The on-board computer will generallygive you a more exact value.

Tyre pressure warning

Instrument cluster, version A

If the pressure of one or more tyres dropsconsiderably, the display will show a corre-sponding message.

The pressure of the affected tyre(s) isshown in a red rectangle (e page 294). Awarning tone also sounds.

Instrument cluster, version B

Vehicles without steering wheel but-tons: If the pressure in one or more tyresdrops significantly, the tyre pressure warn-ing lamp X goes on in the instrumentcluster.

Vehicles with steering wheel buttons:If the pressure in one or more tyres dropssignificantly, a message appears in the dis-

play and the tyre pressure warning lampX goes on in the instrument cluster.

The tyre pressure is shown in two red rec-tangles. The pressure of the affected tyreis shown in one of the rectangles(e page 286). A warning tone also sounds.

Restarting the tyre pressure monitor*

In most cases, the tyre pressure monitordetects the new reference values auto-matically, e.g. after you have:I changed the tyre pressureI changed wheels or tyresI fitted new wheels or tyres

If you wish to define new reference valuesmanually:

E Refer to the table inside the fuel fillerflap to make sure that the pressure ofall 4 tyres is set correctly for the cur-rent operating circumstances.

Please note the information provided inthe section titled "Tyre pressure"(e page 352).

Instrument cluster, version A

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press the è or· button on thesteering wheel repeatedly until thestandard display is shown(e page 108).

E Press the j or k button on thesteering wheel repeatedly until the cur-rent pressure of the individual tyres isdisplayed, or the display shows the fol-lowing message:

Tyre pressure displayed only afterdriving a few mins.

E Press the reset button4 on the instru-ment cluster.

The following message is displayed:

MONITOR CURRENT TYRE PRESSURE

E Press the æ button on the steeringwheel.

The following message is displayed:

Tyre press. monitor reactivated

The tyre pressure monitor activationprocess has begun. The tyre pressuresmeasured for the individual wheels arestored as the new reference values,provided that the tyre pressure monitorconsiders them to be plausible.

Controls

Operating the vehicle

186

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 189: Mercedes Benz Vito

If you wish to cancel the activation proc-ess:

E Press the ç button on the steeringwheel.

Instrument cluster, version B

E Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons: Turn the key to position 2 inthe ignition lock.

E Press the 5 button on the instrumentcluster repeatedly until the followingmessage is displayed:

+CAL- TPMS

E Press the , button on the instrumentcluster.

The following message is displayed:

OK TPMS

The tyre pressure monitor activationprocess has begun. The tyre pressuresmeasured for the individual wheels arestored as the new reference values,provided that the tyre pressure monitorconsiders them to be plausible.

If you wish to cancel the activation proc-ess:

E Press the . button or the menu but-ton 5 in the instrument cluster.

The activation process is cancelled au-tomatically if 30 seconds elapse withno input.

E Vehicles with steering wheel but-tons: Turn the key to position 2 in theignition lock.

E Press the è or· button on thesteering wheel repeatedly until thestandard display is shown(e page 124).

E Press the j or k button on thesteering wheel repeatedly until the cur-rent pressure of the individual tyres isdisplayed, or the display shows the fol-lowing message:

Tyre press. displayed after drivingfor several minutes

E Press the reset button 0 on the instru-ment cluster.

The following message is displayed:

Monitor current tyre pressure?

E Press the æ button on the steeringwheel.

The following message is displayed:

Tyre press. monitor reactivated

The tyre pressure monitor activationprocess has begun. The tyre pressuresmeasured for the individual wheels arestored as the new reference values,provided that the tyre pressure monitorconsiders them to be plausible.

If you wish to cancel the activation proc-ess:

E Press the ç button on the steeringwheel.

Controls

Operating the vehicle

187

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 190: Mercedes Benz Vito

Driving systems

The following pages describe driving sys-tems that may be a component in your ve-hicle:I Cruise control (e page 191) and

Speedtronic (e page 188), which youcan use to regulate the speed of yourvehicle

I PARKTRONIC system (PTS), which is anaid for parking and manoeuvring(e page 194)

The ABS, BAS and ESP driving safety sys-tems are described in the “Braking” sec-tion.

The driving safety systems ESP®, 4-ETS,ASR and AAS are described in the "Operat-ing the vehicle" section.

Speedtronic

Speedtronic brakes automatically to pre-vent you from exceeding a certain setspeed. On long and steep downhill gra-dients, especially if the vehicle is laden orpulling a trailer, make sure you shift ingood time to a lower gear, or to shiftrange 1, 2 or 3 in the case of vehicles withautomatic transmission. This utilises the

braking effect of the engine. This in turnrelieves the brake system and preventsthe brakes from overheating and conse-quent premature wear. If you do have tobrake, depress the brake pedal only inter-mittently instead of constantly.

G Risk of accident

Never depress the brake pedal continuouslywhile the vehicle is in motion, e.g. nevercause the brakes to rub by applying con-stant slight pedal pressure. This causes thebrake system to overheat, increases thebraking distance and can lead to the brakesfailing completely.

G Risk of accident

Do not change down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface. Thiscould cause the drive wheels to lose theirgrip and the vehicle could skid.

You can set a variable or permanent limitspeed:I Variable for speed restrictions in built-

up areas, for exampleI Permanent for long-term speed re-

strictions, e.g. when driving on wintertyres (e page 190)

G Risk of accident

Speedtronic is only an aid designed to assistdriving. You are responsible for the vehicle'sspeed and for braking in good time.

i The speed shown in the speedometer maydiffer slightly from the stored limit speed.

Variable Speedtronic

The cruise control lever is used to operate:I cruise controlI variable Speedtronic

The cruise control lever is the uppermostlever on the left of the steering column.

The LIM indicator lamp in the cruise con-trol lever indicates which system you haveselected:I LIM indicator lamp off:

Cruise control is selectedI LIM indicator lamp lit:

Variable Speedtronic is selected

While the engine is running, you can usethe cruise control lever to store any speedabove 30 km/h as the limit speed.

Controls

Driving systems

188

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 191: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 To store the current or a higher speed2 To call up the last stored speed or in-

crease the speed in 1 km/h incre-ments

3 LIM indicator lamp4 To store the current speed or a lower

speed5 To deactivate variable Speedtronic

6 To switch between cruise control andvariable Speedtronic

Selecting variable Speedtronic

E Check whether LIM indicator lamp 3is on.

If it is, variable Speedtronic is alreadyselected.

If not, push the cruise control lever inthe direction of arrow 6 .

LIM indicator lamp 3 in the cruisecontrol lever and the speed limiter indi-cator lampm in the instrument clus-ter are lit and the limit speed appearson the display.

Variable Speedtronic is selected.

Storing the current speed

E Briefly move the cruise control lever up1 or down 4.

Variable Speedtronic is activated. Thecurrent speed is stored and shown inthe display as the limit speed.

i The limit speed may be exceeded on down-hill gradients even if variable Speedtronic is ac-tivated.

If the vehicle exceeds the set limit speed:

I the stored speed flashes on the display

I an additional warning tone sounds

Apply the brakes yourself if necessary.

G Risk of accident

If there is a change of drivers, advise thenew driver of the limit speed that is stored.

Only use variable Speedtronic if you will nothave to accelerate suddenly to a speedabove that set as the limit speed. You couldotherwise cause an accident.

You can only exceed the stored limit speedif variable Speedtronic is deactivated:I with the cruise control leverI by depressing the accelerator pedal be-

yond the pressure point (kickdown withautomatic transmission)

Controls

Driving systems

189

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 192: Mercedes Benz Vito

You cannot deactivate variable Speedtronicby braking.

Resuming the stored speed

E Briefly pull the cruise control lever inthe direction of the arrow 2.

If the road speed is no more than 30km/h above the stored limit speed,the speed limiter will limit the vehicle’sspeed to the stored limit speed.

Adjusting the speed in 1 km/h incre-ments

E Pull the cruise control lever in the di-rection of the arrow 2.

Instrument cluster version A: the limitspeed is increased in 1 km/h incre-ments .

Instrument cluster version B: the limitspeed is increased in 1 km/h incre-ments and shown in the display.

E Release the cruise control lever.

The new limit speed is stored.

Adjusting the speed in 10 km/h incre-ments

E Press the cruise control lever up1 toincrease the speed or down4 to re-duce the speed.

The last limit speed stored is increasedor reduced to the next multiple of ten.

E Release the cruise control lever.

The new limit speed is stored.

To deactivate variable Speedtronic

i You cannot deactivate Speedtronic by brak-ing.

There are various ways of deactivating var-iable Speedtronic:

E Briefly press the cruise control leverforwards 5.

The LIM indicator lamp m in the in-strument cluster goes out. The last lim-it speed set remains stored.

or

E Briefly push the cruise control lever inthe direction of arrow 4.

Cruise control (e page 191) is selected.LIM indicator lamp 6 in the cruisecontrol lever and speed limiter indica-

tor lamp m in the instrument clustergo out.

i Variable Speedtronic is deactivated auto-matically if you depress the accelerator pedalbeyond the pressure point (kickdown on ve-hicles with automatic transmission) and, at thesame time, the current speed of the vehicle dif-fers from the limit speed stored by no morethan 20 km/h

Permanent Speedtronic

With the on-board computer, you can per-manently limit the vehicle’s speed to a val-ue between 160 km/h (e.g. when drivingon winter tyres) and the vehicle’s maxi-mum speed.

Permanent Speedtronic remains activeeven if variable Speedtronic is deacti-vated.

The stored speed appears on the displayshortly before you reach it.

You cannot exceed the speed limit set,even if you depress the accelerator pedalbeyond the pressure point (kickdown).

Setting permanent Speedtronic

Use the steering wheel buttons.

Controls

Driving systems

190

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 193: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Instrument cluster version A: repeat-edly press buttonè or · untilthe SETTINGS menu appears in the dis-play.

Instrument cluster version B: repeat-edly press buttonè or · untilthe Settings menu appears in the dis-play.

E Use j to switch to the submenu.

E Press æ or ç to select the Vehi-cle submenu.

E Instrument cluster version A: pressj to select the SPEED LIMIT (WINTERTYRES) function.

Instrument cluster version B: pressj to select the Limit speed func-tion.

The current setting is highlighted.

Instrument cluster version A

Instrument cluster version B

E Instrument cluster version A: use æor ç to select the desired settings (160 KM/H, 190 KM/H, 210 KM/H or 240 KM/H).

The Off setting means that permanentSpeedtronic is deactivated.

E Instrument cluster version B: use æor ç to select the desired settings (160 KM/H,150 KM/H, or 140 KM/H).

The Unlimited setting means that per-manent Speedtronic is deactivated.

Cruise control

Cruise control maintains the speed of thevehicle for you. It automatically brakes thevehicle so that the set speed is not ex-ceeded. On long and steep gradients, par-ticularly when the vehicle is loaded orwhen you are pulling a trailer, you shouldshift down in a timely manner or, whendriving an automatic, switch to the selec-tor lever position 1, 2 or 3. These posi-tions allow you to use the braking effect ofthe engine. You thus reduce the load onthe brake circuit and avoid overheatingthe brakes and wearing them down tooquickly.

G Risk of accident

Do not change down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface. Thiscould cause the drive wheels to lose theirgrip and the vehicle could skid.

Use cruise control only if road and trafficconditions make it possible to maintain asteady speed for a prolonged period. Youcan set any road speed above 30km/h.

Controls

Driving systems

191

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 194: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of accident

Cruise control is unable to take account ofroad and traffic conditions.

Always pay attention to the traffic condi-tions, even when cruise control is activated.

Cruise control is only an aid designed to as-sist driving. You are always responsible forthe vehicle’s speed and for braking in goodtime.If there is a change of drivers, make thenew driver aware of the set cruise speed.Otherwise, sudden acceleration or brakingcould endanger you or others.

G Risk of accident

Do not use cruise control:I in road and traffic conditions which do

not allow you to maintain a constantspeed (e.g. heavy traffic or windingroads). You could otherwise cause an ac-cident.

I on slippery roads. Braking or accelerat-ing could cause the drive wheels to losetraction and the vehicle could then skid.

I when there is poor visibility, e.g. due tofog, heavy rain or snow

i Cruise control may not be able to maintainthe stored speed on uphill or downhill gra-

dients. The set speed is resumed when the gra-dient evens out and the vehicle’s speed did notfall below 30 km/h.

Cruise control lever

The cruise control lever is used to operate:I cruise controlI variable Speedtronic

The cruise control lever is the uppermostlever on the left of the steering column.

The LIM indicator lamp in the cruise con-trol lever indicates which system you haveselected:I LIM indicator lamp is off

Cruise control is selectedI LIM indicator lamp is on

Variable Speedtronic is selected

1 To store the current or a higher speed2 To resume the last speed stored3 LIM indicator lamp4 To store the current speed or a lower

speed5 To deactivate cruise control

6 To switch between cruise control andvariable Speedtronic

Controls

Driving systems

192

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 195: Mercedes Benz Vito

Selecting cruise control

E Check whether the LIM indicator lamp3 is off.

If this is the case, the cruise controlhas already been selected.

If this is not the case, press the cruisecontrol lever in the direction of arrow6.

The LIM indicator lamp 3 in the cruisecontrol lever is off. Cruise control is se-lected.

Storing the current speed

E Accelerate/decelerate the vehicle tothe desired speed.

E Briefly tap the cruise control lever up-wards 1 or downwards 4.

E Release the accelerator pedal.

Cruise control is activated. The currentspeed is stored.

i Vehicles with manual transmission:

I Always drive at an adequate, but not exces-sive engine speed.

I Change gear in a timely manner, particularlyon steep uphill gradients.

I Do not shift down several gears at a time.

I After changing gear, depress the accelera-tor pedal gently to increase the smoothnessof the gear change.

I Cruise control is not deactivated when agear is changed.

I Cruise control is deactivated if you depressthe clutch pedal for longer than 6 secondsor shift into neutral and release the clutchpedal.

I If the gear lever is in neutral after the clutchpedal is depressed, the engine speed mayrise briefly.

You cannot activate cruise control if:I you are driving under 30 km/hI you apply the brakesI you apply the pedal-operated parking

brake and the 7 indicator lamp inthe instrument cluster lights up

I ASR is deactivated

Resuming the stored speed

G Risk of accident

Only select a stored speed if you know whatthat speed is and whether it is suitable forthe current situation. Otherwise, sudden ac-

celeration or braking could endanger you orothers.

E Briefly pull the cruise control lever inthe direction of arrow 2.

E Release the accelerator pedal.

Cruise control is activated and adjuststhe vehicle’s speed to the last speedstored.

Setting the speed

G Risk of accident

The rate at which you increase the speed in1 km/h increments may be faster than yourvehicle is able to accelerate. Your vehiclemay then continue to accelerate up to thenewly set speed even after you have re-leased the cruise control lever.Only increase the speed as the prevailingconditions permit. Sudden accelerationcould otherwise endanger you and others.

E Tap the cruise control lever upwards1 to increase the speed, and down-wards 4 to reduce the speed.

The last speed stored is increased orreduced in increments of 1 km/h.

or

Controls

Driving systems

193

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 196: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press and hold the cruise control leverup 1 or down4 until the desiredspeed has been reached.

E Release the cruise control lever.

The current speed is stored.

i Cruise control is not deactivated if you de-press the accelerator pedal. If you acceleratebriefly to overtake, for example, cruise controladjusts the vehicle’s speed to the last speedstored after you have finished overtaking.

Vehicles with automatic transmission:

If you decelerate the vehicle, the automatictransmission* shifts down if the deceleration istoo slow.

To deactivate cruise control

There are various ways of deactivatingcruise control:

E briefly press the cruise control leverforwards 5,

or

E apply the brakes,

or

E Briefly press the cruise control lever inthe direction of arrow 6.

Variable Speedtronic is selected. TheLIM indicator lamp 3 in the cruisecontrol lever goes on.

The last speed set remains stored.

i The last speed stored is cleared when youswitch off the engine.

i Cruise control is deactivated automaticallywhen:

I you apply the brakes

I you apply the pedal-operated parking brakeand the 7 indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up

I you are driving under 30 km/h

I ESP® or ASR intervene or you deactivateASR

I you depress the clutch pedal for longer than6 seconds while the vehicle is in motion

I you shift the manual transmission to neutralwhile the vehicle is in motion and releasethe clutch pedal

I you shift the automatic transmission toneutral position N while the vehicle is inmotion

I there is a malfunction in the ESP® or ABSsystem

Parktronic system (PTS)

G Risk of accident

PTS is only an aid and may not detect all ob-stacles. It does not relieve you of the re-sponsibility to pay attention.You are always responsible for safety andmust continue to pay attention to your im-mediate surroundings when parking and ma-noeuvring. You could otherwise endangeryourself and others.

G Risk of injury

Make sure that no persons or animals are inthe manoeuvring range. Otherwise, theycould be injured.

PTS is an electronic parking aid and in-forms you visually and audibly of the dis-tance between your vehicle and an ob-stacle.

PTS is activated automatically when youturn the key to position 2 in the ignitionlock, and release the pedal-operated park-ing brake. On vehicles with automatictransmission, you must also move the se-lector lever to position D, N or R.

Controls

Driving systems

194

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 197: Mercedes Benz Vito

PTS switches off at speeds over 18 km/h.PTS switches on again as soon as the ve-hicle’s speed falls below 18 km/h.

PTS is equipped with sensors in the frontand rear bumper to monitor the areaaround your vehicle.

1 Sensors in the front bumper

Range of the sensors

The sensors must be free of dirt, ice andslush, otherwise they may not functioncorrectly. Clean the sensors regularly, tak-ing care not to scratch or damage them(e page 245).

Front sensors

Centre approximately100 cm

Corners approximately70 cm

Rear sensors

Centre approximately160 cm

Corners approximately100 cm

Minimum distance

Centre approximately30 cm

Corners approximately25 cm

If an obstacle is within this range, all seg-ments of the warning displays light up andyou will hear an acoustic warning. If thedistance between the vehicle and the ob-stacle falls below the minimum distance,the distance may no longer be displayed.

! Pay particular attention to obstacles aboveor below the sensors when parking, such asflower pots or trailer towbars. PTS does not de-tect such objects in the immediate vicinity. Youcould damage the vehicle or objects.

PTS can suffer interference from:

Controls

Driving systems

195

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 198: Mercedes Benz Vito

I ultrasonic sources such as a lorry’scompressed-air brakes, an automatic carwash or a pneumatic drill

I attachments to the vehicle, e.g. load-bear-ing implements

I number plates (vehicle licence plates) thatare not affixed flat against the bumper

I dirty or icy sensors

Warning displays

The warning displays show the distancebetween the sensor and the obstacle.

The warning display for the front area is lo-cated on the centre of the dashboardabove the centre console.

Front area warning display1 Left-hand side of vehicle (front)2 Right-hand side of vehicle (front)

The warning display for the rear area is lo-cated in the roof lining at the rear of thevehicle. In the panel van, the warning dis-plays for the rear of the vehicle are on theright- and left-hand sides of the dash-board.

Rear area warning display3 Right-hand side of vehicle (rear)4 Left-hand side of vehicle (rear)

The warning display is divided into 6 yel-low and 2 red segments for each side ofthe vehicle. When the first yellow segmentlights up, PTS is ready.

If only the red segments of the warningdisplay light up, this means that there is amalfunction (e page 304).

Controls

Driving systems

196

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 199: Mercedes Benz Vito

The position of the gear lever or selectorlever determines whether the front and/or rear area is monitored.

Transmission po-sition

Monitoring

Forward gear orD or N

Front area

Reverse gear orR or N

Front and rear area

P No areas activated

One or more segments light up as the ve-hicle approaches an obstacle, dependingon the vehicle’s distance from the ob-stacle.

From the first red segment onwards, youwill additionally hear an acoustic warningsound for approximately 3 seconds. Thismeans that the vehicle’s distance to theobstacle is about to fall below the mini-mum distance.

To switch PTS on/off

You can switch PTS on and off manually.

The switch is located on the centre con-sole.

1 To switch PTS on/off

E To switch off: Press upper part 1 ofthe switch.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

E To switch on: Press upper part1 ofthe switch again.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Trailer towing

If you couple up a trailer, PTS is deacti-vated for the rear area as soon as youmake the electrical connection betweenyour vehicle and the trailer.

After uncoupling the trailer, unplug the 7-pin connector adapter from the vehicle(e page 234). Otherwise, PTS will remaindeactivated for the rear area.

If the trailer coupling is detachable, re-move it when it is no longer required. Theminimum detection range from PTS to anobstacle is measured from the bumperand not the ball coupling.

Controls

Driving systems

197

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 200: Mercedes Benz Vito

Level control

The vehicle’s rear axle is equipped withpneumatic suspension and electronic levelcontrol (ENR). ENR maintains the vehicle’sride height regardless of the vehicle load.

Electronic level control (ENR):I improves road safetyI makes it easier to load the vehicleI improves comfort

G Risk of accident

If the vehicle level is too high or too lowwhile you are driving, the chassis could bedamaged, and unstable handling character-istics cannot be ruled out. Drive on carefullyuntil theú indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out. You could otherwiseendanger yourself and others.

Vehicle level

You can set the following ENR modes:

I Standard mode: automatic control tomaintain standard ride height both dur-ing a journey and when stationary.

I Manual mode: you can raise or lowerthe vehicle level.

I Passive mode: level control is inactive.This is useful, e.g. for work in the work-shop, when changing a tyre, or in theevent of malfunctions in the level con-trol system.

1 To switch control on/off (ENR OFF but-ton)

2 To raise/lower3 Indicator lamp

Manual mode

E To open the tailgate/door

E Press switch 2 on the right-hand sidepanel in the rear in the desired direc-tion and hold for 2 seconds.

ENR is in manual mode. You can raiseor lower the vehicle.

With the ignition switched on:I the ú indicator lamp in the in-

strument cluster flashesI indicator lamp 3 in ENR OFF

switch 1 flashes

E To lower the vehicle: press lower sec-tion of switch 2 until the vehicle hasreached the desired position.

E To raise the vehicle: press upper sec-tion of switch 2 until the vehicle hasreached the desired position.

E To raise the vehicle automatically tothe normal level: briefly press theupper section of button2 if the ve-hicle is below the normal level.

ENR automatically raises the vehicle tothe normal level.

If you want to halt the vehicle level at acertain position:

Controls

Level control

198

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 201: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Briefly press switch 2 again.

or

E Press ENR OFF switch 1 in any direc-tion.

E To change to standard mode: pressswitch 1 for 2 seconds.

or

E Drive faster than 3 km/h.

The ú indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster and in the switch stopsflashing.

Passive mode

E Press switch 1 for 2 seconds in stand-ard mode.

ENR is in passive mode. No level con-trol takes place.

With the ignition switched on:I the ú indicator lamp in the in-

strument cluster lights upI indicator lamp 1 in the ENR OFF

switch lights up.

E Change to standard mode(e page 199).

i It is not possible to change directly be-tween manual mode and passive mode.

! If a critical malfunction should occur duringENR operation, theú indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster will light up continuouslyand ENR will be deactivated.

Always have the ENR checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-BenzService Centre.

Height warning

If the vehicle level is too high or too lowwhile you are driving, the ú indicatorlamp in the instrument cluster will flash.ENR will then ensure that the level is cor-rected as quickly as possible.

When the vehicle level is adequate oncemore, the ú indicator lamp in the in-strument cluster goes out.

Deactivating ENR

ENR is automatically deactivated

I when the battery is low and the engineis not running

I after repeatedly raising/lowering thevehicle (overheating of the compres-sor)

I when you park the vehicle (ignition off,key removed)

ENR remains active for another 5 mi-nutes. It then switches to standby toprevent the battery from discharging.

You can reactivate ENR by:I unlocking or opening a doorI switching on the ignition

Controls

Level control

199

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 202: Mercedes Benz Vito

Features

Ashtray

1 Ashtray

E To open: pull out ashtray 1 by the re-cess.

E To close: push ashtray 1 into thecentre console until it engages.

Removing the ashtray insert

G Risk of injury

Switch off the engine and apply the parkingbrake before removing the ashtray to emptyit.

You could otherwise inadvertently set thevehicle in motion.

1 Cover

E Push ashtray cover 1 in the directionof the arrow.

1 Ashtray insert

E Pull ashtray insert 1 forward and upto remove.

Installing the ashtray insert

E Push ashtray insert 1 back and downin the retainer until it engages twice.

E Close the ashtray cover.

i If the ashtray insert is not correctly in-stalled, the ashtray will jam or be difficult toopen and close.

Cigarette lighter

G Risk of injury and fire

Only hold the hot cigarette lighter by itsknob. Otherwise, you might burn yourself.

Make sure that children travelling in the ve-hicle are not able to injure themselves onthe hot cigarette lighter or cause a fire withit.

i You can use the cigarette lighter socket foraccessories up to 180 watts and for the elec-tric air pump.

! If you are using the socket to operate anaccessory, the socket continues to be suppliedwith power even when the ignition is switchedoff. This could eventually discharge the batteryand you will no longer be able to start the en-gine.

Controls

Features

200

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 203: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Cigarette lighter

E Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press in cigarette lighter 1.

The cigarette lighter will pop out auto-matically when the heating element isred-hot.

Stowage spaces and stowage com-partments

G Risk of injury

You should only load the stowage spaces insuch a way that the occupants cannot be in-jured by objects being thrown around thepassenger compartment in the event of anaccident, braking or sudden change in direc-tion.

Therefore, do not carry heavy, bulky,pointed or sharp-edged objects in the stow-age spaces or stowage compartments.

G Risk of injury

The stowage compartments must be closedwhen items are stored in them. Luggagenets are not designed to secure heavy itemsof luggage.

You or other vehicle occupants could be in-jured by objects being thrown around if you:I brake sharplyI change direction suddenlyI have an accidentSharp-edged and fragile objects must notbe carried in the luggage net.

Steering wheel stowage compartment

1 Stowage space

! Do not leave any items in the stowagecompartment under the steering wheel whenlowering the steering column .

The items could otherwise be damaged, sincethis operation changes the size of the stowagecompartment.

i You will find information on how to adjustthe steering wheel under (e page 97).

Dashboard stowage compartment

G Risk of accident

Always keep the stowage compartment onthe dashboard closed while you are driving.

Controls

Features

201

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 204: Mercedes Benz Vito

When it is open, the stowage compartmentcan impair your view of the traffic and thuscause an accident.

G Risk of injury

Always keep the stowage compartment onthe dashboard closed while you are driving.

In the event of braking and sudden changesof direction, loose objects from the stowagecompartment could:I be thrown around and cause injury to

the vehicle occupantsI get caught under the pedals and ob-

struct them

Stowage compartment with lid1 Stowage compartment lid2 Recess

E To open: lift the stowage compartmentlid 1 in the direction of the arrow, us-ing the recess 2.

E To close: fold the stowage compart-ment lid1 down.

Stowage compartment without lid

G Risk of injury

Do not keep any loose objects in the stow-age compartment while you are driving.

In the event of braking and sudden changesof direction, loose objects from the stowagecompartment could:I be thrown around and cause injury to

the vehicle occupantsI get caught under the pedals and ob-

struct them

Stowage compartment in the centreconsole

1 Stowage space

Stowage compartment under the ash-tray

1 Stowage space

Controls

Features

202

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 205: Mercedes Benz Vito

Stowage compartment in the door

You can use these stowage compartmentsto store small, light items.

Stowage compartment on the co-driverside

1 Stowage space

Stowage space in the rear

1 Rear stowage space

Glove compartment

G Risk of injury

Always keep the glove compartment coverclosed while you are driving.

In the event of braking and sudden changesof direction, loose objects from the glovecompartment could:I be thrown around and cause injury to

the vehicle occupantsI get caught under the pedals and ob-

struct them

1 Glove compartment cover2 Glove compartment handle

i You can (e page 337) lock and unlock theglove compartment using the emergency keyelement.

E To open: pull on the glove compart-ment handle2.

Glove compartment cover1 opens.

E To close: push the glove compartmentcover1 up and press it until it en-gages.

In the glove compartment cover there are:I two cup holdersI a coin holderI a holder for the cigarette lighter

Controls

Features

203

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 206: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Cup holder2 Coin holder3 Cigarette lighter holder

Spectacles compartment

The spectacles compartment is located inthe overhead control panel.

1 Spectacles compartment

E To open: briefly press cover1.

E To close: press the spectacles com-partment into the overhead controlpanel until it engages.

Two-seater co-driver’s bench seat

1 To release from the front anchorage2 To release from the rear anchorage

E Removing the seat cushion: lift theseat cushion of the two-seater co-driv-er’s bench seat out of front anchorage1.

E Fold the front of the seat cushion upslightly.

E Pull the seat cushion to the front andout of rear anchorage 2.

i You can stow various articles in the spaceunder the two-seater co-driver’s bench seat.

E Fitting the seat cushion: insert theseat cushion into rear anchorage 2.

E Fold the seat cushion down.

E Press the seat cushion down into thefront anchorage 1.

1 Folding table (seat backrest)

E Folding down the folding table: pullfolding table (seat backrest) 1forward.

Controls

Features

204

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 207: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Fold the folding table down in the direc-tion of the arrow and onto the seatcushion.

Cup holder

G Risk of injury

Keep the cup holder closed while the vehicleis in motion. Otherwise, vehicle occupantscould be injured by objects being thrownaround if you:I brake sharplyI change direction suddenlyI have an accidentOnly use the cup holders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. Other-wise, the drinks could spill.

Cup holders should not be used for hotdrinks. Otherwise, you may scald yourself.

Cup holder in the centre console

1 Cup holder

E To open: pull out the tray.

Cup holder 1 slides out.

E To close: push the tray into the centreconsole until it engages.

Cup holder in the dashboard

1 Cover

E To swing out: briefly press cover1.

The cup holder folds out.

E To close: press the cup holder into thedashboard until it engages.

Cup holders in the glove compartment

There are two cup holders in the lid of theglove compartment (e page 203).

Controls

Features

205

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 208: Mercedes Benz Vito

Cup holder in the front door

Driver’s door1 Bottle holder

Cup holder on the backrest

1 Folding lid

E To open: pull folding lid 1 by the re-cess in the direction of the arrow.

E Fold the cup holder up.

E To close: fold the cup holder down.

E Fold cup holder 1 up.

Cup holder in the rear

1 Folding lid

E To open: pull folding lid1 in the direc-tion of the arrow.

The cup holder slides out.

E To close: press the folding lid againstthe direction of the arrow.

The cup holder folds in.

Controls

Features

206

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 209: Mercedes Benz Vito

Socket

The socket is located in the rear in thetrim of the lower right-hand side of the ve-hicle.

1 Socket

i You can use the socket for accessorieswith a maximum power consumption of180 watts.

! If you are using the socket to operate anaccessory, the socket continues to be suppliedwith power even when the ignition is switchedoff. This could eventually discharge the batteryand you will no longer be able to start the en-gine.

Garage door opener

You can use the integrated remote controlin the rear-view mirror to open and closeup to three different door and gate sys-tems.

i The garage door opener is only availablefor certain countries. The legal requirements inall countries concerned must be observed.

Some garage door opening systems cannot beoperated with the integrated remote control.You can obtain information at anyMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

1 Indicator lamp2 Transmitter button3 Transmitter button4 Transmitter button

G Risk of accident

Only press the transmitter button on the in-tegrated remote control if there are no per-sons or objects present within the sweep ofthe garage door. Persons could otherwisebe injured as the door moves.

Programming the remote control

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press and hold one of transmitter but-tons2 to4.

After a short time, indicator lamp 1will start flashing.

i The indicator lamp flashes straight awaythe first time the transmitter button is pro-grammed. If the button is already programmed,the indicator lamp will only start flashing after20 seconds.

E Keep the transmitter button pressed.

E Point the transmitter of the garagedoor remote control at the left-handside of the rear-view mirror.

Controls

Features

207

ee

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 210: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press and hold the transmitter buttonon the garage door remote control untilindicator lamp 1 flashes rapidly.

Programming has been successful.

E Release both transmitter buttons.

i If the garage door system works with a roll-ing code, after programming you must syn-chronise the remote control integrated in therear-view mirror with the garage door remotecontrol.

You can find more information in the operatinginstructions for the garage door opening sys-tem, e.g. under the heading “Synchronising thetransmitter” or “Registering new transmitters”.

Opening/closing the garage door

After it has been programmed, the inte-grated remote control in the rear-view mir-ror will have the same functions as the re-mote control of the garage door system.Please read the operating instructions forthe garage door system.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press one of transmitter buttons 2 to4 on the remote control integrated inthe rear-view mirror which you have

programmed to operate the garagedoor.

The transmitter will transmit a signalfor as long as the transmitter button isbeing pressed. Transmission ceasesafter a maximum of 20 seconds and in-dicator lamp 1 flashes.

E Press the transmitter button again ifnecessary.

Clearing the remote control memory

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Press one of transmitter buttons 2 to4 on the integrated remote control inthe rear-view mirror for approximately20 seconds until indicator lamp 1flashes rapidly.

The memory is cleared.

i If you sell the vehicle, first clear the memo-ry of the remote control.

Communications

Electronic communications equip-ment

G Risk of accident

Above all, pay attention to the road and traf-fic conditions.Only operate electronic equipment whenroad and traffic conditions permit. Bear inmind that at a speed of only 50 km/h thevehicle covers about 14 m every second.A navigation system will not provide infor-mation about the load-bearing capacity ofbridges or the maximum headroom forunderpasses.You are responsible for the safety of the ve-hicle at all times.Observe legal requirements.

Telephones, two-way radios and fax ma-chines without exterior aerials may interferewith the vehicle electronics and therebyjeopardise the operational safety of the ve-hicle. There is an increased risk of accident.

Do not use this equipment while the vehicleis in motion.

Controls

Communications

208

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 211: Mercedes Benz Vito

Your vehicle's operating permit may be in-validated if you do not observe theMercedes-Benz installation conditions.

You will find information on retrofittingelectrical or electronic equipment in the“Technical data” section (e page 348).

Telephone

Telephones may only be used inside thevehicle if they are connected to a separateexterior aerial of a type tested and ap-proved by Mercedes-Benz.

G Risk of accident

Observe the legal requirements of the coun-try in which you are currently driving regard-ing the use of mobile telephones in the ve-hicle.If it is permitted to use mobile phones whilethe vehicle is in motion, you must only usethem when the road and traffic conditionspermit. You may otherwise be distractedfrom the traffic conditions, cause an acci-dent and injure yourself and others.Mobile phones without exterior aerials mayinterfere with the vehicle electronics andthereby jeopardise the operational safety ofthe vehicle. Only use devices if they are con-nected to a separate exterior aerial.

The installation of the aerial must be ap-proved by a qualified specialist workshop.

Always have maintenance work carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g.a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

G Risk of accident

Only use the telephone when road and traf-fic conditions permit. You will otherwise bedistracted. If you are not using the hands-free system, pull over to make a phone call.Telephones without an exterior aerial mayinterfere with the vehicle’s electronics,thereby jeopardising the vehicle’s operatingsafety.

i In Germany, it is prohibited to use a mobiletelephone in vehicles without a hands-free sys-tem either while you are driving or with the en-gine running.

Observe the legal requirements for each indi-vidual country.

You can choose between two systems thatsupport mobile phones supplied by differ-ent manufacturers:

I Mobile phone fitting (networked)7

I Mobile phone fitting (no networking)

Both systems have a hands-free systempermanently installed in the vehicle. Themicrophone for the hands-free system isinstalled in the overhead control panel oron the front interior lighting panel.

In order to use the hands-free system, youwill need a special cradle. These cradlesare available for various models in theMercedes-Benz range of accessories.

i Mobile phone cradles which are availablefrom various manufacturers on the open mar-ket are not compatible with the Mercedes-Benztelephone system. You can recognise suitablemobile phone cradles by the Mercedes Starand by the B6 spare part number on the back.

Detailed instructions for use can be foundin the operating instructions for the mobilephone cradle.

i The mobile phone battery will be chargeddepending on the charge status and the posi-tion of the key in the ignition lock. The mobilephone display indicates the charging process.

Controls

Communications

209

3

7 The mobile phone fitting provided is networked bya fibre-optic cable for communications equipment,e.g. radio or CD changer.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 212: Mercedes Benz Vito

Mobile phone fitting (networked)

The mobile phone fitting is next to thecentre console on the top left-hand side.

1 Contact plate

i When you remove the key from the ignitionlock, the mobile phone remains switched on forapproximately ten minutes (run-on time). If youmake a call during this time, the mobile phonewill be switched off approximately ten minutesafter you have ended the call.

You can change the run-on time by meansof an additional phone book entry.

E Enter “Nachlaufzeit” (run-on time) asthe name and a number between 1 and30 as the number. If you do not enter anumber or enter a different number,

the run-on time of ten minutes will stillapply.

You can read about how to make an entryin the telephone book in the operating in-structions for the mobile phone.

Mobile phone fitting (no networking)

The mobile phone fitting is next to thecentre console on the top left-hand side.

2 Retainer3 Bracket4 Connector

If you do not have a cradle connected,then engage connector 4 in bracket 3.

In order to use the universal hands-free fa-cility for your mobile phone, you will needa special cradle. These cradles are avail-

able for various models in the Mercedes-Benz range of accessories.

Controls

Communications

210

3

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 213: Mercedes Benz Vito

Operation

211

4

Driving tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215Transporting loads with the vehi-cle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235Service products . . . . . . . . . . . . .237Cleaning and care . . . . . . . . . . . .243Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 214: Mercedes Benz Vito

Driving tips

Running-in

It is of decisive importance for the operat-ing life, reliability and economy of the ve-hicle that the engine is not subjected toits full rated load during the running-in pe-riod.

Up to 1,500 kmI Run the vehicle in carefully. Drive at

varying road and engine speeds.I Avoid heavy loads (driving at full throt-

tle) and high engine speeds. Do not ex-ceed 3/4 of the maximum speed avail-able for each gear.

I Change gear in good time.I Do not change down a gear manually in

order to brake.I Avoid depressing the accelerator pedal

beyond the pressure point on vehicleswith an automatic transmission (kick-down), and only engage gear 4, 3, 2 or1 while driving slowly.

Above 1,500 kmI Gradually bring the vehicle up to full

road and engine speeds.

i Observe these instructions even when theengine, the transmission or the rear axle differ-ential of your vehicle were replaced.

Driving abroad

An extensive network of Mercedes-BenzService Centres is also at your disposalwhen you are travelling abroad. The work-shop directories are available from anyMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

In some countries, only fuels with a loweroctane rating or a higher sulphur contentare available.

You will find information about fuel in the“Service products” section (e page 240).

When driving in countries in which trafficdrives on the side of the road opposite tothat in the country where the vehicle isregistered, the headlamps must beswitched to symmetrical dipped beam.

G Risk of accident

Masking the headlamps incorrectly can im-pair your visibility when driving with the

headlamps switched on. You could also im-pede other road users. Oncoming trafficmay be dazzled.

Always have the headlamps masked/switched over at a qualified specialist work-shop which has the necessary specialistknowledge and tools to carry out the workrequired.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. All work relevant to safety or onsafety-related systems must be carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

Driving off-road

When driving the vehicle, particularly onrough terrain, ensure that the drivenwheels always have sufficient traction.

Do not allow the driven wheels to spin(risk of damage to the differential).

! Always observe the ground clearance ofthe vehicle and avoid obstacles if possible. Ob-stacles, such as deep ruts for example, coulddamage the following:

I the axles

I the propeller shafts and transmission

I tanks and supply reservoirs

Operation

Driving tips

212

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 215: Mercedes Benz Vito

You should therefore always drive slowly off-road. If you have to drive over obstacles, theco-driver should guide the driver.

G Risk of accident

If you drive too fast off-road, you may notrecognise obstacles in good time or youmay underestimate the roughness of theground. Always drive slowly off-road toavoid damaging the vehicle.The vehicle may slip to the side, tip over orroll over. Always drive along the line of fallwhen you are on a slope. Never drive acrossa slope. Never turn the vehicle round on aslope. If the vehicle loses its grip on an up-hill slope, reverse back down the slope.You could lose control of the vehicle if youchange to neutral while driving on a hill, or ifyou release the clutch and try to brake onlyby using the service brake. Never let the ve-hicle coast.

If you carry too much payload on the ve-hicle, you increase the risk of the vehicletipping over. Never exceed the permissibleaxle loads. Keep the vehicle’s centre of grav-ity as low as possible when you load the ve-hicle.

If the vehicle is frequently driven on muddyor marshy terrain, sand or oil mixed with

water could get into the brakes, impairingbraking performance. This may lead to ex-cessive wear and reduced braking power. Inan emergency, there is a risk that full brak-ing performance is no longer be available.

After driving off-road, always carry out ashort brake test. If you detect a reduction inbraking performance or you hear scrapingnoises, have the brake system checked ata qualified specialist workshop, e.g. aMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

G Risk of injury

Driving on rough terrain causes accelerationforces to act from all directions on yourbody. There is the risk that you may bethrown from your seat and injured. Alwaysfasten your seat belt when driving off-road.

Rules for driving off-road

G Risk of injury

If you drive over obstacles or in ruts, thesteering wheel may jerk out of your grip andyou could injure the thumbs on both hands.Always hold the steering wheel rim firmlywith both hands. When driving over ob-stacles, you must expect steering forces toincrease briefly and suddenly.

I Before driving off-road, stop and selecta low gear.

I When driving off-road, always drivewith the engine running and a gear en-gaged.

I Drive slowly and evenly. Many situa-tions require you to drive at walkingpace.

I Always make sure that the wheels arein contact with the ground.

I Drive with extreme care over unknownterrain where you can only see for ashort distance. As a precaution, stepout of the vehicle beforehand to get anoverview of the terrain.

I Before fording, check the water depth.I Look out for obstacles, e.g. rocks,

holes, tree stumps and ruts.I Avoid banks where the ground could

crumble away.

Before driving off-road

E Switch off acceleration skid control(ASR) (e page 183).

E Stow away or lash down items of lug-gage or payload safely (e page 217).

Operation

Driving tips

213

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 216: Mercedes Benz Vito

i The following additional equipment shouldalways be carried on board the vehicle:

I a shovel

I a recovery rope with hook

After driving off-road

G Risk of accident

Damage caused to the vehicle when drivingoff-road may cause consequential damage,the failure of mechanical assemblies as wellas accidents. Clean and inspect the vehicleafter any off-road use. Repair any damagebefore using the vehicle again.

E Switch on acceleration skid control(ASR) (e page 183).

E Clean the vehicle (e page 246).

E Inspect the vehicle for damage.

Rail transport

Transporting your vehicle by rail may besubject to certain restrictions or requirespecial measures to be taken in somecountries due to varying tunnel heightsand loading standards.

You may obtain information about thisfrom any Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Fuel consumption

Fuel consumption depends on:I the type of vehicleI your style of drivingI the operating conditionsI the type and quality of fuel used.

Observe the advice in the "Protection ofthe environment" section to keep fuel con-sumption low (e page 15).

The following vehicle version factors alsoaffect fuel consumption:I Tyre sizes, tyre tread, tyre pressure,

tyre conditionI Drive unit transmission ratiosI Additional equipment (e.g. air-condi-

tioning system, auxiliary heating sys-tem)

For these reasons, the actual consumptionfigures for your vehicle may differ fromthose determined in accordance with ver-sion 2004/3/EC of EC Directive 80/1268/ EEC (e page 357).

Information on fuel consumption can becalled up on the on-board computer withthe steering wheel buttons in the Trip

computer menu (e page 115) or(e page 134).

Engine oil consumption

Depending on how it is driven, the vehicleconsumes a maximum of 1.0 litre of oilper 1,000 km.

Engine oil consumption may be higher if:I the vehicle is newI you mainly operate the vehicle under

arduous operating conditionsI you often drive at high engine speeds

Regular maintenance is one of the precon-ditions for moderate rates of consump-tion.

The engine oil consumption can only bejudged after a lengthy distance has beencovered.

Check the engine oil level on a regular ba-sis, e.g. weekly or each time you refuel.

Operation

Driving tips

214

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 217: Mercedes Benz Vito

Reverse warning feature

On vehicles with a reverse warning fea-ture, a warning signal sounds when re-verse gear is engaged to alert other roadusers. The volume of this warning signalcan be reduced for night-time driving.

G Risk of accident

Other road users could fail to hear or couldignore the reverse warning feature warningsignal. For this reason, the reverse warningfeature cannot guarantee that there are nopeople or objects behind your vehicle.The reverse warning feature is a system de-signed to assist you in ensuring the safetyof other road users. It does not however re-lieve you of your responsibility to make surethat there are no persons or objects behindyour vehicle while you are manoeuvring.For this reason, always observe the roadand traffic conditions with due caution. Toavoid damage and injury, make sure thatthere are no persons or objects behind thevehicle while you are manoeuvring. Have asecond person assist you when manoeu-vring if necessary.

E To set the warning signal to quiet:engage the reverse gear twice in briefsuccession.

The volume of the warning signal is re-duced.

i The warning signal sounds at normal vol-ume by default and will need to be reduced involume each time reverse gear is engaged.

Refuelling

G Risk of fire and injury

Fuel is highly flammable.Fire, naked flames and smoking as well asthe use of auxiliary heaters (sparks) aretherefore prohibited when handling fuel.

For this reason, switch off the auxiliary heat-ing when refuelling.

G Risk of injury

Do not allow fuel to come into contact withskin or clothing.

Allowing fuels to come into direct contactwith your skin or inhaling fuel vapours isdamaging to your health.

H Environmental note

When handled incorrectly, coolants can con-stitute a health hazard and be harmful tothe environment. No coolant must be al-lowed to enter the sewage system, surfacewaters, ground water or soil.

! Filter the fuel before transferring it to thevehicle if you are refuelling the vehicle frombarrels or containers.

This will prevent malfunctions in the fuel sys-tem due to contaminated fuel.

Operation

Refuelling

215

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 218: Mercedes Benz Vito

! Do not use petrol to refuel vehicles with adiesel engine. Never mix diesel with petrol.Even small amounts of petrol result in damageto the injection system. Damage caused byadding petrol is not covered by the warranty.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with apetrol engine. Never mix petrol with diesel.Even small amounts of diesel result in damageto the injection system. Damage caused byadding diesel is not covered by the warranty.

The fuel filler flap is located next to thedriver’s door. You can only open the fuelflap when the driver’s door is open.

1 Fuel tank opening2 Fuel filler flap3 Fuel filler cap

E Remove the key from the ignition lock.

E Switch off the auxiliary heating system(e page 166).

E Open the driver’s door. Open the fuelfiller cap.

E Close all the vehicle’s doors, so that nofuel vapours can enter the vehicle.

E Turn fuel filler cap3 anti-clockwise,remove it and allow it to hang from theretaining strap.

E Only fill the tank until the pump nozzleswitches off.

E Replace fuel filler cap 3 and turnclockwise.

A clicking sound indicates that the fuelfiller cap is fully closed.

E Open the driver’s door. Close the fuelfiller flap.

You will find information about fuel in the“Service products” section (e page 240).

Operation

Refuelling

216

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 219: Mercedes Benz Vito

Transporting loads with the vehicle

Loading guidelines

G Risk of injury

Secure and position the load as described inthe loading guidelines. You or others couldotherwise be injured by the load slipping orbeing thrown around in the event of sharpbraking, sudden changes in direction or onpoor road surfaces. This also applies toseats which have been removed if they re-main in the vehicle.Even if you follow all loading guidelines, theload increases the risk of injury in the eventof an accident. Observe the tips in the “Se-curing a load” section.

G Risk of accident

Do not allow the load, including passengers,to exceed the permissible gross vehicleweight or the permissible axle loads for yourvehicle.If the permissible axle loads or permissiblegross vehicle weight are exceeded duringtransport, tyre durability and road safety areadversely affected. The vehicle’s handlingand steering characteristics change notice-

ably. Braking and stopping distances aresignificantly longer.The vehicle’s driving, steering and brakingcharacteristics change as the gross vehicleweight increases or the centre of gravity be-comes higher.Always make sure that the distribution ofthe load is correct and adapt your drivingstyle according to the load.

G Risk of injury

Following an accident, have a damaged loadcompartment floor or damaged loading sur-face, the lashing eyelets and the lashing ma-terials checked by a specialist workshopwhich has the necessary specialist knowl-edge and tools to carry out the necessarywork.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, all work relevant tosafety or on safety-related systems must becarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

! If you are using a roof rack system, observethe maximum roof load and maximum roof racksystem load.

You will find information about the maxi-mum roof load and maximum tailgate load

in the "Technical data" section(e page 354). You will find informationabout the roof rack systems in the "Carriersystems" section (e page 229).

Before loading

E Tyre pressure: check the tyre pres-sure and correct if necessary(e page 352).

E Electronic level control (ENR): lowervehicle if necessary (e page 198).

E Load compartment floor: clean theload compartment floor.

The load compartment floor must befree from oil and dust, dry and cleanswept to prevent the load from slip-ping.

E Place non-slip mats (anti-slip mats) onthe load compartment floor if neces-sary.

! As soon as the non-slip mats show signs ofdeformation or develop squashed areas, ortraces of cracking/cutting, they can no longerbe used to secure a load and must be replaced.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

217

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 220: Mercedes Benz Vito

During loading

E Observe the permissible axle loads andpermissible gross vehicle weight foryour vehicle.

i Bear in mind that the unladen weight of thevehicle is increased by installing items of op-tional equipment and accessories.

E Observe the information about load dis-tribution (e page 218).

E Secure the load (e page 219). Alwaysobserve the relevant national regula-tions.

Checks after loading

E Securing loads: check that the load issecure before every journey and at reg-ular intervals during a long journey, andcorrect if necessary.

E Doors and tailgate: close the slidingdoors and tailgate/door.

G Risk of poisoning

Make sure that the sliding doors and reardoors or tailgate are always closed whenthe engine is running.Exhaust fumes could otherwise enter the ve-hicle interior and poison you.

E Electronic level control (ENR): selectthe standard mode (e page 198).

E Headlamps: correct the headlamprange if necessary (e page 139).

E Tyre pressure: adjust the tyre pres-sures according to the vehicle load(e page 352).

E Driving style: adapt your driving styleaccording to the vehicle load.

Load distribution

The overall centre of gravity of the loadshould always be as low as possible, cen-tred and between the axles near the rearaxle.

! Excessive loads on individual points of theload compartment floor or on the load surfaceimpair vehicle handling characteristics andcould cause damage to the floor covering.

On crewbuses:

E Always transport loads in the load com-partment with the rear seat backrestsfolded up and properly locked in posi-tion.

E Always place the load against thebackrests of the front or rear seats.

E Move large and heavy loads as far to-wards the front of the vehicle as possi-ble against the rear bench seat. Stowthe load flush with the rear or frontseats.

E Always additionally secure the loadwith suitable transport equipment orlashing material.

i Observe the following notes:

I Do not stack loads higher than the upperedge of the backrests.

I Transport loads behind seats that are notoccupied.

I If the rear bench seat is not occupied, insertthe seat belts crosswise into the buckle ofthe opposite seat belt.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

218

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 221: Mercedes Benz Vito

Load compartment variations

You can vary the load compartment ac-cording to your transportation require-ments:I by folding the seat backrests forward

to the table positionI by folding the rear seats forward

I by folding the bench seat forwardI by removing the bench seat

Information about the rear seats and therear bench seat can be found in the"Seats" section (e page 85).

Securing a load

The driver is responsible for ensuring thatthe load is secured against slipping, tip-ping, rolling or falling off, both in usualtraffic conditions and when swerving toavoid an obstacle or during full brake ap-plications and on poor road surfaces.

If the load is not secured in accordancewith the relevant requirements and regula-tions relating to load-securing techniques,this may constitute a punishable offenceunder local legislation.

You should therefore observe the respec-tive legal requirements for the relevantcountry.

Check that the load is secure before everyjourney and at regular intervals during along journey, and correct an incorrectly orinadequately secured load if necessary.

i You can obtain information about securingthe load correctly from the manufacturer of the

transport equipment or lashing material for se-curing the load.

E Fill spaces between the load and theload compartment walls or wheelarches (form fit). Use rigid transportequipment, such as wedges, woodenfixings or padding, for example.

E Attach secured and stabilised loads inall directions to lashing points or lash-ing eyelets and seat or loading rails inthe load compartment, depending onthe equipment in the vehicle. Only uselashing material, such as lashing rodsor lashing nets and lashing straps, thathas been tested in accordance withcurrent standards (e.g. DIN EN).

Always use the lashing eyelets closestto the load to secure it and pad sharpedges for protection.

i Lashing material tested in accordance withcurrent standards (e.g. DIN EN) can be ob-tained from any specialist firm or Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

When transporting heavy loads in particular, al-ways use lashing eyelets whenever possible.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

219

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 222: Mercedes Benz Vito

Illustration showing a panel van1 Loading rails2 Lashing eyelets

Illustration showing a crewbus2 Lashing eyelets

Illustration showing a crewbus2 Lashing eyelets3 Seat rail

G Risk of injury

Do not attempt to modify or repair the lash-ing points, lashing eyelets or the lashing ma-terials. The load or the lashing eyelets couldwork loose and cause serious injury to youand other people as well as damage to ob-jects in the vehicle.

Spread the load evenly between the lashingpoints or eyelets.Observe the loading guidelines.

! Observe the information regarding themaximum load capacity of the individual lash-ing points.

When the brakes are fully applied, for example,forces act which can be many times that of theweight force of the load. Always use severallashing points to distribute the load evenly.

Information about the maximum loadingcapacity of the lashing points can be foundin the "Technical data" section(e page 354).

i If your vehicle is equipped with loading railson the load compartment floor, you shouldplace lashing rods directly in front of and be-hind the load. The lashing rods directly absorbthe potential shifting forces.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

220

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 223: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of injury

If you tension the lashing straps betweenthe side walls, or between a side wall andthe load compartment floor, the maximumpermissible load for the loading rails or lash-ing points or eyelets could be exceeded ifthe brakes are applied suddenly or the vehi-cle's direction is changed abruptly.

The load would no longer be secured andthere is a risk of serious injuries caused bythe load slipping.For this reason, do not tension a lashingstrap between the side walls or between aside wall and the load compartment floor.

Only lashing rods are to be used betweenthe loading rails on the side walls. Observethe operating instructions of the lashing rodmanufacturer.

i Securing loads on the load compartmentfloor (floor lashing straps) is only recommen-ded for lightweight loads and in combinationwith non-slip mats (anti-slip mats).

G Risk of injury

Before releasing the lashing straps, youmust make sure that the load can stand se-cure and that it cannot tip over, even with-out being secured. Otherwise, you or otherscould be injured by the load slipping.

Fitting/removing the lashing eyeletsfor the seat or loading rails

1 Seat rail2 Lashing eyelet anchorage

E Remove the cover from seat or loadingrail 1.

E To fit: press lashing eyelet 2 close tothe load through an anchoring openingin seat or loading rail 1 and slide it in-to the area between the openings inthe rail.

The tabs on the sides engage audibly inthe seat or loading rail. The lashing eye-let is firmly anchored.

G Risk of injury

If the lashing eyelet is not firmly anchored inthe seat rail, the lashing eyelet may slip orsnap out of the seat or loading rail in theevent of sudden braking.

The load would no longer be secured andthere is a risk of serious injuries caused bythe load slipping. For this reason, alwayscheck the lashing eyelet for firm seatingafter fitting.

E Check lashing eyelet for firm seating.

E To remove: press the lashing eyelet re-lease button down in the direction ofthe arrow and at the same time pull thetabs on the sides up in the direction ofthe arrow.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

221

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 224: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Slide lashing eyelet 2 into the area ofone of the openings in the rail.

E Pull lashing eyelet 2 upwards and out.

Securing loads

Luggage net in the load compartment

G Risk of injury

Do not secure heavy, sharp-edged orpointed objects in the luggage net. Theycould fall out and injure the vehicle occu-pants.

Use suitable lashing materials to securehard or heavy objects.

1 Luggage net2 Upper retainer3 Lower retainer

E To secure lightweight loads: clip lug-gage net 1 into lower retainers 3 us-ing the lower hooks.

E Clip luggage net 1 into side retainers2 using the upper hooks.

Load protection net

You can install the load protection net atan angle in the following positions:

R Behind the front seatsR In the middle of the vehicleR In the rear section of the vehicle

G Risk of injury

The load protection net cannot restrainheavy loads. For this reason, you should al-ways tie them down.Objects that are not correctly secured couldotherwise be thrown around if you have to

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

222

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 225: Mercedes Benz Vito

apply the brakes fully, change direction sud-denly or drive on poor road surfaces therebyinjuring yourself or others.

G Risk of injury

When the load protection net is fitted, therow of seats behind it must not be occupied.Vehicle occupants on this seat could other-wise make contact with the load protectionnet and sustain injuries in the event of anaccident, even if seat belts are worn.

i There are two possibilities when installingthe load protection net in the position behindthe front seats:

I at the lashing eyelets in the foremost seatrail positions (optimum position)

or

I at the sides, at the lashing eyelets on the B-pillar.

If you wish to install the load protection net be-hind the rear bench seat, you must first removethe load compartment cover (e page 226).

1 Retainer

2 Tensioning element3 Strap

4 Hook for load protection net5 Lashing eyelets

E To fit: clip the load protection net intoupper retainers 1 in such a way thatstraps 3 face towards the rear of thevehicle.

E Position the lashing eyelets on the seatrail, in the nearest position possible be-hind the seat anchorage (e page 88).

E Tightly fasten straps3 on the loadprotection net.

E Clip hook 4 on straps3 into lashingeyelets 5.

E Fold tensioning element2 up.

E Pull the loose ends of straps 3 downin the direction of the arrow until thestraps are tight.

E Fold tensioning element2 down toachieve the final tension on the straps.

E Refit load compartment cover, if neces-sary.

E After travelling a short distance, checkthat the load protection net is taut.

E Retighten, if necessary.

E To remove: remove load compartmentcover, if necessary (e page 226).

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

223

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 226: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Fold tensioning element2 up toslacken straps 3 .

E Unclip hook4 of straps3 at the bot-tom on the lashing eyelets 5 .

E Unclip the load protection net fromupper retainers 1 .

E Refit load compartment cover, if neces-sary.

E Roll up the load protection net and fas-ten it, still rolled up, using the Velcrofasteners.

E To adjust the front seat with theload protection net installed: foldtensioning element 2 on the strapsup to slacken the load protection net.

E Adjust the front seat as required(e page 81).

E Retension the load protection net.

Load protection grille

You can fit the load protection grille be-hind the front seats.

G Risk of injury

Fit the load protection grille as describedbelow. Make sure all securing screws arecorrectly tightened.

The load protection grille is not able to holdback heavy or pointed loads. For this rea-son, you should always tie them down.

Objects that are not correctly secured couldotherwise be thrown around if you have toapply the brakes fully, change direction sud-denly or drive on poor road surfaces therebyinjuring yourself or others.

G Risk of injury

When the load protection grille is fitted, therow of seats behind it must not be occupied.Vehicle occupants on these seats could oth-erwise make contact with the load protec-tion grille and sustain injuries in the eventof an accident, even if seat belts are worn.

Full-height load protection grille

The full-height load protection grille is se-cured by screws to the cross member be-hind the front seats and to the roof.

1 Lower retainers2 Securing screws

E To remove: first undo lower securingscrews 2.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

224

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 227: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Upper retainers2 Securing screws

E Loosen upper securing screws 2 andsupport the load protection grille.

E Remove the load protection grille.

E To fit: place the load protection grillein the securing points.

E Insert and screw in upper securingscrews 2. Do not yet fasten the secur-ing screws tightly.

E Insert and screw in lower securingscrews 2. Tighten the securingscrews.

E Now tighten upper securing screws2.

Split load protection grille

1 Lower retainers2 Securing screws

E To remove: first undo lower securingscrews 2 on one of the load protec-tion grille elements.

1 Upper retainers2 Securing screws

E Undo upper securing screws2 andsupport the load protection grille ele-ment.

E Remove the load protection grille ele-ment.

E To fit: place the load protection grilleelement in the securing points.

E Insert and screw in upper securingscrews 2. Do not yet fasten the secur-ing screws tightly.

E Insert and screw in lower securingscrews 2. Tighten the securingscrews.

E Now tighten upper securing screws2.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

225

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 228: Mercedes Benz Vito

Load compartment cover

1 Mounting bush2 Load compartment cover retainer3 Housing

i The load compartment cover cannot beused if the standard bench seat (e page 85)has been fitted.

E To install the load compartmentcover: insert the load compartmentcover with mounting bush1 intoright-hand retainer 2 so that the tabpoints towards the rear.

E Hold the load compartment cover sothat the left-hand side of the cover islocated over the left-hand retainer.

E Press mounting bush1 in the direc-tion of the arrow and allow cover hous-ing3 to audibly engage in retainer 2.

4 Blind5 Blind retainer6 Tab

E To cover the load compartment: pullblind4 by tab 6 to the rear over theload compartment.

E Clip blind4 into retainers 5 at therear of the vehicle.

E To roll up the load compartmentcover: hold tab 6 and pull it slightlyto the rear to unclip it from retainers5 at the rear.

E Guide blind 4 slowly back until it isrolled up.

E To remove the load compartmentcover: roll up blind4, if necessary.

E Press mounting bush1 in the direc-tion of the arrow and lift it out of re-tainer 2.

E Pull the load compartment cover out ofleft-hand retainer 2.

Retractable load compartment floor

G Risk of injury

Closely observe the individual steps and thesafety information provided in the followinginstructions.If the retractable load compartment floor isfitted incorrectly, it could come loose fromthe vehicle floor along with the loads that itis carrying. This could cause damage and/or serious injury to persons in the vehicle.Do not release the load compartment flooron steep uphill gradients. The load compart-ment floor could extend and thereby causeinjury or damage.Have the load compartment floor, the lash-ing eyelets and the lashing materialschecked at a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre, if theyhave been damaged in an accident.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

226

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 229: Mercedes Benz Vito

Extending and retracting the load com-partment floor

1 Retracted load compartment floor2 Locking handle3 Extended load compartment floor

E Pull and hold locking handle2.

E Pull or push load compartment floor 1in the desired direction.

E Release locking handle2.

E Pull or push locking handle 1 until youhear it engage.

G Risk of injury

Do not exceed the maximum permitted loadfor the extended load compartment floor.Doing so could result in damage. A dam-

aged load compartment floor could causeinjury.Do not drive the vehicle with the load com-partment floor extended.

G Risk of injury

When you retract the load compartmentfloor, make sure that nobody can becometrapped.

There must be no children or other personson the load compartment floor or within itsrange of movement when you extend or re-tract it. They could become trapped duringthe closing procedure.

G Risk of injury

Do not attempt to modify or repair the loadcompartment floor, lashing eyelets or thelashing materials. This could result in theload working loose inadvertently and there-fore a risk of damage to the vehicle and/orserious injury to yourself and others.

! When you retract the load compartmentfloor, make sure that there are no objects inthe load compartment floor’s guides or be-tween the load compartment floor and the rearseats.

Do not place any objects within the extensionand retraction range of the load compartmentfloor. Doing so could damage the load compart-ment floor.

A maximum load of 250 kg is permitted if theload is distributed across the entire loadingarea. A maximum load of 80 kg on the rear loadcompartment lip is permitted in the event ofpoint loading.

If the load is greater than 120 kg, it will no lon-ger be possible to extend the load compart-ment floor (self-locking).

Removing the load compartment floor

i It is easier to remove the load compart-ment with the help of a second person.

1 Load compartment floor2 Locking handle

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

227

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 230: Mercedes Benz Vito

3 Rear locking lever (label I)4 Front locking lever (label II)

E Pull locking handle2 back and hold it.

E Pull load compartment floor 1 back byapprox. 10 cm.

E Release locking handle2.

E Pull load compartment floor 1 backuntil you hear it engage.

E First fold rear locking levers 3 (label I)on both sides of the guide rail back.

E Then fold front locking levers 4(label II) on both sides of the guide railup.

E Lift load compartment floor 1 up andout of the securing rails on the vehiclefloor and remove it from the vehicle.

E Place load compartment floor1 on alevel surface.

E Pull locking handle2 back and hold it.

E Slide load compartment floor 1 to-gether for storage purposes.

Fitting the load compartment floor

i It is easier to fit the load compartment withthe help of a second person.

Visit a qualified specialist workshop if you havedifficulty in fitting the load compartment floor.

On vehicles with rear doors, it is necessary tounlock the rear doors before you extend theload compartment floor (e page 72).

1 Load compartment floor2 Locking handle

E Place load compartment floor1 on alevel surface.

E Pull locking handle2 back and hold it.

E Pull load compartment floor 1 for-wards to you by approx. 10 cm.

E Release locking handle2.

E Pull load compartment floor 1 out un-til you hear it engage.

1 Load compartment floor2 Locking handle3 Rear locking lever (label I)4 Front locking lever (label II)

G Risk of injury

Do not hold the load compartment floor bythe outsides when you extend or retract it.

Do not grip the underside of the load com-partment floor when you extend or retractit. You could otherwise trap your hands.

E Fit the load compartment floor in therearmost position in the seat rail whenviewed in the direction of travel.

E Hold the load compartment floor hori-zontal.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

228

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 231: Mercedes Benz Vito

E First fold front locking levers 4(label I) on both sides of the guide railforwards.

E Then fold rear locking levers 3(label II) on both sides of the guide railforwards.

E Check that the load compartment flooris securely fitted in position.

E Pull locking handle2 back and hold it.

E Slide load compartment floor 1 intothe vehicle until you hear it engage.

E Release locking handle2.

G Risk of injury

Before you begin your journey, make surethat the front and rear locking levers (label Iand II) are locked to the stop on both sidesof the guide rail. The load compartmentfloor must be fully retracted inside the ve-hicle and locked securely in position. Youcould otherwise endanger yourself andothers.

Carrier systems

You can fit a roof rack on the roof and arear-mounted bicycle carrier on the tail-gate.

Make sure that the securing bolts on theroof rack are screwed into the threadedholes provided and tightened to a maxi-mum torque of 10 Nm and with a mini-mum screw penetration of four completeturns. Only fit roof racks that have beenapproved or recommended for Mercedes-Benz vehicles. This helps to prevent ve-hicle damage.

! Make sure that the securing bolts on theroof rack are screwed into the threaded holesprovided and tightened to a maximum torqueof 10 Nm and with a minimum screw penetra-tion of four complete turns.

Only fit roof racks that have been approved orrecommended for Mercedes-Benz vehicles.This helps to prevent vehicle damage.

G Risk of accident

If you have fitted roof rack systems, the ve-hicle’s handling, steering and braking char-acteristics may change due to the highercentre of gravity. This is the case particu-larly if the roof rack system is laden. Adapt

your driving style according to the vehicleload.Always follow the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions. An incorrectly securedroof rack system and/or load could:I work looseI fall off

and thereby endanger you and others.

Observe the maximum roof load and maxi-mum roof rack system load. Loads trans-ported on the roof must always be securedwith particular care.

The maximum load on the tailgate is 45 kg.Do not allow the load, including passengers,to exceed the permissible gross vehicleweight or the permissible axle loads for yourvehicle.Fit rail carriers in front of and behind themiddle prop.Please note the maximum roof loads:I Rail carrier max. 100 kg (incl. rail car-

rier)I 2 transverse braces directly on the se-

curing threads in the roof channel: max.100 kg (incl. carrier system)

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

229

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 232: Mercedes Benz Vito

I 3 transverse braces directly on the se-curing threads in the roof channel: max.150 kg (incl. carrier system)

I High-roof vehicles max. 50 kg (incl.carrier systems)

i You can find information about the maxi-mum roof load in the “Technical data” section.

Fit the protective caps on the securing threadsafter you have removed the roof rack.

Trailer towing

The trailer tow hitch is one of the most im-portant items on the vehicle with regard toroad safety. The notes on operation, careand maintenance issued by the manufac-turer should be observed.

! Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havea trailer tow hitch retrofitted at a qualified spe-cialist workshop, as modifications may be nec-essary to the cooling system.

Always have maintenance work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

G Risk of accident

Follow the manufacturer’s operating instruc-tions for the trailer tow hitch when couplinga detachable trailer tow hitch.

Couple and decouple the trailer carefully. Atrailer which is incorrectly coupled to thetowing vehicle could break away. A correctlycoupled trailer must be positioned horizon-tally behind the vehicle.

Ensure that the following weights are notexceeded:I the permissible noseweightI the permissible trailer loadI the permissible rear axle load of the tow-

ing vehicleI the permissible gross weight for both

the towing vehicle and the trailer.The permissible values, which must not beexceeded, can be found in your vehicledocuments and on the trailer tow hitch typeplates for the trailer and the vehicle. Wherethe values differ the lowest is valid.

i You will find information about installationdimensions and loads in the "Technical data"section (e page 355).

Take into account that the vehicle’s permissiblepayload must be reduced to compensate forthe noseweight.

Trailer coupled ready for use

E Position the trailer horizontally behindthe vehicle.

E Couple the trailer.

G Risk of accident

Do not uncouple a trailer with an overrunbrake when the brake is engaged. You couldotherwise trap your hand between thebumper and drawbar.

! Do not uncouple a trailer with overrunbrake between the bumper and drawbar, other-

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

230

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 233: Mercedes Benz Vito

wise your vehicle could be damaged by thespring action of the overrun brake.

Driving when towing a trailer

In Germany, the maximum permissiblespeed for vehicle/trailer combinations is80 km/h and 100 km/h in exceptionalcases.

! Do not exceed the maximum speed of80 km/h or 100 km/h even in countries wherehigher speeds are permitted for vehicle/trailercombinations.

Note the following differences when driv-ing a vehicle/trailer combination by com-parison with driving without a trailer:I acceleration and gradient climbing ca-

pability are reducedI braking distance is greaterI vulnerability to side winds is increasedI directional stability is adversely af-

fectedI fuel consumption is increased

Driving tipsI Maintain a greater distance than you

would when driving without towing atrailer

I Avoid sudden braking. Apply the brakesgently at first to allow the trailer to runon. Then increase the brake forcequickly.

I The figures for the gradient climbingcapabilities from a standstill refer tosea level. When driving in mountainousareas, note that the power output ofthe engine, and with it its gradientclimbing capability, decrease with in-creasing altitude.

I On long and steep downhill gradients,you must shift to a lower gear/shiftrange in good time. You thereby makeuse of the braking effect of the engineand do not have to brake as often tomaintain the speed. This protects thebrake system and prevents the brakesfrom overheating and wearing tooquickly. If you have to apply the brakesadditionally, depress the brake pedal atintervals rather than continuously.

G Risk of accident

Never depress the brake pedal continuouslywhile the vehicle is in motion, e.g. nevercause the brakes to rub by applying con-stant slight pedal pressure. This causes thebrake system to overheat, increases thebraking distance and can lead to the brakesfailing completely.

If the trailer begins to swing from side toside:

E do not accelerate.

E do not counter-steer.

E brake if necessary.

G Risk of accident

On no account should you attempt to drawthe vehicle/trailer combination out by in-creasing speed.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

231

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 234: Mercedes Benz Vito

Detachable trailer tow hitch

1 Locking mechanism2 Cover

E To remove the cover: slide lockingmechanisms 1 inwards in the direc-tion of the arrow.

E Pull cover 2 down and out.

E Place cover2 in the right-hand stow-age compartment in the load compart-ment.

i The ball coupling is located in the stowagecompartment on the right-hand side in the rearof the vehicle (e page 264).

G Risk of accident

The ball coupling is only securely mountedwhen the green area on the handwheel is

aligned with the white dot on the ball cou-pling and the key can be removed. If the ballcoupling is not securely mounted it maycome loose.The ball coupling must be locked and thekey removed when towing a trailer. This isthe only way to guarantee that the ball cou-pling is secured and cannot come loosewhile the vehicle is in motion. If the ball cou-pling cannot be locked and the key cannotbe removed, remove the ball coupling andclean it.

If the ball coupling can still not be fitted(locked) once it has been cleaned, removethe ball coupling. The trailer tow hitch mustnot then be used to tow a trailer as safe op-eration is not guaranteed.Have the entire trailer tow hitch checked ata qualified specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, work relevant to safetyor on safety-related systems must be car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

1 Protective cap2 Lock3 Handwheel4 Trailer tow hitch

E To fit the ball coupling: remove pro-tective cap 1.

E Unlock lock 2 in handwheel 3 usingthe key. The red marking on the ballcoupling mounting must be alignedwith the green area on handwheel 3(fitting position).

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

232

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 235: Mercedes Benz Vito

3 Handwheel5 Green area6 Red marking

E Unlock lock 2 in handwheel 3 usingthe key if red marking 6 is not alignedwith green area5.

E Pull handwheel 3 out and turn redmarking 6 to green area 5 untilhandwheel 3 engages.

E Guide the ball coupling vertically intothe socket until you hear it engage.

The ball coupling locks into place auto-matically. The green marking on hand-wheel 3 is aligned with green area 5on the ball coupling (the green area onthe handwheel is aligned with the whitepoint on the ball coupling).

G Risk of injury

If the ball coupling does not engage cor-rectly when it is mounted, the vehicle/trail-er combination is not secured and the trailercould come loose. This could cause an acci-dent. Fit the ball coupling carefully andmake sure that it engages in position cor-rectly.

E To lock the ball coupling: turn thekey in lock 2 in the direction of the ar-row.

E Remove the key and replace protectivecap 1.

E Store the key in the stowage compart-ment on the right-hand side at the rearof the vehicle.

i Note down the key number of the ball cou-pling key:

The key number is on the head of the ball cou-pling key. Make a note of this number. If youlose the key, you can obtain a replacementfrom a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

233

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 236: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Protective cap2 Lock3 Handwheel4 Trailer tow hitch

i On vehicles with the Parktronic system(PTS) (e page 194), you must remove the ballcoupling when you are not towing a trailer sothat the protection of the rear of the vehicleprovided by PTS functions correctly.

E To remove the ball coupling: removeprotective cap1.

E Unlock lock 2 in handwheel 3 usingthe key.

3 Handwheel5 Green area6 Red marking

E Pull handwheel 3 out and turn redmarking 6 to green area 5 untilhandwheel 3 engages.

E Remove the ball coupling downwards.

E If necessary, clean the ball coupling.

E Put the ball coupling in the stowagecompartment on the right-hand side inthe rear of the vehicle.

G Risk of accident

Do not carry the ball coupling in the vehicleinterior if it is not secured.

Otherwise, you and others could be injuredby the ball coupling being thrown around ifyou:I brake sharplyI change direction suddenlyI have an accident

E Insert the cover (e page 232) for theball coupling mounting and slide thecatches out to the side. Make sure thatthe cover is securely seated.

Trailers with a 7-pin connector

If your trailer has a 7-pin connector, youcan connect it to the 13-pin socket on theball coupling using an adapter or an adapt-er cable, if necessary. These are bothavailable at any qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. at a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

Operation

Transporting loads with the vehicle

234

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 237: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Socket with groove2 Connector with lug

E To fit the adapter: open the socketcover.

E Insert connector with lug 2 into thegroove of socket 1 and turn the con-nector clockwise to the stop.

E Close the cover so that it engages.

E If you are using an adapter cable, se-cure the cable to the trailer with cableties.

! Make sure that there is sufficient cableplay so that the cable cannot become detachedwhen cornering.

Winter driving

Have your vehicle winterproofed at a quali-fied specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre, at the onset of win-ter. This service includes the following:I Oil change, if the current engine oil

used has not been approved for winteruse

I The antifreeze/anti-corrosion concen-tration in the coolant is checked

I The addition of a concentrated cleaningagent to the water in the windscreenwasher/headlamp cleaning system

I Battery checkI A tyre change

Prior to the onset of winter, ensure thatsnow chains are available in the vehicle.

You will find information about diesel fuelfor use at low outside temperatures in the“Operation” section (e page 240).

Please also observe the information aboutwinter driving (e page 175).

Winter tyres

Use winter tyres at temperatures below+7 °C and on snow or ice-covered roads.Only then may the ABS, ASR, BAS, AASand ESP® driving safety systems operateto optimum effect.

Use winter tyres of the same make andtread on all wheels to maintain safe han-dling characteristics.

G Risk of accident

You must replace winter tyres with a treaddepth of less than 4 mm immediately. Thesetyres are unsuitable for use in winter and nolonger provide sufficient grip. This couldcause you to lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

Always observe the maximum permittedspeed specified for the winter tyres youhave fitted. If you fit winter tyres whichhave a lower maximum permitted speedthan that of the vehicle, affix an appropri-ate warning sign in the driver’s field of vi-sion. This is available at any qualified spe-cialist workshop, e.g. your Mercedes-BenzService Centre.

Operation

Winter driving

235

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 238: Mercedes Benz Vito

E In this case use the permanentSpeedtronic system8to limit the maxi-mum speed of the vehicle to the maxi-mum speed permitted for the wintertyres (e page 190).

E Reactivate the tyre pressure monitor(e page 186).

G Risk of accident

If you fit the spare wheel when driving withwinter tyres, you should expect unstablecornering characteristics and impaired driv-ing stability as a result of the different tyres.You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle and drive carefully.

Have the spare wheel replaced at the near-est qualified specialist workshop which hasthe necessary specialist knowledge andtools to carry out the work required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, work relevant to safetyor on safety-related systems must be car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

i When wheels and tyres have been re-moved, store them in a cool, dry, and if possi-

ble dark place. Protect the tyres from oil,grease and petrol/diesel.

Snow chains

Using snow chains provides improved trac-tion under winter road conditions. If youintend to fit snow chains, please bear thefollowing points in mind:I Snow chains cannot be fitted on all

wheel/tyre combinations. Whenmounting snow chains, ensure that youonly use approved tyre sizes and snowchains.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz rec-ommends that you only use snowchains which have been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles. You may ob-tain information about snow chainsfrom any Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

I Only fit snow chains on both rearwheels. Comply with the manufactur-er's installation instructions.

i If you are driving with snow chains, itmay be beneficial to deactivate ASR(e page 183). In this way you can achieve a cut-ting action for better tyre grip.

Only drive at the maximum permissible speedfor snow chain use when you are driving onsnow. Observe the legal requirements in eachcountry. Remove the snow chains as soon aspossible when the road is clear of snow.

Operation

Winter driving

236

4

8 Only available in certain countries.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 239: Mercedes Benz Vito

Service products

Service products are:I FuelsI Brake fluidI Lubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmis-

sion oil, hydraulic fluid, grease)I Antifreeze, coolant

Approved service products comply withthe highest quality standards and arelisted in the Mercedes-Benz Specifica-tions for Service Products. Therefore,only use service products approved for thevehicle. This is an important condition forupholding a warranty claim. Informationabout approved service products can beobtained from any Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

Special additives are not necessary or per-mitted for approved service products(apart from approved flow improvers). Spe-cial additives must not be added to thefuel or lubricants. Special additives mayhave a detrimental effect on the propertiesof the service products and cause damageto the assemblies.

The use of special additives is always theresponsibility of the vehicle operator and

may result in the restriction or loss of yourwarranty entitlement.

! Damage caused by the use of non-ap-proved service products is not covered by theMercedes-Benz warranty.

G Risk of injury

Service products constitute a health hazard.They contain poisonous and caustic sub-stances.Service products are highly flammable.

To avoid injuries to yourself or others,please bear the following points in mind:I Do not inhale fumes. Make sure that en-

closed spaces are adequately ventilatedto prevent poisoning.

I Service products must not come intocontact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Ifcontact is made with a service product,clean the affected areas of skin withwater and soap to prevent acid burnsand other injuries.If coolant comes into contact with eyes,wash them with plenty of clean water. If

a service product has been swallowed,consult a doctor without delay.If a service product has been swallowed,consult a doctor without delay.Change out of clothing contaminatedwith service products immediately toavoid the risk of fire and other injuries.

I Fire, naked flames and smoking are pro-hibited when handling service productsdue to their highly flammable nature.

I Keep service products out of the reachof children.

I You must observe the hazard warningnotices concerning the risk of poisoning,acid burns and fire on the service prod-uct containers.

H Environmental note

Dispose of service products in an environ-mentally-responsible manner.

Operation

Service products

237

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 240: Mercedes Benz Vito

Brake fluid

G Risk of poisoning

Brake fluid is hazardous to health. Do notswallow brake fluid. Consult a doctor imme-diately if any brake fluid is swallowed.Brake fluid must not come into contact withthe skin, eyes or clothing. Rinse affectedareas thoroughly with lots of clean waterand consult a doctor if necessary.You should always wear gloves and eye pro-tection when you are topping up the brakefluid.

Only store brake fluid in its closed originalcontainer and keep out of reach of children.Comply with safety regulations when han-dling brake fluid.

Use only approved brake fluids that com-ply with the Mercedes-Benz Specifica-tions for Service Products. You will findinformation about approved brake fluidsfor your vehicle in the Maintenance Book-let. You must pay attention to the boilingpoint (DOT 4 plus).

Over a period of time, the brake fluid ab-sorbs moisture from the air. This reducesits boiling point.

G Risk of accident

If the boiling point of the brake fluid is toolow, vapour pockets may form in the brakesystem when the brakes are subjected to aheavy load (e.g. on long downhill stretches).This would impair braking efficiency. The ve-hicle’s stopping distance may then be lon-ger. This increases the risk of an accident.

Have the brake fluid renewed every 2years.

i There is usually a notice in the engine com-partment to remind you when the next brakefluid change is due.

Engine oils

Use only approved engine oils that complywith the Mercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products. You will find infor-mation about approved motor oils for yourvehicle in the Maintenance Booklet.

Use only motor oils that have a speciallyhigh quality grade. These engine oils are ofhigh quality and have a beneficial effecton:

I engine wearI fuel consumptionI emissions

Application:I Multi-grade oils can be used through-

out the year. The oil change intervalsmay be shortened depending on thesulphur content of the fuel .

I Single-grade oils cover only a viscosityclass (SAE class) for certain tempera-ture ranges. Change the engine oil ac-cording to its viscosity class dependingon the season and the prevailing out-side temperature.

E Observe the data in the MaintenanceBooklet.

! Engine oils with a different grade are notpermitted and may result in the loss of yourwarranty entitlement.

Oil change

Oil change intervals depend on the ve-hicle’s operating conditions and the qualityof the engine oil used.

The on-board computer automaticallyshows the date for the next oil change asan event message in the display.

Operation

Service products

238

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 241: Mercedes Benz Vito

! If oil for all-year-round operation is notused, the oil must be changed in good time be-fore the cold season commences, and an ap-proved engine oil of the specified SAE classadded.

Select the SAE class (viscosity) of the en-gine oil in accordance with the outsidetemperature.

Engine oil SAE classification▒ Single-grade oilsn Multi-grade oils

i The maximum interval for oil change canonly be achieved with oils having a particularlyhigh quality grade.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only useengine oil of the same quality grade and SAEclass as used when the engine oil was lastchanged.

Have excess oil siphoned off. If there is toomuch oil, there is the risk of damage to the en-gine or the catalyst.

Mixing engine oils

If, in exceptional cases, the:I engine oil brandI quality grade (sheet number)I SAE class (viscosity)

is not available, top up using another, ap-proved mineral or synthetic engine oil.

! Mixing oils reduces the benefits of usinghigh grade engine oils.

i The following information can be obtainedfrom the designation on the oil container:

I Sheet No. (quality grade)

I SAE class (viscosity)

Coolant

G Risk of poisoning

Coolant contains glycol and is thereforetoxic. Do not swallow coolant. Consult adoctor immediately if any coolant is swal-lowed.

Coolant must not come into contact withskin, eyes or clothing. If coolant has comeinto contact with your eyes, wash them withplenty of clean water. Clean skin and cloth-ing immediately with soap and water.Change out of contaminated clothing imme-diately.

To prevent damage to the cooling system,use only approved anti-corrosion/anti-freeze agents that comply with theMercedes-Benz Specifications forService Products. You will find informa-tion about approved anti-corrosion/anti-freeze agents for your vehicle in the Main-tenance Booklet.

A coolant is filled at the factory whichguarantees antifreeze and anti-corrosionprotection.

Coolant is a mixture of water and anti-freeze /corrosion inhibitor.

Operation

Service products

239

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 242: Mercedes Benz Vito

In the cooling system, the corrosion inhibi-tor/antifreeze agent is responsible for:I Corrosion protectionI Antifreeze protectionI Raising the boiling point

The coolant must remain in the coolingsystem all year round for corrosion protec-tion purposes and to increase the boilingpoint – even in countries with hot cli-mates.

Check the corrosion inhibitor/antifreezeconcentration in the coolant every6 months.

Have the coolant renewed every 15 years.

When the coolant is being renewed, thecoolant must contain50 percent by volume of anti-corrosion/antifreeze agent. This provides antifreezeprotection down to -37 †.

Do not exceed a proportion of55 percent by volume (antifreeze protec-tion to approx. -45 †) as otherwise heatdissipation is reduced.

If there is a loss of coolant, do not replen-ish with water only, but also add an ap-proved corrosion inhibitor/antifreezeagent. The water in the coolant must meet

certain requirements, which are often ful-filled by drinking water. If the water qualityis not sufficient, you must treat the water.

Observe the Mercedes-Benz Specifica-tions for Service Products, sheet num-ber 310.

Further information on the operating reli-ability and road safety of your vehicle canbe obtained from any Mercedes-BenzService Centre.

Coolant additive without antifreezeprotection

! As an exception, if antifreeze protection isnot required (e.g. in countries with continu-ously hot climates), it is permissible to add acoolant additive in accordance with sheet num-ber 312.0 of the Mercedes-Benz Specifica-tions for Service Products instead of a corro-sion inhibitor/antifreeze agent. In this case, re-new the coolant annually. Improvers (corro-sion-inhibiting oils) are not permitted.

Further information about the necessary waterquality and approved coolant additives withoutantifreeze properties can be obtained from allMercedes-Benz Service Centres.

Fuel

G Risk of fire and injury

Fuel is highly flammable.Fire, naked flames and smoking as well asthe use of auxiliary heaters (sparks) aretherefore prohibited when handling fuel.

For this reason, switch off the auxiliary heat-ing when refuelling.

G Risk of injury

Do not allow fuel to come into contact withskin or clothing.

Allowing fuels to come into direct contactwith your skin or inhaling fuel vapours isdamaging to your health.

! Filter the fuel before transferring it to thevehicle if you are refuelling the vehicle frombarrels or containers.

This will prevent malfunctions in the fuel sys-tem due to contaminated fuel.

Fuel for petrol engines

Only use unleaded premium grade fuel ofat least 95 ROZ/85 MON which complieswith European standard EN 228.

Operation

Service products

240

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 243: Mercedes Benz Vito

i You will generally find information aboutthe petrol grade on the filling pump. Otherwiseask the filling station attendant.

If the recommended fuel is not available, youcan temporarily use unleaded 91 ROZ/82.5MON regular fuel. This may reduce power andincrease petrol consumption. Avoid the use offull throttle.

! The following can lead to increased wear orengine damage:

I The use of petrol which does not meet therequirements of EN 228 (unleaded petrol)

I The use of non-approved special additives

Fuels for diesel engines

Only use commercially available automo-tive diesel fuel complying with DIN EN 590(or similar national fuel standards). Gradessuch as bio-diesel fuel, marine diesel fuel,heating oils, etc. are not permitted.

Only use fuel of the prescribed quality.Special fuel additives can lead to:I malfunctionsI damage to the catalytic converter orI engine damage.

If necessary, only use approved specialfuel additives.

The use of special additives is always theresponsibility of the vehicle operator andmay result in the restriction or loss of yourwarranty entitlement.

i You can obtain information about modifica-tion options for operation with bio-diesel fuelfrom any Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Fuel grade

i You will generally find information aboutthe fuel grade on the filling pump. Otherwiseask the filling station attendant.

Mercedes‑Benz recommends having theengine oil changed at more frequent inter-vals in countries where diesel fuels have asulphur content exceeding 0.3 % byweight.

If the fuel sulphur content is between 0.3and 0.8 % by weight, change the engine oiltwice as often. If the fuel sulphur contentis more than 0.8 % by weight, change theengine oil three times as often.

Observe the data in the MaintenanceBooklet.

The following table is an overview of theaverage sulphur content in % by weight infuels in the countries concerned. You mayobtain information about current country-specific fuel sulphur contents from anyMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Operation

Service products

241

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 244: Mercedes Benz Vito

Table of fuel sulphur content (as at March 2006)

Sulphur content (% by weight)

Europe, CIS Armenia9 , Azerbaijan9, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina910 , Bulgaria, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Fin-land, France, Georgia9, Greece, United Kingdom, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Croatia9 , 10, Latvia, Lithuania,Luxembourg, Malta, Macedonia9, 10, Moldavia9, Netherlands, Norway, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania,Sweden, Switzerland, Serbia, Montenegro10, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Czech Republic, Turkey9, 10, Uk-raine9, 10, Hungary, Belarus9, Cyprus

0...0.1

Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Moldova, Georgia, Russia, Belarus 0.1...0.3

Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Croatia, Macedonia, Tajikistan, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan 0.3...0.8

Bosnia Herzegovina, Croatia 0.8...

Australia, Oce-ania

Australia, New Zealand, French Polynesia 0...0.1

Fiji, New Caledonia 0.3...0.8

Asia Brunei, China9 (Beijing), Hong Kong, India, Israel, Japan, Korea, Laos, Lebanon9, Mongolia9, Oman9, Phil-ippines9, Qatar, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey9, 10, Vietnam9, West Bank (Palestine)

0...0.1

Bangladesh, China, Cambodia, Malaysia, Mongolia, Oman, Philippines, Sri Lanka9 0.1...0.3

Bahrain, Indonesia, Kuwait, Lebanon, Myanmar, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Syria, Turkey, Vietnam 0.3...0.8

Yemen, Jordan, Iraq, Iran, Nepal, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (incl. Dubai, Abu Dhabi) 0.8...

North America Canada, Mexico, USA 0...0.1

Central Ameri-ca, SouthAmerica, Car-ibbean

Bolivia9, Chile9, Columbia9, Argentina9 (Shell Pura only) 0...0.1

Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Columbia, Paraguay, Surinam, Trinidad and Tobago,Uruguay

0.1...0.3

Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Cuba, Panama, Peru, Venezuela 0.3...0.8

Operation

Service products

242

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 245: Mercedes Benz Vito

Sulphur content (% by weight)

Africa Morocco9, 10, Reunion, South Africa9 0...0.1

Algeria, Angola, Mauritius, South Africa, Tunisia 0.1...0.3

Benin, Ghana9, Kenya9, Libya, Malawi, Mali, Mozambique, Nigeria, Zambia, Senegal, Tanzania 0.3...0.8

Egypt, Ethiopia, Burkina Faso, Ghana, Kenya, Congo, Madagascar, Morocco, Sudan, Uganda 0.8...

9 Diesel fuel with higher sulphur content is also available.10 Euro diesel

Diesel at low temperatures

At very low outside temperatures, paraffinmay separate from the diesel fuel and pre-vent it from flowing freely.

To prevent operating problems, you mustrefuel with diesel with better flow qualitiesduring the winter months.

In Germany, winter diesel fuels are soldwhich remain reliable in operation down toabout -20 °C. In most countries, winterdiesel is available which can be used with-out difficulties at the temperatures nor-mally encountered.

! Do not use fuel additives since this couldlead to malfunctions or engine damage. Dam-age caused by the use of such additives is notcovered by the Mercedes-Benz warranty.

! Do not mix diesel with:

I Kerosene

I Flow improver

I Petrol

This would damage the fuel system.

Cleaning and care

Regular care serves to maintain the valueof your vehicle.

i It is advisable to use Mercedes-Benz careproducts. They are designed specifically forMercedes-Benz vehicles and represent thestate of the art. Mercedes-Benz care productsare available from any Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

G Risk of injury

Always keep care products sealed and outof the reach of children.

Always follow the instructions for use of thecare products.

Do not use fuel as a cleaning agent. Fuel ishighly flammable and constitutes a healthhazard.

H Environmental note

Wash the vehicle only at a properly equip-ped wash bay. Dispose of empty containersand used cleaning materials in an environ-mentally-responsible manner.

Never use openings in the bodywork assteps. You could otherwise damage the ve-hicle and it could lead to an accident.

Operation

Cleaning and care

243

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 246: Mercedes Benz Vito

i If you need to clean areas at or near thetop of the vehicle, always use:

I Suitable ladders

I Secure steps

G Risk of injury

Dirty or iced-up steps and entrances createa risk of slipping or falling.

Keep steps, entrances and footwear freefrom dirt (e.g. mud, clay, snow and ice).

Cleaning the vehicle interior

Seat belts

! Remove stains or dirt immediately to pre-vent damage or the build-up of residues.

Clean the seat belts with a mild washing solu-tion. Do not dry the seat belts in direct sunlightor at temperatures above 80 °C.

Do not bleach or dye the seat belts. This couldimpair the function of the seat belts.

Steering wheel boss and cockpit

G Risk of injury

Do not use cleaners and cockpit care sprayscontaining solvents to clean the cockpit andsteering wheel boss. Cleaners containing

solvents cause the surface to become po-rous and in the event of an airbag being trig-gered, plastic parts that have become loosecould cause considerable injuries.

Only clean the plastic parts and dashboardwith a damp, clean and lint-free cloth. Ifparticularly dirty, use a mild detergent.

! Do not use dry, coarse or hard cloths anddo not scrub. Doing so will scratch or damagethe surfaces.

Windows

! Do not use a dry cloth, abrasive material,solvent or solvent-based cleaning agent toclean the inside of the windows. Clean the in-side of the windows with a damp cloth or acommercially available glass cleaner.

Do not touch the inside of the rear and sidewindows with hard objects, such as an ice scra-per or a ring. You could otherwise damage thewindows or the rear window heating.

Cleaning the vehicle exterior

Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas af-fected by corrosion and damage causedby neglect or inadequate care cannot al-ways be completely remedied. For suchcases, visit a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. the nearest Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

! Repair damage caused by loose chippingsand remove any dirt immediately, in particular:

I Insect remains

I Bird droppings

I Tree resin

I Oils and grease

I Fuels

I Tar stains

In winter, wash the vehicle more frequently inorder to remove salt residue.

! Do not park the vehicle for a long period oftime directly after cleaning, especially if thewheels have just been cleaned with a wheelcleaner. Wheel cleaners could cause rapid cor-rosion of the brake discs and brake pads/lin-ings. After cleaning, park the vehicle when it isat normal operating temperature.

Operation

Cleaning and care

244

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 247: Mercedes Benz Vito

Parktronic sensors (PTS)

The sensors are located in the front andrear bumpers.

1 Parktronic sensors in the forwardbumper

Clean the sensors in the bumpers usingwater, shampoo and a soft cloth.

! Do not use dry, coarse or hard cloths anddo not scrub. You will otherwise scratch ordamage the sensors.

If you clean the sensors with a high-pressurecleaner or steam cleaner, observe the informa-tion provided by the manufacturer regardingthe distance to be maintained between the ve-hicle and the nozzle of the high-pressurecleaner.

Outside of the windscreen and wiperblades

E Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

E Switch on the windscreen wipers

E When the wiper arms are vertical, turnthe key to position 0 in the ignition lockor remove the key.

! Do not fold the windscreen wipers awayfrom the windscreen unless the bonnet isclosed. You will otherwise damage the bonnet.

E Pull the wiper arms away from thewindscreen until you feel them engage.

G Risk of injury

Turn the key to position 0 in the ignitionlock before cleaning the windscreen or thewiper blades. There is otherwise a risk ofthe windscreen wipers being set in motionand causing injury.

E Clean the windscreen and the wiperblades.

E Before switching the ignition on again,place the windscreen wipers back totheir original position.

Headlamps

Wipe the headlamp lenses with a dampsponge.

! Only use windscreen washer fluid which issuitable for plastic lamp lenses. Unsuitablewindscreen washer fluid could damage theplastic lamp lenses of the headlamps. There-fore, do not use dry cloths, abrasive products,solvents or cleaning agents containing sol-vents. You could otherwise scratch or damagethe surface of the lenses.

High-pressure cleaners

! Observe the following listed minimum dis-tances between the high-pressure nozzle andthe object you are cleaning:

I approximately 70 cm for round-spray jets

I approximately 30 cm for 25° flat-spray jetsand concentrated-power jets.

Keep the water jet moving while cleaning. Toavoid damaging the vehicle, do not aim thewater jet directly at:

I Door joints

I Air spring bellows

I Brake hoses

I Electrical components

Operation

Cleaning and care

245

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 248: Mercedes Benz Vito

I Connectors

I Seals

G Risk of accident

Do not use round-spray jets for cleaningtyres and air spring bellows.

The pulsating water jet may cause invisibledamage to the tyre carcass or the air springbellows. Damage cannot be detected untilvery much later and may cause the tyre orair spring bellows to burst. This could causeyou to lose control of the vehicle, resultingin an accident and injuring yourself orothers. Have damaged tyres or air springbellows replaced immediately.

Automatic car wash

If the vehicle is very dirty, prewash it be-fore you drive into the car wash.

G Risk of accident

If a wax preservative is sprayed on afterwashing the vehicle, wipe off the wax fromthe windscreen and the wiper rubbers toavoid smearing. Smears impair visibility,which is impaired further by unfavourableconditions (e.g. light from the headlamps ofoncoming vehicles, fog, darkness, drivingsnow). There is a risk that you may fail to

recognise dangers or recognise them toolate and cause an accident.

! Make sure that the automatic car wash issuitable for the size of the vehicle.

Before washing the vehicle in an automatic carwash, fold in the exterior mirrors and removethe radio/telephone aerial. Otherwise the exte-rior mirror, antenna or the vehicle itself couldbe damaged.

Make sure that the aerial is fitted and the exte-rior mirrors are fully folded out after you leavethe automatic car wash.

! Make sure that the windscreen wiperswitch is set to 0, otherwise there is a possibil-ity of the rain sensor being activated and trig-gering inadvertent wiper sweeps. This couldcause damage to the vehicle.

After using an automatic car wash, wipeoff wax from the windscreen and the wiperblades. This prevents smears and reduceswiping noise which can be caused by resi-due on the windscreen.

Engine cleaning

! Water must not enter intake or ventilationopenings. When cleaning with high pressurewater or steam cleaners, the spray must not beaimed directly at electrical components or theterminals of electrical lines.

Preserve the engine after the engine has beencleaned. Protect the belt drive system from ex-posure to the preservative agent.

Light-alloy wheels

Clean the light-alloy wheels regularly.

! Do not use any acidic or alkaline cleaningagents. They can cause corrosion on the wheelbolts or the retainer springs for the wheel-bal-ancing weights.

After driving off-road or on construc-tion sites

G Risk of accident

Dirt on the vehicle can affect road and oper-ating safety.In particular, the following dangers canarise:Stone impact. Stones trapped between thetyres can be thrown out with great forcewhile the vehicle is in motion and injure oth-

Operation

Cleaning and care

246

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 249: Mercedes Benz Vito

er road users or damage their vehicles (inparticular the windscreen).Risk of skidding. Dirt and mud on thetyres/road surface reduces wheel traction.This is especially so if the road surface iswet. The vehicle could then start to skid.Risk of injury. Dirt and mud on the stepsand entrance can make the steps unsafe.As a result you could slip off the steps andinjure yourself.

For this reason, always clean your vehiclecarefully after driving off-road and on con-struction sites before using public roads. Ifyou use a high-pressure cleaner or auto-matic car wash for this purpose, you mustfollow the relevant safety instructions in thissection.

E Clean the vehicle, in particular:I LightsI Windows and exterior mirrorsI Steps and entranceI Grab handlesI Wheels, tyres and wheel archesI Licence plates

E Remove any trapped foreign objects,e.g. stones.

E Check the wheel suspension for dam-age.

G Risk of accident

Dirty brake discs and brake pads/liningscan impair the braking effect (to the point oftotal failure). This could lead to an accident.Check the brake system for operating safetyby testing the brakes before driving the ve-hicle onto public roads.

If you notice reduced braking power, stopthe vehicle safely and consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop which has the neces-sary specialist knowledge and tools for thework required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, all work relevant tosafety or on safety-related systems must becarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

After driving in mud, sand, water or similarconditions:

E Check the brake system by testing theoperating reliability of the brakes.

If the brake system is damaged orbrake function is impaired, consult aqualified specialist workshop immedi-

ately, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

Operation

Cleaning and care

247

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 250: Mercedes Benz Vito

Maintenance

The scope and regularity of the mainte-nance work primarily depend on the oftendiverse operating conditions.

The vehicle Maintenance Booklet contains:I the scope and regularity of the mainte-

nance workI notes on the warranty, service products

and maintenance work

Specialist knowledge, which cannot be in-cluded in these Operating Instructions, isrequired when carrying out testing andmaintenance work. Have this work carriedout by trained personnel.

G Risk of injury

Before carrying out maintenance operationsand repairs, please make sure that you readthe relevant sections of the technical docu-mentation, such as:I Operating Instructions and workshop in-

formationFamiliarise yourself in advance in particularwith legal requirements, such as:I Safety at work and accident prevention

regulations.

You could otherwise fail to recognise dan-gers and thereby injure yourself or others.You must secure the vehicle on axle standsof sufficient load bearing capacity if work isbeing carried out beneath it.

Never use the vehicle jack instead ofstands. There is a danger that the jack couldgive way, the vehicle could slip, resulting inpersonal injuries or material damage.The vehicle jack is intended only to raisethe vehicle for a short time.Always have maintenance work carried outat a qualified specialist workshop which hasthe necessary specialist knowledge andtools to carry out the work required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. All work relevant to safety or onsafety-related systems must be carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

Observe the notes on parts in the “Techni-cal data” section (e page 347).

H Environmental note

Observe measures to protect the environ-ment when working on the vehicle. Youmust observe the legal requirements whendisposing of service products, e.g. engineoil. This also includes all components, e.g.

filters, which have come into contact withservice products.Any qualified specialist workshop, e.g. aMercedes-Benz Service Centre, can provideinformation about this.

Dispose of empty containers, cleaningcloths and care products in an environmen-tally-responsible manner. Comply with theinstructions for use of the care products.Do not run the engine for longer than neces-sary when the vehicle is stationary.

Active service system (ASSYST)

ASSYST, the Active Service System, in-forms you of when the next service is due.

A service that is due is displayed about amonth in advance. A message is then dis-played while the vehicle is in motion or theignition is switched on.

i Periods when the battery is disconnectedwill not be recorded by ASSYST. To make surethat you have the vehicle serviced at the cor-rect time, you should therefore subtract peri-ods when the battery is disconnected from thedays shown.

The service indicator does not provide informa-tion about the engine oil level. The service indi-

Operation

Maintenance

248

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 251: Mercedes Benz Vito

cator should not, therefore, be confused withthe engine oil level displayP.

i The service due date is displayed in days orkilometres, depending on the total distancedriven.

The time between the individual service duedates depends on your style of driving. You canincrease this by:

I driving with care and at moderate enginespeeds

I avoiding short journeys where the enginedoes not reach its operating temperature

Service due date display

The following messages may be displayed:I 9 for service AI ´ for service B

The following are also shown dependingon the style of driving:I the remaining distance in kilometresI the remaining time in days

Missing the service due date

If you have missed the service due date,the following symbol flashes in the display

for 10 seconds after the ignition isswitched on:

I 9 for service AI ´ for service B

You will also see a minus sign before theservice due date.

Calling up the service due date

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

The display is activated.

Vehicles with steering wheel buttons

E Press the è or· button on thesteering wheel repeatedly until you seethe standard display (e page 108) or(e page 124).

E Press the j or k button on thesteering wheel repeatedly until you seethe following in the display, for exam-ple:I 9 service A due in .. days

I 9 service A due in .. km

The letters A or B indicate the type ofservice that is due.

Vehicles without steering wheel but-tons

Press menu button5 on the instrumentcluster repeatedly until you see the follow-ing in the display:

I 9 for service AI ´ for service B

The following are also shown dependingon the style of driving:I the remaining distance in kilometresI the remaining time in days

You can return to the basic display by:I pressing the menu button for longer

than one secondI not pressing any button for 10 seconds

Bonnet

G Risk of accident

Do not pull the release lever while the ve-hicle is in motion. The bonnet could other-wise open.

Operation

Maintenance

249

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 252: Mercedes Benz Vito

To open

G Risk of injury

There is a risk of injury if the bonnet is open,even if the engine is not running.Parts of the engine can become very hot.

To avoid burning yourself, only touch thosecomponents described in the Owner's Man-ual and observe the relevant safety notes.

G Risk of injury

The radiator fan is located between the radi-ator and the engine block. It may start turn-ing automatically even if there is no key inthe ignition lock. Keep away from the areaof rotation of the fan blades. Otherwise, youcould be injured.Vehicles with a petrol engine:

The engine has an electronic ignition systemwhich carries a high voltage. For this rea-son, you must never touch the ignition sys-tem components (ignition coil, ignition ca-bles, spark plug connections, test socket)while:I the engine is runningI the engine is being startedI the ignition is switched on and the en-

gine is being cranked by hand

The bonnet catch release lever is locatedin the driver's footwell above the parkingbrake.

1 Bonnet catch release lever

E Pull release lever 1.

The bonnet is released.

! Make sure that the windscreen wipers arenot folded away from the windscreen. Youcould otherwise damage the windscreen wipersor the bonnet.

2 Bonnet catch release lever

E Pull bonnet catch release lever 2 up-wards.

E Raise the bonnet and hold it in that po-sition.

Operation

Maintenance

250

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 253: Mercedes Benz Vito

3 Retainer4 Support strut5 Recess

E Pull retainer 4 out of support strut 3and guide it upwards in the direction ofthe arrow.

E Lower the bonnet in such a way that re-tainer 4 glides into recess 5 andfixes the bonnet.

To close

G Risk of injury

Make sure that nobody can become trappedas you close the bonnet.

E Hold retainer 4 and lift the bonnetslightly.

E Guide retainer 4 towards supportstrut 3 and apply slight pressure tomake it engage.

E Lower the bonnet until it is horizontaland then allow it to drop.

The bonnet engages audibly. If the bon-net can be raised slightly, it is not prop-erly engaged.

E If the bonnet is not properly engaged,open it once more and allow it to dropshut from a slightly greater height.

! Do not use your hands to push the bonnetdown. You could damage it otherwise.

Maintenance points under the bon-net

1 Brake fluid reservoir (e page 252)2 Coolant tank cap (e page 251)3 Windscreen washer reservoir

(e page 253)4 Cap on engine oil filler neck

(e page 254)

Coolant level

Only top up the coolant with the vehiclestanding on a level surface and with theengine switched off. The coolant tempera-ture must have dropped below 50 °C.

Operation

Maintenance

251

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 254: Mercedes Benz Vito

The coolant expansion tank is in the en-gine compartment.

1 Coolant expansion tank cap2 Maximum mark on the coolant expan-

sion tank

G Risk of injury

When opening the coolant expansion tankthere is a risk of scalding from hot coolantspraying out. The cooling system and thecoolant expansion tank are pressurisedwhen the engine is at normal operating tem-perature. Wear gloves and eye protection.Only open the coolant expansion tank whenthe coolant temperature is less than 50 °C.

G Risk of poisoning

Coolant contains glycol and is thereforetoxic. Do not swallow coolant. Consult adoctor immediately if any coolant is swal-lowed.

Coolant must not come into contact withskin, eyes or clothing. If coolant has comeinto contact with your eyes, wash them withplenty of clean water. Clean skin and cloth-ing immediately with soap and water.Change out of contaminated clothing imme-diately.

E Slowly unscrew cap1 on the coolantexpansion tank about half a turn anti-clockwise and allow excess pressure toescape.

E Turn cap 1 further and remove it.

E Check the coolant level and top up ifnecessary. Observe the required cool-ant composition and water qualitywhen doing this (e page 239).

The level of the coolantI must reach the max mark 2 when

the coolant is coldI and reach about 1.5 cm above the

max mark 2 when the coolant ishot.

E Replace cap1 and tighten all the wayto the stop.

! Check the cooling and heating systemsregularly for leaks.

If a large quantity of coolant is lost, have thecause traced and rectified at a qualified spe-cialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

Clutch mechanism and brake sys-tem

G Risk of poisoning

Brake fluid is hazardous to health. Do notswallow brake fluid. Consult a doctor imme-diately if any brake fluid is swallowed.

Brake fluid must not come into contact withthe skin, eyes or clothing. Rinse affectedareas thoroughly with lots of clean waterand consult a doctor if necessary.

You should always wear gloves and eye pro-tection when you are topping up the brakefluid.Only store brake fluid in its closed originalcontainer and keep out of reach of children.Comply with safety regulations when han-dling brake fluid.

Operation

Maintenance

252

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 255: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of accident

If the boiling point of the brake fluid is toolow, vapour pockets may form in the brakesystem when the brakes are subjected to aheavy load (e.g. on long downhill stretches).This would impair braking efficiency. The ve-hicle’s stopping distance may then be lon-ger. This increases the risk of an accident.

Have the brake fluid renewed every 2 years.

The clutch mechanism and the brake sys-tem are operated hydraulically using brakefluid.

The reservoir is in the engine compart-ment. Check the brake fluid level:I regularly, e.g. weekly or when refuellingI only with the vehicle standing on a lev-

el surface and with the engine switchedoff

1 Brake fluid reservoir

The brake fluid level must be between theMIN and MAX marks.

i There is usually a notice in the engine com-partment to remind you when the next brakefluid change is due.

! Brake fluid corrodes paintwork. If brake flu-id comes into contact with the paintwork, im-mediately rinse with water.

If the brake fluid does not reach the MIN mark,the vehicle’s hydraulic system could be faulty.

Have the system checked immediately at aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Windscreen washer system/head-lamp cleaning system

Add windscreen washer fluid concentrateto the water all year round.

G Risk of fire/explosion

Windscreen washer concentrate is highlyflammable.

Fire, naked flames and smoking are there-fore prohibited when you are handling wind-screen washer concentrate.

! Only use windscreen washer fluid which issuitable for plastic lamp lenses. Unsuitablewindscreen washer fluid could damage theplastic lamp lenses of the headlamps.

Adapt the mixing ratio to the ambient tem-peratures. Use:I Summerwash to protect against smear-

ing at temperatures above freezingI Winterwash when there is a risk of

frost so that the water does not freezeonto the windscreen

Operation

Maintenance

253

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 256: Mercedes Benz Vito

The windscreen washer reservoir is in theengine compartment. It holds 4 litres, or 7litres on vehicles equipped with a head-lamp cleaning system.

1 Windscreen washer reservoir cap

E Premix the windscreen washer fluid ina container in the specified propor-tions.

E Pull off cover1.

E Add the windscreen washer fluid.

E Press cap 1 back on.

Oil level in the engine

You will find information about engine oilconsumption in the “Driving tips” section(e page 214).

Check the engine oil level on a regular ba-sis, e.g. weekly or each time you refuel.

Checking the engine oil level in the dis-play

When the oil is being checked, the vehiclemust:I be at normal operating temperatureI be standing levelI have been standing with the engine

switched off for at least five minutes

It may be possible to read the engine oillevel in the display, depending on your ve-hicle’s equipment.

i If no oil level reading is shown again, checkthe engine oil level with the dipstick.

Have the engine oil level display checked at aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

! Have excess oil siphoned off. There is a riskof damage to the engine or the catalytic con-verter if there is excess oil in the engine.

i If at extremely low temperatures no engineoil level is displayed after 5 minutes, wait a fur-ther 5 minutes before repeating the engine oillevel check.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

The display is activated.

Vehicles without steering wheel but-tons

E Press the 5 menu button on the in-strument cluster repeatedly until yousee the OIL LEVEL message in the dis-play.

The following messages may be displayed:

ù

OK E Do not top up oil.

-1.0 l E Top up with theamount of oil shown.

E Check the engine oillevel again after a fewminutes.

-1.5 l

-2.0 l

HI E Have excess oil re-moved. The engine oillevel is too high.

Operation

Maintenance

254

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 257: Mercedes Benz Vito

Vehicles with steering wheel buttons

E Press the k or j button on theinstrument cluster repeatedly until yousee the ENGINE OIL LEVEL MEASURINGNOW! message in the display.

The following messages may be displayed:

ù

ENGINE OILLEVEL O.K.

E Do not top up oil.

ENGINE OILADD 1.0 LITRE

E Top up with theamount of oil shown.

E Check the engine oillevel again after a fewminutes.

ENGINE OILADD 1.5 LI-TRES!

ENGINE OILADD 2.0 LI-TRES!

ù

Engine oillevel Reduceoil level

E Have excess oil re-moved. The engine oillevel is too high.

ENGINE OILLEVEL NOTWHEN ENGINEON!

E Switch off the engineand wait for approxi-mately 5 minutes ifthe engine is at nor-mal operating temper-ature. Then performthe measurement.

Checking the engine oil level with thedipstick

When the oil is being checked, the vehiclemust:I be at normal operating temperatureI be standing levelI have been standing with the engine

switched off for at least five minutes

1 Engine oil dipstick2 Engine oil filler neck

E Pull out engine oil dipstick 1.

E Wipe engine oil dipstick 1 using a lint-free cloth.

E Insert engine oil dipstick 1 into thedipstick tube as far as the stop and pullit back out.

Operation

Maintenance

255

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 258: Mercedes Benz Vito

3 Engine oil dipstick

E Check the engine oil level.

The engine oil level is correct if the oillevel is between the lower min andupper max marks on the dipstick.

i The difference in the quantity of oil be-tween the upper and lower marks on the dip-stick is approximately 2 l.

E Top up the engine oil if necessary.

Top up the engine oil

You will find information about approvedengine oils in the “Service products” sec-tion (e page 238) and in the MaintenanceBooklet.

E Unscrew the cap on engine oil fillerneck 2.

E Top up with the amount of oil required.

! Have excess oil siphoned off. There is a riskof damage to the engine or the catalytic con-verter if there is excess oil in the engine.

E Screw cap 2 onto the engine oil fillerneck.

H Environmental note

When topping up the oil, take care not tospill any. Oil must not be allowed to escapeinto the soil or waterways. You would other-wise be damaging the environment.

Vehicle assemblies

Check the assemblies regularly for leaks.If fluid is leaking (e.g. oil patches on thevehicle’s parking space), have the causetraced and rectified immediately at a quali-fied specialist workshop, e.g. at aMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

H Environmental note

Improper handling of service products ishazardous to the environment.

No service product must be allowed to enterthe sewage system, surface waters, groundwater or soil.

Auxiliary heating

If you sell your vehicle, you are obliged tomake the buyer aware of the followingpoints. To this end, make sure that thenew owner receives these Operating In-structions.

G Risk of fire and poisoning

Vehicles with air heater:

Under the German national road traffic li-censing regulations (StVZO), the heat ex-changer must be replaced after 10 years.

For safety reasons, Mercedes‑Benz stronglyrecommends that the heat exchanger be re-placed after 10 years at a qualified special-ist workshop which has the necessary spe-cialist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, all work relevant tosafety or on safety-related systems must becarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Operation

Maintenance

256

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 259: Mercedes Benz Vito

Replacing the wiper blades

G Risk of injury

When the windscreen wipers are set to in-termittent wipe or the rain sensor is active,the windscreen wipers could start moving atany time and injure yourself or others.

Always remove the key from the ignitionlock before replacing the wiper blades.

G Risk of accident

Wiper blades are wear parts. Change thewiper blades every six months, ideally in thespring and autumn. Otherwise, the wind-screen and rear window will not be wipedproperly. This may prevent you from observ-ing the traffic conditions, thereby causingan accident.

! Only hold the wiper blade by the arm. Youcould otherwise damage the wiper blade rub-ber.

Removing

E Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

E Set the windscreen wipers to position Ion the combination switch(e page 144).

E When the wiper arm is in the verticalposition, turn the key to position 0 inthe ignition lock and remove the key.

E Depress the parking brake firmly.

E On vehicles with automatic transmis-sion, move the selector leverto position P.

E Set the combination switch to level 0.

E Remove the key from the ignition lock.

E Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-screen.

E Set the wiper blade at right angles tothe wiper arm.

Front wiper arm with wiper blade1 Wiper blade2 Retaining clip3 Wiper arm

E Fold wiper arm3 away from the wind-screen.

E Press the two retaining clips 2 togeth-er in the direction of the arrow andswing wiper blade 1 away from wiperarm 3.

E Pull wiper blade 1 up and out of theretainer on wiper arm3.

Operation

Maintenance

257

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 260: Mercedes Benz Vito

Fitting

E Slide wiper blade1 into the retaineron wiper arm 3.

E Press wiper blade1 onto wiper arm3 until you hear retaining clips 2 en-gage.

E Fold the wiper arm onto the wind-screen again.

Batteries

G Risk of explosion/injury

Risk of explosion. When bat-teries are being charged, ex-plosive detonating gas isemitted. Only charge bat-teries in well-ventilatedareas.

Risk of explosion. Avoid cre-ating sparks! Keep nakedflames and light away fromthe battery, and do notsmoke.

Battery acid is caustic. Wearacid-proof protective gloves.Neutralise any acid splasheson the skin or clothing imme-diately and clean with water.

Wear eye protection. Whenmixing water and acid, theliquid can splash into youreyes. Rinse acid splashes tothe eyes immediately withclean water and contact adoctor immediately.

Keep children at a safe dis-tance. Children cannot ap-preciate the dangers involvedin handling batteries andacid.

When handling batteries, ob-serve the safety precautionsand special protective meas-ures contained in these Op-erating Instructions.

H Environmental note

Batteries contain pollutants.Do not dispose of old batterieswith the household rubbish.

Dispose of batteries in an envi-ronmentally-responsible man-ner. Take batteries to aMercedes-Benz Service Centreor a special collection point forold batteries.

Transport and store full bat-teries in an upright position.When transporting batteries,secure them so that they donot tip over. Battery acid couldescape from the ventilationopenings in the stoppers intothe environment.

The batteries must always be sufficientlycharged if they are to reach their full oper-ating life.

Have the charge of the batteries checkedmore frequently if you use the vehiclemainly for short trips or if you leave itparked up for a lengthy period.

Consult a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre ifyou wish to leave your vehicle parked upfor a long period of time.

Your vehicle may be equipped with twobatteries, depending on the equipmentversion:

Operation

Maintenance

258

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 261: Mercedes Benz Vito

I The starter battery is located in thebase of the driver’s seat.

I The additional battery is located in thebase of the co-driver’s seat.

i If your vehicle requires jump-starting, or ifyou wish to provide jump-starting assistance toanother vehicle, only use the jump-starting con-nection point in the engine compartment(e page 341).

Have the batteries removed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop which has the neces-sary specialist knowledge and tools tocarry out the work required. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for thispurpose.

Starter battery

Disconnecting the battery

The starter battery is located in the baseof the driver’s seat.

G Risk of injury

There is a risk of a short circuit if the posi-tive terminal of the connected batterycomes into contact with any part of the ve-hicle. This can cause the highly flammable

gas mixture to ignite. You and others couldbe seriously injured.I Do not place any metal objects or tools

on the batteries.I When disconnecting the batteries, al-

ways disconnect the negative terminalsfirst and then the positive terminals.

I When reconnecting the batteries, alwaysreconnect the positive terminals firstand then the negative terminals.

I Do not loosen or disconnect the terminalclamps on the batteries while the engineis running.

! Switch off the engine and remove the keybefore you loosen or disconnect the terminalclamps. You may otherwise destroy electroniccomponents such as the alternator.

E Switch off all electrical consumers.

E Apply the parking brake or, on vehicleswith automatic transmission, set theselector lever to position P.

1 Rotary catch2 Cover

E Fold the lower section of rotary catch1 in the direction of the arrow.

E Turn rotary catch 1 on cover2 anti-clockwise.

E Remove cover 2.

Operation

Maintenance

259

ee

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 262: Mercedes Benz Vito

3 Securing bolts4 Breather hose

E Remove securing screws 3.

E Pull breather hose 4 off from the frontend of the battery.

E Pull the battery out a little.

E Vehicle with a rotary seat: pull thebattery out far enough from the seatbase so that the retaining bolt for therotary seat is no longer above the nega-tive terminal.

E Disconnect the negative clamp fromthe negative terminal.

E Remove the negative clamp so that it isno longer able to touch the terminal.

Removing the battery

E Disconnect the battery (e page 259).

E Pull the battery far enough out of theseat base so that the positive terminalis outside the seat base.

E Place the rear of the battery on thedoor sill and hold the battery by itsfront bar.

E Remove the cover from the positive ter-minal clamp.

E Loosen the positive terminal clamp onthe positive pole.

E Remove the positive clamp so that it isno longer in contact with the terminal.

E Fold the bar upwards and remove thebattery from the seat base.

Recharging the battery

G Risk of injury

Only charge the battery in well-ventilatedareas. As the battery is being charged,gases can escape and generate minor explo-sions, which can injure you and others ormay cause damage to the paintwork or acidcorrosion on the vehicle.

There is a risk of acid burns during thecharging process due to the gases which es-cape from the battery. Do not, therefore,lean over the battery while it is being re-charged.

! Only charge the fitted battery with a bat-tery charger that has been tested and approvedby Mercedes-Benz. This device allows the bat-tery to be charged when it is fitted in the ve-hicle. The vehicle’s electronics system may oth-erwise be damaged.

E Recharge the removed battery. Ob-serve the notes in the operating in-structions for your battery charger.

E Refit the battery in the reverse order.

Reconnecting the battery

! Always reconnect the battery in the se-quence described below. Never swap the termi-nal clamps. You may otherwise damage the ve-hicle electronics.

E Switch off all electrical consumers.

E Connect the positive terminal clampand fasten its cover.

E Vehicles with a rotary seat: pull thebattery out from under the seat basefar enough that the retaining bolt for

Operation

Maintenance

260

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 263: Mercedes Benz Vito

the rotary seat is no longer above thenegative terminal.

E Connect the negative terminal clamp.

E Connect breather hose 4 to the frontend of the battery.

E Tighten the securing screws.

The retainer plate is secured to preventslipping.

E Refit the seat base cover.

E Turn the rotary catch of the coverclockwise.

i After the battery has been reconnected,you must readjust the electric sliding door(e page 68).

Additional battery

The additional battery is located in thebase of the co-driver’s seat.

You will find information on how to removeand fit the battery in the “Starter battery”section (e page 259).

Care of batteries

! Please note the following points:

I Dirty terminal clamps and battery surfacescause leaks, which lead to the batteries dis-

charging. Always keep the terminal clampsand battery surfaces clean and dry. Lightlygrease the terminal clamps, particularly theundersides, with acid-proof grease.

I Cleaning agents containing fuel corrode thebattery housing. Only clean with commer-cially available cleaning agents and onlyclean the battery casing with the cell capsscrewed in. Otherwise, dirt could get intothe battery cells.

I The vent holes in the cell caps must be un-obstructed and the cell ventilation hosesmust not be blocked. Otherwise, gas cannotescape. Clean blocked vent holes with asuitable implement, e.g. a piece of wire.You must unscrew the cell caps first. Thereis otherwise a risk of a short circuit.

I Check the terminal clamps and the fasten-ing of the negative cable to the chassis atregular intervals to ensure that they are cor-rectly seated.

I Batteries which are out of use should be re-charged once a month.

Operation

Maintenance

261

4

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 264: Mercedes Benz Vito

262Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 265: Mercedes Benz Vito

Practical advice

263

5

Where will I find...? . . . . . . . . . . .264Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . .270Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315Tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . .316Electrical system. . . . . . . . . . . . .325Batteries for the remote control336Locking and unlocking in anemergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337Automatic transmission . . . . . . .340Jump-starting, towing and tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 266: Mercedes Benz Vito

Where will I find...?

Vehicle tool kit and emergencyequipment

The vehicle tool kit is:I in the co-driver seat baseI in the rear stowage compartment (on

vehicles with additional battery, de-tachable trailer coupling, rotary co-driv-er's seat)

Stowage compartment under the co-driverseat1 Cover2 Rotary catch

E Fold the lower section of rotary catch2 upwards.

E Turn rotary catch 2 of cover1 anti-clockwise.

E Remove cover 1.

3 TIREFIT kit4 Vehicle tool kit

The rear stowage compartment is locatedon the right-hand side of the vehicle.

1 Rotary catch

E Compact vehicle version: fold up therear seat.

E Fold the lower section of rotary catchin the direction of the arrow and turnanti-clockwise.

E Open the side flap.

E Remove the clamping strap.

E Lift off the tool holder cover.

Practical advice

Where will I find...?

264

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 267: Mercedes Benz Vito

Vehicle tools: vehicles with TIREFIT kit2 TIREFIT kit3 Trailer tow hitch4 Vehicle tool kit5 Jack6 Electric air pump

Jack

G Risk of injury

To avoid the risk of serious or fatal injuriesor vehicle damage, please bear the followingpoints in mind:I The jack is designed only to raise the ve-

hicle for a short time, e.g. while a wheelis being changed.

It is not designed to enable work to becarried out underneath the vehicle.

I The jack must be placed on a firm, flatsurface only.

I Do not change wheels on uphill or down-hill gradients under any circumstances.

I Do not lie under the vehicle if it is onlysupported by the jack.

I Make sure that no persons are presentin the vehicle when raising the vehicle.

I Do not start the engine while the vehicleis raised.

I Make sure that the distance betweenthe underside of the tyres and theground does not exceed 30 mm.

I The vehicle must be placed on stands ifyou intend to carry out work underneaththe vehicle.

The jack is located behind the right-handside flap at the rear of the vehicle.

E To remove the jack: open the stow-age compartment (e page 264).

E Carefully pull the jack up and out of thestowage compartment.

E To stow the jack: turn the jack to thefully retracted position.

E Place the jack in the recess in thestowage compartment and press it infirmly.

E Close the stowage compartment.

Warning triangle

The warning triangle is located in the stow-age compartment in the driver’s door.

1 Press-stud2 Reflectors3 Stand

E To set up the warning triangle: takethe warning triangle out of the stowagecompartment in the driver's door.

E Fold stand 3 out sideways from thebottom.

Practical advice

Where will I find...?

265

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 268: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Pull side reflectors 2 upwards to forma triangle, and lock them at the top us-ing press-stud 1.

You can fold the warning triangle intoposition.

i Observe the legal requirements in eachcountry.

First-aid kit

The first-aid kit is located in the stowagecompartment in the co-driver’s door.

i Check the expiry dates of the first-aid kitcontents annually, and replace them if neces-sary.

Fire extinguisher

The fire extinguisher is located to the rightof the base of the driver’s seat.

1 Retainer

E Open the fasteners on bracket 1.

E Take the fire extinguisher out of itsholder.

i Please read the instructions on the fire ex-tinguisher carefully and familiarise yourself withits operation.

TIREFIT kit

The TIREFIT tyre sealant is locatedI in the co-driver seat baseI in the rear stowage compartment (on

vehicles with an additional battery, de-tachable trailer coupling, rotary co-driv-er's seat)

Spare wheel

i If you have fitted a spare wheel, the tyrepressure monitor (e page 185) does not workfor this wheel. The spare wheel is not fittedwith a tyre pressure monitoring sensor.

Spare wheel in the rear

The spare wheel is on the left in the rearof the vehicle.

E Open the tailgate/rear door.

Practical advice

Where will I find...?

266

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 269: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Wheel wrench2 Auxiliary tool3 Spare wheel bracket

E Attach auxiliary tool 2 to wheelwrench1.

E To remove: loosen the securing bolt inthe middle of the wheel.

Use wheel wrench1 with auxiliarytool 2 attached.

E Remove spare wheel bracket 3.

E Take the wheel off the bracket.

1 Auxiliary tool2 Wheel wrench3 Console4 Wheel arch

E To install: place the wheel on bracket3 on wheel arch4.

E Put in the securing bolt and tighten it.

Use wheel wrench2 with auxiliarytool 1 attached.

Spare wheel under the rear of the ve-hicle

The spare wheel is secured under the rearend of the vehicle. You will need the ratch-et and the auxiliary tool from the vehicletool kit to remove the wheel.

E Open the tailgate/rear door.

1 Opening

2 Auxiliary tool3 AB/DOWN sticker4 Ratchet

E To remove: insert auxiliary tool 2through opening 1 into the winchguide.

Practical advice

Where will I find...?

267

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 270: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Attach ratchet 4 to the auxiliary tool.

The AB/DOWN sticker must be visi-ble.

E Turn the ratchet in the direction of thearrow until you feel resistance.

The spare wheel is released.

A cover tray with four handles is fitted tothe spare wheel.

1 Handles

E Pull forward the spare wheel using han-dle1 under the vehicle.

2 Wheel gripper

E Position wheel gripper 2 at an angleso that you can push it through theopening in the cover.

Wheel gripper 2 is released and dropsdown.

E Remove the cover tray.

E To install: place the spare wheel withwheel brace on the road surface facingupwards.

i Alloy wheels cannot be transported underthe car. In this case, transport the wheel in theload compartment and only raise the covertray.

1 Recess for the tyre valve

E Place the cover tray on the wheel sothat the valve is under recess 1.

E Press the cover tray onto the wheelbrace.

E Guide the wheel gripper (e page 268)on the wire cable at an angle fromabove through the opening in the wheelbrace.

E Pull up the wire cable until both lugs(e page 268) engage in the wheelbrace.

E Slide the spare wheel under the ve-hicle.

! Do not pull the spare wheel under the ve-hicle using the winch. The wheel gripper couldotherwise be unintentionally released.

Practical advice

Where will I find...?

268

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 271: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Attach ratchet 4 to the auxiliary tool.(e page 267)

The AUF/UP sticker must be visible.

E Turn ratchet 4 clockwise.

The spare wheel is raised.

! The tightening torque must be 80 Nm.

When the spare wheel is firmly in contact withthe vehicle, turn the ratchet against high resist-ance another quarter of a turn.

Practical advice

Where will I find...?

269

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 272: Mercedes Benz Vito

Troubleshooting

Indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.

In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

v The yellow ASR/ESP®

warning lamp flasheswhile the vehicle is inmotion.

GRisk of accident

ESP® or ASR is intervening be-cause at least one of the wheelshas reached its tyre grip limit.

E Adapt your driving style to suit the road and traffic conditions.Do not use too much throttle.

E Drive slowly.

v The yellow ASR/ESP®

warning lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

GRisk of accident

ASR is deactivated.

E Switch ASR on again. Exceptions (e page 183).

#- k 6

The yellow ESP®, ABS andASR/BAS indicator lamps, andthe red brake system warninglamp light up while the engine isrunning.

A warning tone also sounds.

GRisk of accident

EBV has malfunctioned.

The rear wheels could locksooner than expected when youapply the brakes.

E Vehicles with steering wheel buttons: also observe the mes-sages in the display (e page 282).

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

270

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 273: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

#-k 6

The yellow ESP®, ABS andASR/BAS indicator lamps, andthe red brake system warninglamp light up while the engine isrunning.

A warning tone also sounds.

GRisk of accident

EBV has been deactivated dueto undervoltage.

The battery may not be beingcharged.

The rear wheels could locksooner than expected when youapply the brakes.

E Vehicles with steering wheel buttons: also observe the mes-sages in the display (e page 282).

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

6 The red brake systemwarning lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

A warning tone alsosounds.

GRisk of accident

There is insufficient brake fluidin the fluid reservoir.

E Vehicles with steering wheel buttons: also observe the mes-sages in the display (e page 282).

E Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

E Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir (e page 252).

E If the brake fluid is below the MIN mark: do drive any further.

E Consult the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

E Do not top up the brake fluid. This does not solve the prob-lem.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

271

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 274: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

k The yellow ASR/BAS in-dicator lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

GRisk of accident

ASR or AAS (on vehicles withmanual transmission) has beendeactivated due to a malfunc-tion.

The engine power output maybe lower.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible.

k The yellow ASR/BAS in-dicator lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

GRisk of accident

BAS has been deactivated dueto a malfunction.

The brake system continues tofunction normally, but withoutelectronic support.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible.

k The yellow ASR/BAS in-dicator lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

GRisk of accident

ASR and AAS (on vehicles withmanual transmission) and BAShave been deactivated due toundervoltage.

The battery may not be beingcharged.

The brake system is still avail-able with the normal braking ef-fect.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

272

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 275: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

- The yellow ABS indicatorlamp is lit while the en-gine is running.

GRisk of accident

ABS has been deactivated dueto a malfunction. ESP®, ASR,BAS, cruise control andSpeedtronic have also been de-activated as a result.

The brake system continues tofunction normally, but withoutelectronic support. The wheelscould therefore lock, e.g. if thebrakes are applied with maxi-mum force.

E Vehicles with steering wheel buttons: also observe the mes-sages in the display (e page 282).

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

- The yellow ABS indicatorlamp is lit while the en-gine is running.

GRisk of accident

ABS is temporarily unavailable.Self diagnosis may not havebeen completed yet.

The brake system is still avail-able with the normal braking ef-fect.

E Drive for a short distance at a speed of more than 20 km/h.

ABS is available again if the message goes out.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

273

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 276: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

- The yellow ABS indicatorlamp is lit while the en-gine is running.

GRisk of accident

ABS has been deactivated dueto undervoltage. The batterymay not be being charged.

The brake system continues tofunction normally, but withoutelectronic support. The wheelscould therefore lock, e.g. if thebrakes are applied with maxi-mum force.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

# The yellow ESP® indica-tor lamp is lit while theengine is running.

GRisk of accident

ESP® has been deactivated dueto a malfunction. Cruise controland Speedtronic have also beendeactivated as a result.

The vehicle’s stability is then nolonger automatically regulatedat an early stage. Engine poweroutput may be reduced.

E Vehicles with steering wheel buttons: also observe the mes-sages in the display (e page 282).

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

274

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 277: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

# The yellow ESP® indica-tor lamp is lit while theengine is running.

GRisk of accident

ESP® has been deactivated dueto undervoltage. Cruise controland Speedtronic have also beendeactivated as a result.

The battery may not be beingcharged.

The vehicle’s stability is then nolonger automatically regulatedat an early stage. Engine poweroutput may be reduced.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible.

1 The red SRS warninglamp is lit while the en-gine is running.

GRisk of injury

The restraint systems have mal-functioned. The airbags or belttensioners could be triggeredunintentionally, or not at all inthe event of an accident.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

# The red battery chargeindicator lamp lights upwhile the engine is run-ning.

GRisk of accident

The battery is not beingcharged. This could be becausethe alternator is faulty, or be-cause the poly-V-belt is torn.

E Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions, and check the poly-V-belt.

E If it is torn: do not continue driving! Consult the nearest quali-fied specialist workshop.

E If there are no signs of damage: have the vehicle checkedat a qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

275

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 278: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

# The red battery chargeindicator lamp lights upwhile the engine is run-ning.

GRisk of accident

The battery is faulty.

E Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

E Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

E Contact a breakdown service, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

2 The yellow brake padwear indicator lamplights up after the engineis started or while driv-ing.

GRisk of accident

The brake pads/linings havereached their wear limit.

E Have the brake pads/linings replaced as soon as possible ata qualified specialist workshop.

N The yellow engine oil lev-el warning lamp flashesafter the engine isstarted or while the ve-hicle is in motion.

The engine oil level has droppedto its lowest level. If the engineoil level falls any further the in-dicator lamp will light up.

E Check the engine oil level and top up at the nearest filling sta-tion (e page 254).

E If there is visible oil loss from the engine, have the fault recti-fied immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

N The yellow engine oil lev-el warning lamp lightsup, the -2.0 L engine oillevel message appears inthe display and the warn-ing buzzer sounds afterthe engine is started orwhile the vehicle is inmotion.

There is not enough oil, or no oilin the engine.

There is a danger of enginedamage.

E Pull over, paying attention to the traffic conditions while doingso.

E Switch off the engine.

E Check the engine oil level using the engine oil dipstick(e page 255).

E If the oil level is correct: have the malfunction rectified im-mediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

E If the engine oil level is too low: have the vehicle towed to aqualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

276

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 279: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

N The yellow engine oil lev-el warning lamp lightsup, the HI engine oil lev-el message appears inthe display and the warn-ing buzzer sounds afterthe engine is started orwhile the vehicle is inmotion.

The engine oil level is above themaximum.

E Check the engine oil level and, if necessary, have engine oil si-phoned off at the nearest filling station (e page 256).

You could otherwise damage the engine or catalytic converter.

E If the oil level is correct, have the malfunction rectified as soonas possible at a qualified specialist workshop.

N The yellow engine oil lev-el warning lamp lights uprepeatedly while the ve-hicle is in motion.

There is a malfunction in the en-gine oil level display.

E Have the vehicle checked immediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

/ The yellow coolant levelwarning lamp lights upwhile the engine is run-ning.

The coolant level is too low.

Never run the engine if the cool-ant level is too low. The enginecould overheat and be dam-aged.

E Pull over, paying attention to the traffic conditions while doingso.

E Switch the engine off to let it cool down.

E Top up coolant, and note the warning notes while doing so(e page 251).

E If you are having to top up the coolant frequently, have thecooling system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Ì The red coolant warninglamp lights up while theengine is running.

The coolant temperature is toohigh.

E Pull over, paying attention to the traffic conditions while doingso.

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

277

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 280: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

Ì The red coolant warninglamp lights up while theengine is running.

The coolant temperature is toohigh.

If the vehicle is switched offafter being subjected to ex-treme loads (e.g. driving inmountainous terrain, trailer tow-ing, etc.), the coolant warninglamp may light up when theignition is switched on or theengine is restarted.

E Run the engine for approximately 1 minute at idling speed.

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop if the coolant warninglamp remains lit.

Ì The red coolant warninglamp lights up while theengine is running.

If the coolant level is correct,the radiator viscous fan may befaulty.

E Avoid heavy loads on the engine (e.g. driving in mountainousterrain) and stop/start driving.

W The yellow reserve fuelwarning lamp lights upwhile driving.

The fuel level has fallen into thereserve range.

E Refuel at the nearest filling station (e page 215).

q The yellow pre-glow indi-cator lamp12 does notlight up when the key isturned to position 2 inthe ignition lock.

There is a malfunction in thepre-glow system.

It might not be possible to startthe engine.

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

278

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 281: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

± The yellow engine diag-nostic indicator lamplights up while the en-gine is running.

The fuel tank has run dry.

The engine may be running inemergency mode.

E Refuel at the nearest filling station (e page 215).

E For vehicles with a diesel engine: bleed the fuel system(e page 316).

E Start the engine three to four times in succession after refuel-ling. Emergency running mode will be cancelled. The vehicledoes not need to be checked.

± The yellow engine diag-nostic indicator lamplights up while the en-gine is running.

There is a malfunction:I in the fuel injection systemI in the ignition system11

I in the exhaust system.

The emission limit values maybe exceeded and the enginemay be running in emergencymode.

Engine power output may be re-duced.

E Have the vehicle checked immediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

; The yellow air filter indi-cator lamp12 lights upwhile the engine is run-ning.

The service limit for the aircleaner has been reached. Theair cleaner is dirty.

E Have the filter cartridge replaced at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

279

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 282: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

X The yellow tyre pressuremonitor warning lampcomes on.

GRisk of accident

The tyre pressure monitor indi-cates a rapid or severe loss ofpressure in at least one tyre.

E Pull over without suddenly steering or braking. Pay attentionto the traffic conditions while doing so.

E Check the tyres and correct the pressure. If a tyre continuesto lose pressure, it must be replaced. Replace damaged tyresimmediately.

The warning lamp goes out after you have been driving for afew minutes with the fault rectified.

E Vehicles with steering wheel buttons: also observe the mes-sages in the display (e page 282).

X The yellow tyre pressuremonitor warning lampflashes for 60 secondsand then comes on.

Vehicles without steering wheelbuttons:

The tyre pressure monitor hasmalfunctioned.

E Have the tyre pressure monitor and the wheels checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

/ The yellow water separa-tor indicator lamp12

lights up when the igni-tion is switched on.

The water that has collected inthe water separator hasreached the maximum level.

E Drain the water separator (e page 315)

or

E Have the water separator drained at a qualified specialistworkshop.

J The yellow washer fluidlevel indicator lamp forthe windscreen washer/headlamp cleaning sys-tem lights up after theengine is started or whilethe vehicle is in motion.

The washer fluid level is toolow.

E Top up the washer fluid (e page 253).

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

280

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 283: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

< The red seat belt warn-ing lamp lights up for ap-proximately six secondswhen the key is turnedto position 2.

The warning lamp is to remindyou to fasten the seat belt.

E Fasten the seat belt (e page 38).

. The yellow bulb indicatorlamp lights up when thekey is turned to posi-tion 2 in the ignitionlock.

One of the bulbs of the exteriorlighting or on the trailer isfaulty.

E Change the faulty bulb as soon as possible (e page 325)

or

E Have the faulty bulb replaced as soon as possible at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

R The indicator lamp forthe electronics box lightsup while the ignition ison.

The fan in the electronics boxhas malfunctioned.

E Turn the key to position 0 and then back to position 2 in theignition lock.

Contact a qualified specialist workshop if the indicator lamp isstill lit.

9 The yellow door indicatorlamp lights up while youare driving.

You are already driving at walk-ing pace, even though not allthe doors are closed.

E Close the doors.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

281

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 284: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

ú The red ENR indicatorlamp lights up while youare driving.

There is a malfunction in theelectronic level control (ENR).

E Have the ENR checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

ú The red ENR indicatorlamp flashes while youare driving.

The vehicle level is too high ortoo low while you are driving.

E ENR ensures that the level is corrected as quickly as possible.

11 Only vehicles with a petrol engine.12 Only for vehicles with a diesel engine.

Information on display messages

G Risk of accident

No messages can be displayed if the instru-ment cluster and/or the display fails.

You will not then be able to see informationabout the vehicle status, such as speed, out-side temperature, warning and indicatorlamps, malfunction and warning messagesor the failure of systems. Handling charac-teristics may be affected.

Contact a qualified specialist workshop im-mediately which has the necessary special-ist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required. Mercedes-Benz recommendsthat you use a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre for this purpose. In particular, allwork relevant to safety or on safety-related

systems must be carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G Risk of accident

Always have maintenance work carried outat a qualified specialist workshop which hasthe necessary specialist knowledge andtools to carry out the work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose.In particular, all work relevant to safety oron safety-related systems must be carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop. Thereis a risk of an accident and injury if thiswork is carried out incorrectly.

i If you turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock, all warning and indicator lamps (ex-cept the turn signal indicator lamp) and the dis-play are activated. Please check that they areworking properly before commencing a jour-ney.

Vehicles without steering wheel but-tons

Warnings, malfunctions or additional infor-mation may also be shown in the display.The following table shows the messageswhich could appear in the display. Certainmessages are accompanied by a warningtone or a continuous tone.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

282

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 285: Mercedes Benz Vito

Vehicles with steering wheel buttons

The on-board computer shows warnings,malfunctions or additional information inthe display. Certain messages are accom-panied by a warning tone or a continuoustone. High-priority messages are high-lighted in red in the display.

Please respond in accordance with themessages and observe the additionalnotes in these Operating Instructions.

I Low-priority messages can be acknowl-edged using the è, ·,j ork buttons on the steering wheel orusing the reset button on the instru-ment cluster. They are then stored inthe malfunction memory.

I Highest-priority messages cannot beacknowledged and are automaticallystored in the malfunction memory.

If you select the Malfunction memorymenu on the on-board computer(e page 126), the acknowledged and unac-knowledged messages will appear .

The following table shows the messageswhich could appear in the display. Tomake the messages easier to find, theyare divided into text messages(e page 284) in alphabetical order andsymbol messages (e page 288).

Display messages

Display messages on vehicles without steering wheel buttons

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

LA:23 GRisk of accident

An indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster is defective. You cannot see ifsystems fail.

Handling characteristics may be af-fected. You risk injuring yourself andothers.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop imme-diately.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

283

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 286: Mercedes Benz Vito

Text messages on vehicles with steering wheel buttons

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

ABS ABS SYSTEM. VISITWORKSHOP!

GRisk of accident

ABS has been deactivated due to a mal-function. ESP®, ASR, BAS, cruise controland Speedtronic have also been deacti-vated as a result.

The brake system is still available withcomplete brake boosting effect butwithout ABS.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop imme-diately.

BAS BRAKE ASSIST NOTAVAILABLE!

ASR and AAS (on vehicles with manualtransmission) as well as BAS have beendeactivated due to undervoltage.

The battery may not be being charged.

The brake system is still available withthe normal braking effect.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop imme-diately.

BAS BRAKE ASSIST VISITWORKSHOP!

GRisk of accident

BAS has been deactivated due to a mal-function.

The brake system continues to functionnormally, but without electronic sup-port.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

284

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 287: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

BAS VISIT WORKSHOP! DIS-PLAY DEFECTIVE FOR

GRisk of accident

BAS or the BAS display is faulty.

The brake system continues to functionnormally, but possibly without elec-tronic support.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

ESP ELEC. STABIL. PROG.VISIT WORKSHOP!

GRisk of accident

ESP® has been deactivated due to amalfunction. Cruise control andSpeedtronic have also been deactivatedas a result.

The vehicle’s stability is then no longerautomatically regulated at an earlystage. Engine power output may be re-duced.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

ESP VISIT WORKSHOP! DIS-PLAY DEFECTIVE FOR

GRisk of accident

ESP® or the ESP® display has malfunc-tioned.

The vehicle’s stability may no longer beautomatically regulated at an earlystage. Engine power output may be re-duced.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

285

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 288: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

ESP ELEC. STABIL. PROG.VISIT WORKSHOP!

ESP® has been deactivated due toundervoltage. Cruise control andSpeedtronic have also been deactivatedas a result.

The battery may not be being charged.

The vehicle’s stability is then no longerautomatically regulated at an earlystage. Engine power output may be re-duced.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

SPEED LIMIT! ... KM/H The speed display flashes and a warningtone sounds 3 times.

The vehicle is accelerating and exceed-ing the speed set for variableSpeedtronic, e.g. on a downhill gradient(overrun mode).

E Apply the brakes yourself as required.

RECTIFY TYRE PRESSURE The pressure in one or more tyres is toolow or there is a significant differencebetween tyre pressures on individualwheels.

E Check the tyre pressure at the next oppor-tunity and correct it if necessary(e page 352).

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORINOPERATIVE

The tyre pressure monitor has malfunc-tioned.

E Have the tyre pressure monitor and thewheels checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

TYRE PRESSURE TEM-PORARILY UNAVAILABLE

The tyre pressure monitor function istemporarily unavailable due to radio in-terference or undervoltage.

E As soon as the causes have been rectified,the tyre pressure monitor is automaticallyactivated.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

286

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 289: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

TYRE PRES. MONITORINOPERATIVE NO SEN-SORS

The tyre pressure monitor is not opera-tional, as none of the wheels have wheelelectronics units fitted.

E Have wheels fitted with suitable wheel elec-tronics units at a qualified specialist work-shop.

TYRE PRES. MONITORSENSOR MISSING

The tyre pressure monitor is not receiv-ing signals from one or more wheels be-cause:I a wheel has been replaced with the

spare wheel without wheel elec-tronics

I the maximum temperature on one ofthe wheel electronics units has beenexceeded

I one of the wheel electronics units ismalfunctioning

E Have wheels fitted with suitable wheel elec-tronics units at a qualified specialist work-shop.

SRS RESTRAINT SYSTEM VIS-IT WORKSHOP!

GRisk of injury

The restraint systems have malfunc-tioned. In the event of an accident, theairbags or belt tensioners could be trig-gered unintentionally or not at all.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

LIMIT EXCEEDED! The message flashes and a warningtone sounds 3 times.

The vehicle is exceeding the speed setfor permanent Speedtronic, e.g. on adownhill gradient (overrun mode).

E Apply the brakes yourself as required.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

287

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 290: Mercedes Benz Vito

Symbol messages on vehicles with steering wheel buttons

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

- ABS SYSTEM. VISITWORKSHOP!

GRisk of accident

ABS has been deactivated due to a mal-function. ESP®, ASR, BAS, cruise controland Speedtronic have also been deacti-vated as a result.

The brake system is still available withcomplete brake boosting effect butwithout ABS.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop imme-diately.

# BATTERY/ALTERNATORVISIT WORKSHOP!

The battery is not being charged. Thiscould be caused by a defective alterna-tor or a torn poly-V-belt.

E Stop the vehicle immediately, paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions, andcheck the poly-V-belt.

E If it is torn: do not drive on. Contact thenearest qualified specialist workshop.

E If it is undamaged: have the vehiclechecked as soon as possible by a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

There is a fault in the electronics. E Have the vehicle checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

# UNDERVOLTAGE ENGINEON!

The battery has insufficient voltage. E Recharge the battery (e page 260).

# UNDERVOLTAGE SWITCHOFF CONSUMERS!

The battery has insufficient voltage. E Switch off any unnecessary consumers.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

288

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 291: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

2 BRAKE WEAR VISITWORKSHOP!

GRisk of accident

The brake pads/linings have reachedtheir wear limit.

E Have the brake pads/linings replaced assoon as possible at a qualified specialistworkshop.

3 BRAKE FLUID VISITWORKSHOP!

GRisk of accident

There is insufficient brake fluid in thebrake fluid reservoir.

E Stop the vehicle immediately, paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions.

E Check the brake fluid level in the supplyreservoir (e page 238).

E If the brake fluid is below the MIN mark: donot drive any further

E Consult the nearest qualified specialistworkshop.

E Do not top up with brake fluid. This will noteliminate the problem.

3 EBV GRisk of accident

EBV has malfunctioned.

The rear wheels could lock sooner thanexpected when you apply the brakes.

E Drive on carefully.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop imme-diately.

3 PARKING BRAKE RELEASEBRAKE!

You are driving with the parking brakeapplied.

E Release the parking brake (e page 178).

ì PLEASE ENTER PIN You have logged onto your mobilephone.

E Enter the PIN for your SIM card.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

289

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 292: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

ì Function unavail-able!

You pressed the í or ì buttonon the steering wheel although your ve-hicle does not have a mobile phone.

< SEAT BELT SYSTEM VIS-IT WORKSHOP!

GRisk of injury

The belt system has malfunctioned.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

< DRIVER'S SEAT BELTPLEASE FASTEN BELT!

GRisk of injury

The driver has not fastened the seatbelt.

E Fasten the seat belt (e page 38).

< FR.PASS SEAT BELTPLEASE FASTEN BELT!

GRisk of injury

The co-driver has not fastened the seatbelt.

E Fasten the seat belt (e page 38).

Z COOLANT STOP, ENGINEOFF!

The coolant temperature is too high. E Stop the vehicle. Pay attention to the trafficconditions while doing so.

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Z COOLANT STOP, ENGINEOFF!

The poly-V-belt may be torn. E Stop the vehicle. Pay attention to the trafficconditions while doing so.

E Switch off the engine.

E Check the poly-V-belt.

E If it is undamaged: do not start the engineuntil the message goes out. Otherwise, theengine could be damaged.

E If it is torn: do not drive on. Contact thenearest qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

290

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 293: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

Z COOLANT VISIT WORK-SHOP!

The cooling fan for the coolant is faulty. E Have the fan replaced as soon as possibleat a qualified specialist workshop.

H COOLANT CHECK LEVEL! The coolant level is too low.

Never run the engine if the coolant levelis too low. The engine could overheatand be damaged.

E Top up the coolant, observing the warningnotes (e page 251).

E If you frequently have to top up the coolant,have the coolant system checked by aqualified specialist workshop.

. DIPPED BEAM; L CHECKBULB!

The left-hand dipped beam is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. DIPPED BEAM; R CHECKBULB!

The right-hand dipped beam is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. BRAKE LAMP, L CHECKBULB!

The left brake lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. BRAKE LAMP, R CHECKBULB!

The right brake lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. 3RD BRAKE LAMP CHECKBULB!

The third brake lamp is faulty. This mes-sage will only appear if all LEDs havefailed.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

. MAIN BEAM, L CHECKBULB!

The left main beam is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. MAIN BEAM, R CHECKBULB!

The right main beam is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

291

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 294: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

. LICENSE PLATE CHECKBULB!

A licence plate lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. FRONT FOGLAMP, LCHECK BULB!

The left front foglamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. FRONT FOGLAMP, RCHECK BULB!

The right front foglamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. REAR FOGLAMP CHECKBULB!

The rear foglamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. FRONT LEFT PARKINGLAMP CHECK BULB!

The front left parking lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. FRONT RIGHT PARKINGLAMP CHECK BULB!

The front right parking lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. REVERSING LAMP CHECKBULB!

A reversing lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. TAIL LAMP, L CHECKBULB!

The left-hand tail lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. TAIL LAMP, R CHECKBULB!

The right-hand tail lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. TRAILER BRAKE LAMPCHECK BULB!

The brake lamp on the trailer is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

. TRAILER TAIL LAMPCHECK BULB!

The trailer tail lamp is faulty. E Change the bulb as soon as possible.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

292

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 295: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

. LIGHTS SWITCH OFFLIGHTS!

You have forgotten to switch off thelights when leaving the vehicle.

E Turn the light switch toM.

. LIGHT SENSOR VISITWORKSHOP!

The rain/light sensor is faulty. Constantheadlamp mode is activated.

E Use the on-board computer to change thelight to manual control (e page 113) or(e page 132).

E Switch on the lights with the light switch(e page 138).

. AUTOM. LIGHTS ON RE-MOVE KEY!

Automatic headlamp mode is activated:the light switch is in the U positionand you forgot to take out the key.

E Turn the light switch toM.

or

E Remove the key from the ignition lock.

± VISIT WORKSHOP! The diesel particle filter is full. E Have the diesel particle filter checked assoon as possible at a qualified specialistworkshop.

± VISIT WORKSHOP! DIS-PLAY DEFECTIVE FOR

Several electronic systems are unableto deliver information to the on-boardcomputer. The following systems mayhave failed: the rev counter, the displayfor cruise control or Speedtronic.

E Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

F REPLACE KEY VISITWORKSHOP!

The key is no longer working. E Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

F REMOVE KEY! E Remove the key from the ignition lock.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

293

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 296: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

X TYRE PRESSURE CAUTIONTYRE DEFECT!

One or more tyres are losing air rapidly.If the tyre pressure monitor has de-tected the affected wheel, the wheel po-sition is also displayed.

E Stop without sudden steering or brakingmanoeuvres. Pay attention to the trafficconditions while doing so.

E Repair or change the wheel (e page 317).

X TYRE PRESSURE CHECKTYRES!

The pressure of one or more tyres hasdropped significantly. If the tyre pres-sure monitor has detected the affectedwheel, the wheel position is also dis-played.

E Stop the vehicle. Pay attention to the trafficconditions while doing so.

E Check the tyres.

E If necessary, repair or change the wheel(e page 317).

E Check the tyre pressure and correct if nec-essary (e page 352).

The warning message disappears automati-cally after driving for a few minutes withthe corrected tyre pressure.

N ENGINE OIL LEVELSTOP, ENGINE OFF!

There is not enough oil, or no oil in theengine. There is a danger of enginedamage.

E Stop the vehicle. Pay attention to the trafficconditions while doing so.

E Switch off the engine.

E Check the engine oil level with the dipstick(e page 255).

E If the oil level is correct: have the mal-function rectified immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

E If the oil level is too low: have the vehicletowed to a qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

294

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 297: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

N ENGINE OIL LEVEL VIS-IT WORKSHOP!

The engine oil level has dropped to acritical level.

E Check the engine oil level (e page 254) andtop up if necessary.

E If you frequently have to top up the engineoil, have the engine checked for leakage.

There is water in the engine oil. E Have the engine oil checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

N ENGINE OIL ADD 1.0 LI-TRE

The engine oil level is too low. E Check the engine oil level the next time youvisit a filling station (e page 254) and topup if necessary.

N Engine oil level Re-duce oil level

You have added too much engine oil.There is a risk of damaging the engineor catalytic converter.

E Have the oil siphoned off down to the cor-rect level. Observe the legal requirements.

N ENGINE OIL LEVEL VIS-IT WORKSHOP!

The measuring system is malfunction-ing.

E Have the measuring system checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

N ENGINE OIL LEVEL NOTWHEN ENGINE ON!

You want to check the engine oil level,even though the engine is still running.

E Switch off the engine.

E Check the engine oil level (e page 254).

; AIR CLEANER The service limit for the air filter hasbeen reached. The air filter is dirty.

E Have the filter cartridge replaced at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Î SPEEDTRONIC VISITWORKSHOP!

Speedtronic or cruise control is faulty. E Have Speedtronic and cruise controlchecked at a qualified specialist workshop.

W RESERVE FUEL VISITFILLING STATION!

The fuel level has fallen into the reserverange.

E Refuel at the nearest filling station(e page 215).

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

295

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 298: Mercedes Benz Vito

Display messages Possible cause/consequence Possible solution

8 DOOR OPEN! You are already driving at walking pace,even though not all the doors areclosed.

E Close the doors.

J WASHER FLUID CHECKLEVEL!

The washer fluid level has dropped toapproximately 1/3 of the reservoir ca-pacity.

E Top up the washer fluid (e page 253).

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

296

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 299: Mercedes Benz Vito

Indicator and warning lamps in switches and buttons

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

One or both of the indicatorlamps in the switch for the seatheating ( are flashing.

Insufficient voltage is availablebecause too many consumersare switched on.

The seat heating has beenswitched off automatically.

E Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. reading lamps, interi-or lighting.

The seat heating will switch back on automatically as soon asthere is sufficient voltage again.

The indicator lamp in the switchfor the rear window heatingF is flashing.

Insufficient voltage is availablebecause too many consumersare switched on.

The rear window heating hasbeen switched off automati-cally.

E Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. reading lamps, interi-or lighting.

The rear window heating can be switched back on as soon assufficient voltage becomes available again.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

297

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 300: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The residual engine heat utilisa-tion function switches off toosoon or only shortly after it wasswitched on.

Vehicles with air-conditioningsystem: the indicator lamp inthe ° switch does not lightup.

Insufficient voltage is availablebecause too many consumersare switched on.

E Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. reading lamps, interi-or lighting.

The residual engine heat utilisation function can be switchedback on as soon as sufficient voltage becomes available again.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFwarning lamp on the centreconsole lights up.

A special child seat with trans-ponder is fitted on the co-driv-er's seat. The co-driver's airbagwill not be triggered.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFwarning lamp on the centreconsole lights up.

There is no child seat fitted tothe co-driver's seat. The childseat recognition system hasmalfunctioned.

E Have the child seat recognition system checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

298

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 301: Mercedes Benz Vito

Warning signals

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The anti-theft alarm system issuddenly triggered.

You opened the vehicle usingthe emergency key elementwithout first deactivating theanti-theft alarm system.

E Press the k or j button.

or

E Insert the key into the ignition lock.

The anti-theft alarm system is deactivated.

You hear a warning signal. A message is shown in the dis-play.

E Observe the information for the messages (e page 282).

You hear a warning signal. You are driving with the parkingbrake applied.

E Release the parking brake.

You hear a warning signal. You have opened the driver'sdoor and forgotten to switch offthe lights.

E Turn the light switch toM.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

299

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 302: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

You hear a warning signal. GRisk of injury

The driver or co-driver has notfastened his seat belt.

E Fasten your seat belt (e page 37).

You hear a warning signal. Vehicles with automatic trans-mission:

You have:I switched off the engineI opened the driver's doorI not moved the selector lever

to position P

E Move the selector lever to position P.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

300

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 303: Mercedes Benz Vito

Engine

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The engine does not start. Thestarter motor can be heard.

There is air in the fuel system. E Turn the key back to position 0 in the ignition lock before thenext starting attempt.

E Restart the engine.

Remember that excessively long and frequent attempts tostart the engine will drain the battery.

If the engine does not start after several attempts:

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine does not start.

The starter motor can be heard.The reserve fuel warning lamp ison and the fuel gauge shows 0.

The tank has run dry. E Refuel the vehicle.

E Vehicles with a diesel engine: bleed the fuel system(e page 316).

The engine does not start.

The starter motor cannot beheard.

The on-board voltage is too low(the battery is too weak or dis-charged).

E Jump-start the vehicle (e page 341).

If the engine still does not start despite the attempt to jump-startit:

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

301

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 304: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The engine does not start.

The starter motor cannot beheard.

The battery is discharged ordamaged.

E Check the battery for damage.

E Recharge the battery (e page 258).

The engine does not start.

The starter motor cannot beheard.

The starter motor is faulty. E Have the starter motor checked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Vehicles with a petrol engine:

The engine is not runningsmoothly and is misfiring.

The engine electronics or a me-chanical component of the en-gine control system has mal-functioned.

E Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.

E Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Otherwise, unburned fuel may get into the catalytic converterand damage it.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

302

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 305: Mercedes Benz Vito

Automatic transmission

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The transmission no longerchanges gear correctly.

The transmission is losing oil. E Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

The acceleration ability is dete-riorating.

The transmission does not shift.

The transmission is in emer-gency mode.

It is only possible to shift intosecond gear or reverse gear.

E Stop the vehicle.

E Move the selector lever to position P.

E Switch off the engine.

E Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine.

E Move the selector lever to position D or R.

E In position D, the transmission shifts into second gear; in posi-tion R the transmission shits into reverse gear.

E Have the transmission checked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

303

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 306: Mercedes Benz Vito

Driving systems

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

Only the red segments in theParktronic (PTS) warning dis-plays are lit.

A warning tone also sounds forapproximately 2 seconds.

PTS switches off after approxi-mately 20 seconds.

The indicator lamp on the PTSswitch comes on and the redsegments in the warning displaygo out.

PTS has malfunctioned and hasswitched off.

When you press the PTS switch,the red segments in the PTSwarning displays light up againand the warning tone soundsfor approximately 2 seconds.

E Have PTS checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The Parktronic (PTS) warningdisplays indicate implausibledistances.

For example, all the segmentsmay be lit even though there isno obstacle present.

The PTS sensors are dirty oriced up.

E Clean PTS sensors (e page 245).

E Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

304

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 307: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The Parktronic (PTS) warningdisplays indicate implausibledistances.

For example, all the segmentsmay be lit even though there isno obstacle present.

An external radio or ultrasonicsource may be causing interfer-ence.

E Check whether PTS works at another location.

The Parktronic (PTS) warningdisplays indicate implausibledistances.

For example, all the segmentsmay be lit even though there isno obstacle present.

The licence plate or other at-tachment parts near the sen-sors may not be secured cor-rectly.

E Check the number plate and attachment parts near the sen-sors for correct seating.

The speed cannot be set whencruise control or Speedtronic isactivated13.

The display is showing a mes-sage of high priority and cannottherefore show a change inspeed.

E Proceed as instructed by the message in the display.

E Deactivate cruise control or Speedtronic if necessary.

13 Only on vehicles with steering wheel buttons.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

305

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 308: Mercedes Benz Vito

Trailer towing

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The ball coupling cannot belocked.

The ball coupling is dirty. E Remove the ball coupling and clean it.

If it is still not possible to lock the ball coupling, it should notthen be used for towing a trailer, since safe operation is notguaranteed.

E Have the entire trailer tow hitch examined at a qualified spe-cialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowl-edge and tools to carry out the work required.

The key on the ball couplingcannot be removed.

The trailer tow hitch is dam-aged.

E Remove the ball coupling and clean it.

If it is still not possible to lock the ball coupling, it should notthen be used for towing a trailer, since safe operation is notguaranteed.

E Have the entire trailer tow hitch examined at a qualified spe-cialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowl-edge and tools to carry out the work required.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

306

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 309: Mercedes Benz Vito

Auxiliary heating

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose. In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-re-lated systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. If this work is carried out incorrectly, the operating safety of the heater canno longer be guaranteed and there is a risk of accident and injury.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The ö symbol flashes andan error code is shown in thetimer display.

GRisk of accident

The auxiliary heating has mal-functioned.

E Switch off the auxiliary heating (e page 166).

E Have the auxiliary heating checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The battery check lamp on theremote control for the auxiliaryheating does not light up brieflywhen a button is pressed.

The remote control batteriesare discharged.

E Replace the remote control (e page 337) batteries.

The auxiliary heating does notswitch on or the engine doesnot start.

Lack of fuel.

The fuel tank is less than aquarter full. The auxiliary heat-ing switches off automatically.

E Refuel at the nearest filling station.

E Then start the auxiliary heating repeatedly until the fuel linesare full.

The auxiliary heating does notswitch on or the engine doesnot start.

The undervoltage protection cir-cuit integrated in the controlunit switches off the auxiliaryheating because the on-boardvoltage is less than 10 volts.

E If necessary, have the alternator and the battery checked.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

307

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 310: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The auxiliary heating does notswitch on or the engine doesnot start.

The fuse has blown. E Replace the fuse.

E Have the cause of the faulty fuse checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

The auxiliary heating does notswitch on or the engine doesnot start.

GRisk of accident

The auxiliary heating has over-heated several times in succes-sion.

The engine or heater is faulty.

E Have the auxiliary heating checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The auxiliary heating has over-heated.

The coolant level is too low. E Check the coolant level and top up if necessary.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

308

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 311: Mercedes Benz Vito

Central locking system

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

It is no longer possible to lockthe vehicle using the key.

The turn signals do not flashwhen the vehicle is locked.

The doors are not closed prop-erly.

E Close the doors properly and lock the vehicle again.

It is no longer possible to lockthe vehicle using the key.

The turn signals do not flashwhen the vehicle is locked.

The central locking system hasmalfunctioned.

E Lock the vehicle with the emergency key element(e page 337).

E Have the central locking system checked as soon as possibleat a qualified specialist workshop.

It is no longer possible to lockor unlock the vehicle using thekey.

The key batteries are weak ordischarged.

E Point the tip of the key at the driver’s door handle.

If this does not work:

E Lock or unlock the vehicle with the emergency key element(e page 337).

E Check whether the battery check lamp on the key lights upbriefly each time a button is pressed.

If it does not light up, change the batteries (e page 336).

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

309

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 312: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

It is no longer possible to lockor unlock the vehicle using thekey.

The key is faulty. E Lock or unlock the vehicle with the emergency key element(e page 337).

E Have the central locking system checked as soon as possibleat a qualified specialist workshop.

The battery check lamp on thekey does not light up brieflywhen a button is pressed.

The key batteries are dis-charged.

E Changing the batteries (e page 336).

You have lost a key. E Have the key cancelled at a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

E Immediately report this loss to your vehicle insurer.

E If necessary, have the mechanical locks replaced.

Your qualified specialist workshop will be happy to provide youwith a replacement.

You have lost an emergency keyelement.

E Immediately report this loss to your vehicle insurer.

E If necessary, have the mechanical locks replaced.

Your qualified specialist workshop will be happy to provide youwith a replacement.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

310

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 313: Mercedes Benz Vito

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The key cannot be turned in theignition lock.

The key has been in position 0for a long period of time.

E Remove the key and reinsert it into the ignition lock.

E Check and, if necessary, replace the starter battery.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock.

The key cannot be turned in theignition lock.

The vehicle voltage is too low. E Switch off all non-essential consumers, e.g. the seat heating,interior lighting, and try to turn the key again.

If this does not work:

E Check and, if necessary, replace the starter battery.

or

E Jump-start the vehicle.

or

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

311

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 314: Mercedes Benz Vito

Headlamps and turn signals

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The headlamps are misted upon the inside.

Air humidity is very high. E Drive with the headlamps switched on.

The headlamps are demisted after a short distance.

The headlamps are misted upon the inside.

The headlamp housing is notsealed and moisture has beenable to enter.

E Have the headlamps checked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

312

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 315: Mercedes Benz Vito

Windscreen wipers

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

The windscreen wipers arejammed.

Leaves or snow, for example,may be obstructing the wind-screen wiper movement. Thewiper motor has been deacti-vated.

E Stop the vehicle as soon as possible. For safety reasons re-move the key from the ignition lock.

E Remove the cause of the obstruction.

E Switch on the windscreen wipers again.

The windscreen wipers havestopped working completely.

There is a malfunction in thewindscreen wiper drive.

E Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.

E Have the windscreen wipers checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

313

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 316: Mercedes Benz Vito

Fuel and fuel tank

G Risk of accident and injury

Always have maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre for this purpose.In particular, work relevant to safety or on safety-related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. There is a risk of an acci-dent and injury if this work is carried out incorrectly.

Problem Possible cause/consequence Suggested solutions

On vehicles with a diesel en-gine: the fuel tank has been rundry.

There is air in the fuel system. E Bleed the fuel system (e page 314).

Fuel is leaking from the vehicle. GRisk of explosion

The fuel line or the fuel tank isdefective.

Leaking fuel creates a risk offire or explosion.

E Switch off the ignition immediately.

E Remove the key from the ignition lock.

E Do not start the engine under any circumstances.

E Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Practical advice

Troubleshooting

314

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 317: Mercedes Benz Vito

Engine

Draining the fuel filter

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the fuelfilter must be drained when the indicatorlamp / lights up.

! When the / indicator lamp lights up,drain the fuel filter with water separator imme-diately. Otherwise the engine may be damaged.

H Environmental note

When handling, storing and disposing of die-sel and diesel mixtures, please observe therelevant regulations.

For this reason, have the fuel filter withwater separator drained at a qualified spe-cialist workshop which has the necessaryspecialist knowledge and tools to carryout the work required, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

The fuel filter with water separator is inthe engine compartment.

1 Drain hose2 Drain plug

Vito 120 CDI1 Drain hose2 Drain plug

E Depress the parking brake and, if thevehicle has automatic transmission,

move the selector lever in the P posi-tion.

E Open the bonnet (e page 249).

E Place a suitable receptacle under drainhose 1.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Immediately open drain plug2 by oneturn or until liquid flows out of drainhose 1.

E Make sure that the liquid flows into thecontainer under drain hose1.

E Close drain plug2 as soon as approxi-mately 0.2 litres of liquid have been re-moved.

i The electric fuel delivery pump stops theflow of liquid automatically after 30 seconds.

E After draining, turn the key back to po-sition 0 in the ignition lock.

E Dispose of the liquid in an environmen-tally-responsible manner.

H Environmental note

Have the drained liquid disposed of at aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. aMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Practical advice

Engine

315

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 318: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Drain the fuel filter again if indicatorlamp / remains lit.

! If the / indicator lamp remains lit evenafter draining for the second time, have thecause checked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop, e.g. at a Mercedes-BenzService Centre.

Bleeding the fuel system

If the fuel tank on a vehicle with a dieselengine has been run dry, there is a possi-bility that the engine may not start imme-diately after refuelling because air may re-main in the fuel system.

i Too many attempts to start the enginecould drain the battery.

E After refuelling: turn the key to posi-tion 2 in the ignition lock for approxi-mately 10 seconds.

E After refuelling: turn the key to posi-tion 3 in the ignition lock for approxi-mately 10 seconds.

E Turn the starter motor for up to 60 sec-onds without interruption until the en-gine is running smoothly.

If the engine does not start:

E Wait approximately 2 minutes.

E Then turn the starter motor for up to60 seconds again without interruptionuntil the engine is running smoothly.

If this attempt is also unsuccessful, do notattempt to start the engine again. Consulta qualified specialist workshop, e.g. aMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Tyres and wheels

The vehicle is supplied with the TIREFITtyre sealant kit or a spare wheel*.

On vehicles without the TIREFIT kit, thespare wheel is either under the rear of thevehicle (e page 267) or, in the short chas-sis version, in the rear compartment(e page 266).

G Risk of accident

Defective or worn tyres, and tyre pressurethat is either too high or too low, can causesignificant changes in the vehicle’s handlingand braking characteristics. There is an in-creased risk of an accident.

Replace the tyres, including the spare tyre,at least every 6 years, They should be re-placed regardless of the degree of treadwear. Check the tyre pressure on the sparewheel at regular intervals.

You will find safety-relevant information ontyres and wheels in the “Practical advice”section (e page 56).

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

316

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 319: Mercedes Benz Vito

Preparing the vehicle

E Stop the vehicle as far away as possi-ble from traffic and on a level, firm andnon-slip surface.

E Switch on the hazard warning lamps.

E Engage the steering wheel lock in thestraight-ahead position.

E Depress the parking brake firmly.

E Vehicles with manual transmission:engage 1st gear or reverse gear.

E Vehicles with automatic transmis-sion: move the selector lever toposition P.

E If your vehicle is equipped with pneu-matic suspension and electronic levelcontrol (ENR), set the passive mode(e page 198).

E Any passengers should leave the ve-hicle,

ensuring that they are not endangeredas they do so.

E Place the warning triangle or hazardwarning lights at a suitable distance.

Observe legal requirements.

Using the TIREFIT kit

You can use the TIREFIT kit to seal smallpunctures, particularly those in the tyretread. The TIREFIT kit can be used at out-side temperatures down to –20 °C.

The TIREFIT kit contains the following:I a TIREFIT sealant bottleI a filler hoseI a valve core extractorI a valve coreI an electric air pumpI a sticker reading "max. 80 km/h".

G Risk of fire

Smoking, fire and naked flames are pro-hibited when handling tyre sealant. Avoidcreating sparks. The tyre sealant could oth-erwise ignite and cause a fire.

G Risk of accident

In the following situations, your safety is atparticular risk and TIREFIT is unable to pro-vide breakdown assistance:

I if there are cuts or punctures in the tyregreater than 4 mm

I if the wheel rim is damagedI if you have driven at very low tyre pres-

sures or on a flat tyre

Do not drive any further. Consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop which has the neces-sary specialist knowledge and tools to carryout the work required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, work relevant to safetyor on safety-related systems must be car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

E Prepare the vehicle (e page 317).

E Do not remove any foreign objectswhich have penetrated the tyre, e.g. screws or nails.

E Affix the "max. 80 km/h" sticker sothat it can be easily seen by the driver.

G Risk of injury

TIREFIT must not come into contact withyour skin, eyes or clothing.

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

317

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 320: Mercedes Benz Vito

I If TIREFIT comes into contact with youreyes or skin, immediately rinse thor-oughly with clean water.

I Change out of clothing which has comeinto contact with TIREFIT immediately.

I If an allergic reaction occurs, consult adoctor immediately.

Keep TIREFIT away from children.I If TIREFIT is swallowed, immediately

rinse your mouth out thoroughly withwater and drink plenty of water.

I Do not induce vomiting. Consult a doc-tor immediately.

I Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes.

1 TIREFIT sealant bottle2 Filler hose

E Shake TIREFIT filler bottle 1.

E Screw filler hose2 on to TIREFIT fillerbottle 1.

The TIREFIT sealant bottle is now open.

i Always hold the TIREFIT sealant bottle withthe opening pointing upwards.

1 TIREFIT sealant bottle2 Filler hose3 Filler hose cap4 Valve core extractor5 Valve core6 Valve

E Unscrew the valve cap from valve 6.

E Unscrew valve core 5 from valve 6using valve core extractor 4.

Place valve core5 on a clean, dry sur-face.

E Pull hose cap 3 from filler hose 2.

E Connect filler hose 2 to valve 6.

E Hold TIREFIT filler bottle1 with the fill-er hose downwards.

Make sure that the TIREFIT filler bottleis higher than valve 6.

E Squeeze the TIREFIT filler bottle wellseveral times until the entire contentsare transferred to the tyre.

E Pull filler hose 2 off.

E Screw valve core 5 firmly into valve6 using valve core extractor 4.

i If the old valve core is dirty or faulty, usethe valve core provided with the valve core ex-tractor.

E Close filler hose 2 with hose cap 3.

i If tyre sealant has leaked out, leave it todry. It can then be removed like a layer of film.

E Drive the vehicle forwards or back-wards approximately 10 m.

The tyre sealant distributes throughoutthe tyre.

E Remove the electric air pump from thestowage compartment.

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

318

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 321: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of injury

Comply with the manufacturer's safety in-structions shown on the sticker on the elec-tric air pump.

1 Connector2 Switch3 Flap4 Air hose with pressure gauge and se-

curing nut

E Open flap 3 on the air pump.

E Pull connector 1 and air hose 4 withpressure gauge from the housing.

E Screw air hose 4 onto the tyre valvewith the securing nut.

E Insert connector 1 into the cigarettelighter socket.

E Turn the key to position 1 in the igni-tion lock.

E Set the switch on the electric air pumpto I.

The electric air pump is switched on.The tyre will be pumped up.

! Do not operate the electric air pump forlonger than six minutes without a break, other-wise it may overheat.

The air pump can be operated again once it hascooled down.

After 5 minutes, a tyre pressure of at least1.8 bar should be achieved. If this value isnot reached:

E Remove the electric air pump.

E Drive the vehicle forwards or back-wards again approximately 10 m.

This allows the TIREFIT sealant to dis-tribute better throughout the tyre.

E Reconnect the electric pump.

E Pump up the tyre again.

G Risk of accident

If the tyre pressure of 1.8 bar still cannot beachieved, the tyre is too badly damaged.

Do not drive any further. Consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop which has the neces-sary specialist knowledge and tools to carryout the work required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, work relevant to safetyor on safety-related systems must be car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

E Set the switch on the electric air pumpto 0.

E Turn the key to position 0 in the igni-tion lock.

The electric air pump is switched off.

E Pull the connector out of the cigarettelighter socket.

E Remove the electric air pump.

E Place the electric air pump in the loadcompartment.

E Close the tailgate/rear door.

E Pull away immediately.

This allows the tyre sealant to distrib-ute throughout the tyre.

E Stop the vehicle after approximately10 minutes.

E Check the tyre pressure.

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

319

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 322: Mercedes Benz Vito

G Risk of accident

If the tyre pressure is less than 1.3 bar afterthe test drive, the tyre is too badly dam-aged. TIREFIT is unable to provide anybreakdown assistance in this case. There isan increased risk of an accident if you con-tinue to drive with defective tyres. You couldcause injury to yourself and others.

Defective tyres and tyre pressure that is toohigh or too low can cause significantchanges in the vehicle’s handling and brak-ing characteristics. There is an increasedrisk of an accident.Do not drive any further. Consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-BenzService Centre or "24h Service".

E If the tyre pressure is still at least1.3 bar, correct it with the electric airpump (e page 318).

E Stow connector 1 and air hose 4 be-hind flap 3 (e page 319).

E Stow the air pump in the place pro-vided in the stowage compartment(e page 264).

E Close the stowage compartment.

E Drive to a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

Have the tyre and the TIREFIT kit re-placed there.

H Environmental note

Have the used TIREFIT kit disposed of pro-fessionally, e.g. at a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

i Have the TIREFIT kit replaced everyfour years.

Changing a wheel in the event of aflat tyre

G Risk of accident

The wheel and tyre sizes of the spare wheelor the emergency spare wheel may differfrom those of the normal wheel.14

If this is the case, the vehicle’s handlingcharacteristics may change. Adapt yourstyle of driving accordingly.The spare wheel or the emergency sparewheel must only be used briefly. Do not ex-

ceed the maximum speed of 80 km/h anddo not deactivate ESP®.Have the spare wheel or emergency sparewheel replaced with a new wheel as soon aspossible at a qualified specialist workshopwhich has the necessary specialist knowl-edge and tools to carry out the work re-quired. Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou use a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre forthis purpose. In particular, work relevant tosafety or on safety-related systems must becarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.Never drive the vehicle with more than onespare wheel or emergency spare wheel fit-ted.

G Risk of injury

While you are raising the vehicle on the jack,the electronic level control (ENR) can unex-pectedly raise or lower the vehicle. Thiscould cause injury to yourself and others.Set the passive mode before changing tyres. No level control takes place.

G Risk of injury

To avoid the risk of causing serious or fatalinjury, or damage to the vehicle, please bearthe following points in mind:

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

320

5

14 This is only permitted for vehicles which havebeen approved as passenger cars.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 323: Mercedes Benz Vito

I The vehicle’s jack is intended only toraise the vehicle for a short time whenchanging a wheel.

I Position the jack under the appropriatejacking point only. Make sure that thejack is correctly seated under the jack-ing point before raising the vehicle.

I The jack must be placed on a firm, flatsurface only.

I Before raising the vehicle, you should al-so secure it against rolling away, e.g. bychocking the wheels. Never release thepedal-operated parking brake while thevehicle is raised.

I Make sure that the distance betweenthe underside of the tyres and theground does not exceed 30 mm. The ve-hicle could otherwise slip or topple offthe jack.

I Never place your hands or feet underthe raised vehicle.

I Do not start the engine and avoid creat-ing other vibrations while the vehicle isjacked up. The vehicle could otherwiseslip off the jack.

Preparing the vehicle

E Prepare the vehicle as described(e page 317).

E Secure the vehicle against rolling awayusing chocks or similar.

G Risk of injury

The vehicle could slip off the jack on uphilland downhill gradients.

To avoid the risk of causing serious or fatalinjury, or damage to the vehicle, do notchange wheels on uphill and downhill gra-dients.

On a level road:

E Place chocks in front of and behind thewheel which is diagonally opposite thewheel you wish to change.

E Take the vehicle tool kit out of thestowage space under the driver's seator the stowage space in the rear(e page 264).

E Take the jack out of the stowage spacein the rear (e page 264).

E Remove the spare wheel from thespare wheel bracket (e page 266).

E Put on the gloves provided with thetool kit.

Removal tool for wheel trim

E Wheels with wheel trims: take thewheel trim removal tool from the toolkit.

E Carefully pull off the wheel trim withthe removal tool.

1 Wheel bolts

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

321

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 324: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Loosen wheel bolts 1 on the wheel tobe changed by about one turn, but donot unscrew them completely.

Raising the vehicle

The jacking points (rubber stoppers) arelocated behind the wheel housings of thefront wheels and in front of the wheelhousings of the rear wheels.

1 Jacking points2 Jack3 Handwheel

4 Adapter5 Ratchet

E Take jack 2, adapter 4 and ratchet5 out of the vehicle tool kit.

G Risk of injury

Only position the jack on the jacking pointsintended for this purpose. The plate of thejack must completely envelop the jackingpoint. Only use the rearmost jacking pointto raise the rear axle.The vehicle could otherwise tip off the jackand injure you or other persons.

E Position jack 2 at jacking point1.

E Always place the jack upright under thejacking point.

E Then turn handwheel 3 on the jackuntil the plate of the jack touches thejacking point and the handwheel be-comes difficult to turn.

E Attach adapter 4 and ratchet 5 tojack 2.

The AUF/UP sticker must be visible.

E Turn ratchet 5 in the direction of theletters AUF/UP until the wheel hasbeen raised clear of the ground.

When doing so, jack 2 may move toone of the side support surfaces.

Make sure that the distance betweenthe underside of the tyres and theground does not exceed 30 mm.

Removing a wheel

E Unscrew the wheel bolts.

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on adirty surface. This could cause damage to thebolt and wheel hub threads.

E Take off the wheel.

Fitting a new wheel

G Risk of accident

To avoid the risk of serious or fatal injuriesor vehicle damage, please bear the followingpoints in mind:I Replace any wheel bolts which are dam-

aged or rusted.I Never oil or grease wheel bolts.

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

322

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 325: Mercedes Benz Vito

I If a wheel hub thread is damaged, youmust not drive the vehicle.Consult a qualified specialist workshopwhich has the necessary specialistknowledge and tools to carry out thework required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that youuse a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre forthis purpose. In particular, all work rele-vant to safety or on safety-related sys-tems must be carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

I For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz rec-ommends that you only use wheel boltswhich have been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles. Other wheelbolts could work loose.

E Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.

1 Centring pin

E Screw in centring pin 1 from the ve-hicle tool kit.

E Push the wheel onto the wheel hub andpress it on.

! If your vehicle is equipped with the tyrepressure monitor, each wheel has an electroniccomponent.

Fitting tools must not be used in the area ofthe valve. Otherwise, the electronic compo-nents could be damaged.

Have the tyres changed only at a qualified spe-cialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

G Risk of accident

Do not tighten the wheel bolts and wheelnuts completely while the vehicle is stilljacked up. The vehicle could otherwise tip.

N40.10-2152-31

1 Wheel bolt for light-alloy wheel andsteel wheel

E Screw in the wheel bolts and tightenthem slightly.

E Unscrew the centring pin and screw inthe last wheel bolt.

Lowering the vehicle

E Attach ratchet 5 to the jack.

The AB/DOWN sticker must be visi-ble.

E Lower the vehicle.

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

323

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 326: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Put the jack aside.

1 — 5 Wheel bolts

E Tighten all wheel bolts evenly in the se-quence indicated.

! The tightening torque is:

I 180 Nm ± 10 Nm for steel wheels

I 150 Nm ± 10 Nm for light alloy wheels

E Wheels with wheel trim: fit the wheeltrim with the opening for the valve overand press onto the wheel in this posi-tion.

E Carefully push the wheel trim againstthe wheel opposite the valve until it en-gages. Make sure the retaining catcheson the trim engage in the wheel.

E Turn the jack back to its out-of-use po-sition.

E Stow away the jack and the rest of thevehicle tool kit.

E Secure the faulty wheel in the sparewheel bracket (e page 266).

E Check the tyre pressure and correct ifnecessary (e page 352).

E After 50 km retighten the wheel boltsto the specified torque.

Tightening the wheel bolts

G Risk of accident

After changing a wheel, you must, for safetyreasons:I have the tightening torque checked. The

wheels could otherwise work looseI check the tyre pressure and correct if

necessaryI retighten the wheel bolts to the speci-

fied tightening torque after driving50 km

I if new or repainted wheels are fitted, thewheel bolts must be retightened againafter approximately 1,000 to 5,000 kmto the specified tightening torque.

I have the direction of tyre rotation cor-rected, if reversed, as soon as possibleat a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. aMercedes-Benz Service Centre. The ve-hicle handling characteristics could oth-erwise be affected.

Otherwise, the operating reliability and roadsafety of the vehicle could be jeopardised.This could cause you to lose control of thevehicle, resulting in an accident and injuringyourself or others.

Practical advice

Tyres and wheels

324

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 327: Mercedes Benz Vito

Electrical system

Notes on changing bulbs

Bulbs and lights are an important aspectof vehicle safety. You must therefore makesure that all bulbs are in working order atall times.

G Risk of injury

Bulbs and lamps can be very hot. Youshould therefore allow them to cool downbefore you change them. Otherwise, youcould be burned if you touch them.

Keep bulbs out of the reach of children. Oth-erwise, they could damage them, for exam-ple, and injure themselves.Never use a bulb which has been dropped.Such a bulb may explode and injure you.H7 bulbs are pressurised and could explodewhen you change them, particularly if theyare very hot. You should therefore wear eyeprotection and gloves when you are chang-ing them.

I Switch off the lights before changing abulb to avoid a short-circuit.

I Only touch new bulbs with a clean lint-free cloth or similar. Do not work withwet or greasy fingers.

I Only fit 12-volt bulbs of the same typeas before and of the correct wattage.

I Have the headlamp setting checkedregularly.

I If the new bulb still does not light up,consult a qualified specialist workshop,e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

I Have the LEDs in the third brake lampchanged by a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

! Make sure the bulbs are always securelyfitted.

Changing bulbs

Bulbs and lights are an important aspectof vehicle safety. You must make sure thatall bulbs are in working order at all times.

Changing the front bulbs

Bulb Model

1 Additional turn signallamp

WY 5 W

2 Dipped-beam head-lamp

H7 55 W

3 Turn signal lamps PY 21 W

4 Main-beam headlamp H7 55 W

5 Side lamps W 5 W

6 Foglamp H7 55 W

E Switch the lights off.

E Open the bonnet (e page 249).

Practical advice

Electrical system

325

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 328: Mercedes Benz Vito

N82.10-2537-31

1 2 3 2

1 Housing cover with catch2 Retaining lug3 Housing cover

E Press retaining lugs 2 down.

Housing cover3 is unlocked.

E Fold the housing cover to the rear.

E Remove the housing cover upwards.

Dipped-beam headlamps, main-beamheadlamps, foglamps

Bulb arrangement in the left headlamp (in-side):

4 Turn signal lamps5 Dipped-beam headlamp6 Foglamp7 Main-beam headlamp

E Disconnect the connector from thebulb holder.

E Release the retainer spring and removethe bulb.

E Insert the new bulb in such a way thatits base fits into the recess of the bulbholder.

E Attach the retainer spring. Plug theconnector onto the bulb.

E Insert housing cover3 into the re-tainer from above.

E Press the housing cover until retaininglug 2 engages audibly.

Turn signal lamps

E Turn the housing cover with catch 1(e page ) anti-clockwise and remove it.

E Press the bulb to the rear.

E Turn it anti-clockwise and remove itfrom the bulb holder.

E Press the new bulb into the bulb holderand screw it in clockwise.

E Insert the bulb holder into the lampand turn it clockwise until it engages.

Changing the rear bulbs

Practical advice

Electrical system

326

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 329: Mercedes Benz Vito

Bulb Model

7 Third brake lamp LED

8 Additional turn signallamps on the roof

P 21 W

9 Brake lamp, tail lamp P 21/5 W

a Turn signal lamps PY 21 W

b Reversing lamp P 21 W

c Rear foglamp (driver’sside), parking lamps

P 21 W

d Licence plate illumina-tion

C 5 W

! Remove the rear light cluster with care, soas not to damage the paintwork.

Due to the installation position, Mercedes-Benzrecommends that you have the bulbs changedat a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. aMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Always have maintenance work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop which has thenecessary specialist knowledge and tools tocarry out the work required. Mercedes-Benzrecommends that you use a Mercedes-BenzService Centre for this purpose. In particular,work relevant to safety or on safety-related sys-

tems must be carried out at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Rear light cluster

E Remove the rear light cluster to changethe bulbs.

1 Securing bolts2 Rear light cluster

E Switch the lights off.

E Open the tailgate/rear door.

i There is a screwdriver in the vehicle tool kitin the stowage compartment under the driver’s

seat or in the stowage compartment at the rear(e page 249).

E Unscrew the three securing bolts 1 atthe side.

E Turn rear light cluster 2 outwards.

E Pull rear light cluster 2 out of the fas-tener holes.

E Disconnect the electrical connector.

1 Bulb holder2 Fastening lugs

E Press fastening lugs 2 in the directionof the arrow.

E Remove bulb holder 1.

Practical advice

Electrical system

327

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 330: Mercedes Benz Vito

Bulb arrangement3 Brake lamp/tail lamp4 Turn signal lamp5 Reversing light6 Rear foglamp (driver’s side only)

E To change the bulb: press the bulb tothe rear.

E Turn it anti-clockwise and remove itfrom the bulb holder.

E Press the new bulb into the bulb holderand screw it in clockwise.

E To fit the rear light cluster: engagethe bulb holder in the rear lamp clus-ter.

E Press the electrical connector into thebulb holder.

E Align the rear light cluster from theside, with the locating lugs in the fas-tener holes.

E Turn the rear light cluster inwards.

E Align the three securing bolts 1(e page 327) and tighten.

Changing the additional bulbs

Licence plate lamp

1 Bulb holder2 Licence plate bulb

E Switch the lights off.

E Press the bulb to the rear.

E Turn the lamp with a suitable tool, e.g.a screwdriver, anti-clockwise againstthe spring force and remove it.

E Remove the cover.

E Pull licence plate bulb 2 out of bulbholder 1.

E Push new licence plate bulb 2 intobulb holder 1.

E Place the cover on the lamp.

E Replace the lamp and press it inwardsuntil it engages.

Additional turn signal lamp

1 Turn signal lamp housing

E Slide turn signal lamp housing 1 for-wards and swing it out.

Practical advice

Electrical system

328

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 331: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Press the bulb to the rear.

E Turn it anti-clockwise and remove itfrom the bulb holder.

E Press the new bulb into the bulb holderand screw it in clockwise.

Additional turn signal lamps on theroof

1 Securing bolts

E Switch the lights off.

E Unscrew the three securing bolts 1with a suitable tool, e.g. a screwdriver.

E Remove the turn signal lens.

E Turn it anti-clockwise and remove itfrom the bulb holder.

E Screw the new bulb into the bulb hold-er.

E Replace the turn signal lens and tightenthe three securing bolts 1.

Interior light

! Have the overhead control panel interiorlight changed at a qualified specialist workshopwhich has the necessary specialist knowledgeand tools to carry out the work required.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose.

You could otherwise damage the overhead con-trol panel.

Fuses

i Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating (which can be recognised bythe colour and amperage) and which have theamperage specified in the fuse allocation chart.A Mercedes-Benz Service Centre will be happyto advise you.

G Risk of fire

Only use fuses that have been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles and which have thecorrect amperage for the system con-cerned. Do not attempt to repair or bridgefaulty fuses. A circuit overload could other-wise cause a fire. Have the cause traced

and rectified at a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

E Switch off the ignition and the electri-cal consumers before changing a fuse.

Main fuse box

The fuse box is located in the engine com-partment on the co-driver’s side.

1 Tabs2 Cover

E To open: switch off all electrical con-sumers.

E Apply the pedal-operated parking brakeor shift the selector lever to position Pon vehicles with automatic transmis-sion.

E Remove the key from the ignition lock.

Practical advice

Electrical system

329

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 332: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Open the bonnet (e page 249).

E Slide tabs 1 in the direction of the ar-row.

E Fold cover 2 upwards.

E To close: fold cover2 down onto themain fuse box.

E Slide tabs 1 in the direction of the ar-row until they engage.

! Always close the cover of the main fusebox. In this way you will prevent:

I air from the engine compartment enteringthe vehicle interior

I electrical malfunctions occurring due to theingress of:

I water

I dirt

I moisture

1 Main fuses2 Fuse box F 43 Fuse box F 54 Main fuse F 1

5 Fuse block F 346 Fuse block F 35

Practical advice

Electrical system

330

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 333: Mercedes Benz Vito

Practical advice

Electrical system

331

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 334: Mercedes Benz Vito

Fuses

No. Consumer Rating

1 Windscreen wipers 30 A

2 Horn 15 A

3 Brake lamp switch 5 A

4 Heating 7.5 A

5 Diagnostics socket, ro-tary light switch, in-strument cluster

5 A

6 Engine components 5 A

7 Rear wiper 30 A

8 Terminal 87 (1) 10 A

9 Terminal 87 (2) 15 A

10 Terminal 87 (3) 10 A

11 Terminal 30 Z engine 7.5 A

12 Rear window heating 30 A

13 Ignition lock/instru-ment panel

7.5 A

14 Brake system 7.5 A

15 Headlamp range con-trol

5 A

No. Consumer Rating

16 Starter motor 25 A

17 Fuel pump 15 A

18 Cigarette lighter/glovecompartment lighting

15 A

19 Radio 5 A

20 M112 ignition coils 15 A

Diesel HFM 5 A

21 Automatic transmis-sion gearshift

7.5 A

22 Tachograph 7.5 A

23 Airbag control unit 10 A

24 Japanese rear-viewmirror

5 A

25 Trailer control unit 5 A

26 Cut-off relay 5 A

27 Terminal 15 body/equipment manufac-turer

5 A

28 Transmission controlunit

10 A

29 Start-off assist system 5 A

No. Consumer Rating

30 Unassigned

31 ATA horn 10 A

32 Mobile phone/VICSsocket

5 A

33 Airbag, automatic childseat recognition

10 A

34 Terminal 15 R body/equipment manufac-turer

5 A

35 Overhead control pan-el

7.5 A

36 Lumbar adjustment(seat)

10 A

37 Make-up mirror light 7.5 A

38 Rear-compartment en-tertainment

7.5 A

39 Unassigned

40 Engine fuse (diesel) 10 A

Engine fuse (petrol) 20 A

41 Engine fuse (diesel) 10 A

Engine fuse (petrol) 20 A

Practical advice

Electrical system

332

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 335: Mercedes Benz Vito

No. Consumer Rating

F 1 Terminal 30 electricalsystem, alternator

225 A

F 4 Air-conditioning fan (incooling unit)

60 A

F 5 Secondary air pump 40 A

Fuse block F 34

No. Consumer Rating

21 Light switch and uppersection of control pan-el

5 A

22 Rear-compartment en-tertainment

7.5 A

23 Interior light 10 A

24 Overhead control pan-el and sliding/tiltingsunroof

7.5 A/25A

25 Rear-compartmentsliding/tilting roof

25 A

26 Auxiliary heating, radioreceiver

5 A

27 Front-compartment airconditioning

7.5 A

28 Socket for rear-com-partment entertain-ment

15 A

29 Mobile phone/CDchanger/microphonecontrol module

7.5 A

30 Seat heating controls 30 A

31 Tachograph 5 A

No. Consumer Rating

32 Diagnostics gateway 5 A

33 Diagnostics socket 10 A

34 Audio gateway 15 A

35 Unassigned

36 Headlamp cleaningsystem

30 A

37 ATA battery horn 10 A

38 Steering column lock 20 A

39 Front-compartmentblower

40 A

40 ABS control unit 25 A

41 ABS control unit 40 A

42 Radio/COMAND 15 A

Practical advice

Electrical system

333

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 336: Mercedes Benz Vito

Fuse block F 35

No. Consumer Rating

21 12-volt socket forpassenger compart-ment, left

15 A

22 12-volt socket forpassenger compart-ment, right

15 A

23 Trailer power socket 20 A

24 Trailer recognition unit 25 A

No. Consumer Rating

25 Driver's seat adjust-ment

30 A

26 Co-driver's seat adjust-ment

30 A

27 Electric sliding door,left

30 A

28 Electric sliding door,right

30 A

29 Rear-compartmentblower

30 A

30 Air suspension system 40 A

31 Parktronic 10 A

32 Tyre pressure monitor 5 A

33 Sound system 25 A

34 Mobile phone controlunit/VICS, TV booster

5 A

35 Auxiliary heating con-trol unit

20 A

36 Unassigned

37 Rear-compartment air-conditioning system

5 A

No. Consumer Rating

38 COMAND camera con-trol

7.5 A

39 Conventional taxi-meter

5 A

40 12-volt socket, rearright

15 A

41 Roof indicator lightcontrol unit

10 A

42 Unassigned

Fuse box under the driver's seat

1 Rotary catch2 Cover

Practical advice

Electrical system

334

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 337: Mercedes Benz Vito

E To open: switch off all electrical con-sumers.

E Apply the parking brake or shift the se-lector lever to position P on vehicleswith automatic transmission.

E Fold the lower section of the rotarycatch in the direction of the arrow.

E Turn rotary catch 1 on cover2 anti-clockwise and remove the cover.

Compartment in the driver’s seat baseopen3 Fuse box

Fuses

No. Consumer Rating

F 6 SAM-SRB 80 A

No. Consumer Rating

1 Door control unit, left 25 A

2 Door control unit, right 25 A

No. Consumer Rating

3 PSM control unit 25 A

4 PSM control unit 25 A

5 12-volt socket on theco-driver's seat base

15 A

6 WVC charge line forvehicle battery inMARCO POLO

25 A

7 Timer and lighting inFUN/MARCO POLO

7.5 A

8 Auxiliary heating inFUN/MARCO POLO

25 A

9 Pop-up roof in FUN/MARCO POLO

25 A

Practical advice

Electrical system

335

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 338: Mercedes Benz Vito

Batteries for the remote control

If the key's batteries are discharged, youwill only be able to lock and unlock the ve-hicle manually using the emergency key el-ement (e page 337).

If the batteries in the auxiliary heating re-mote control are discharged, you will onlybe able to switch the auxiliary heating onor off using the auxiliary heating/heaterbooster switch inside the vehicle(e page 166).

It is advisable to have the batterieschanged at a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

G Risk of poisoning

Batteries contain toxic and caustic substan-ces. For this reason, keep batteries awayfrom children.If a battery is swallowed, consult a doctorimmediately.

H Environmental note

Do not dispose of batteries with the house-hold rubbish. They contain highly toxic sub-stances.

Take discharged batteries to a qualified spe-cialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-BenzService Centre, or to a special collectionpoint for old batteries.

i Always replace all the batteries at the sametime. Suitable batteries are available from aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre. You can also have thebatteries changed there and return used bat-teries. In many EU countries and some othercountries, retailers are legally obliged to takeback used batteries.

Vehicle key

You need two CR 2025 3 V cell batteries.

1 emergency key element2 Release catch3 Battery tray

E Remove emergency key element 1(e page 337).

E Using emergency key element 1,press the side of grey release catch 2in the opening of battery tray 3.

Battery tray 3 is unlocked.

E Pull battery tray 3 out of the key inthe direction of the arrow.

4 Battery5 Contact spring

E Remove old batteries 4 from batterytray 3.

i When inserting the batteries, make surethat they are clean and lint-free.

E Insert new batteries 4 beneath con-tact spring 5 with the positive termi-

Practical advice

Batteries for the remote control

336

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 339: Mercedes Benz Vito

nal facing upwards. Do this using a lint-free cloth.

E Slide battery tray 3 back into the keycasing until the battery tray engages.

E Slide emergency key element 1 backinto the key casing.

E Check the function of all key buttonson the vehicle.

Auxiliary heating

You need three Micro/AAA/LR03 bat-teries.

1 Battery cover2 Batteries

E Remove battery cover 1 using a suit-able implement, e.g. a key.

E Take out old batteries 2.

E Fit new batteries 2. Observe the plusand minus signs in the remote control.

E Slide battery cover1 onto the remotecontrol as illustrated.

E Check the auxiliary heating functionson the vehicle using the remote con-trol.

Locking and unlocking in an emer-gency

Unlocking the vehicle with the emer-gency key element

If you can no longer lock or unlock thedoors using the key, use the emergencykey element.

1 Emergency key element2 Emergency key element release catch

E Slide release catch 2 in the directionof the arrow and at the same time re-move emergency key element 1 fromthe key in the direction of the arrow.

Practical advice

Locking and unlocking in an emergency

337

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 340: Mercedes Benz Vito

Vehicles with convenience opening/closing feature

The door lock for unlocking in an emer-gency is on the co-driver’s door.

1 To unlock2 To lock

E Insert the emergency key element fullyinto the co-driver's door lock and turnit anti-clockwise 1.

The co-driver’s door is unlocked.

Vehicles without convenience open-ing/closing feature

The door lock for unlocking in an emer-gency is on the driver’s door.

E Insert the emergency key element fullyinto the driver's door lock and turn itanti-clockwise 1.

The driver’s door is unlocked.

i The anti-theft alarm system (ATA) is trig-gered when you open the vehicle using theemergency key element.

The alarm can be disabled in the followingways:

E Press the k or j button on thekey.

or

E Insert the key into the ignition lock

Vehicle with partition

If the vehicle is equipped with a partition,it is only possible to gain access to theload compartment by using the emergencyunlocking feature for the tailgate/reardoors.

Tailgate as an example1 To unlock2 To lock

E Insert the emergency key element fullyinto the tailgate/rear door lock andturn it anti-clockwise 1.

The tailgate/rear door unlocks.

Practical advice

Locking and unlocking in an emergency

338

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 341: Mercedes Benz Vito

Locking the vehicle

The vehicle can no longer be locked usingthe key.

E Press the locking knob on the driver’sdoor (e page 67).

E Close the driver's door.

The driver’s door is locked.

E Press the locking knob on all the doors.

E Slide the latch on the tailgate down orslide the latch on the rear door to theleft.

Sliding/tilting sunroof

The sliding/tilting sunroof can no longerbe closed.

Front sliding/tilting sunroof

E To open/close manually:

E Lift the lamp cover at marked position1 in the direction of the arrow, thenreach behind the lamp cover and takeit off completely in the direction of ar-row 2.

1 Crank2 Opening

E Take crank 1 from the vehicle docu-ment wallet in the glove compartment.

E Insert crank1 into opening 2 of thedrive.

E Open or close the sliding/tilting sun-roof by turning the crank in the appro-priate direction.

E Then, with the ignition switched on,press the switch for opening or closingthe sliding/tilting sunroof (e page 77)towards the front or the rear for 30 sec-onds.

The electronics are reset.

E Reset the sliding/tilting sunroof(e page 78).

E Push in the lamp cover until it engages.

Practical advice

Locking and unlocking in an emergency

339

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 342: Mercedes Benz Vito

Rear sliding/tilting sunroof

The drive is located behind the trim on theroof cross member in the rear.

1 Roof cross member trim2 Opening3 Crank

E To open/close manually: carefullypull down roof cross member trim 1.

E Take crank 3 from the vehicle docu-ment wallet in the glove compartment.

E Insert crank3 into opening 2 of thedrive.

E Open or close the sliding/tilting sun-roof by turning the crank in the appro-priate direction.

E Push roof cross member trim 1 firmlyback into the cross member fastening.

E Then, with the ignition switched on,press the switch for opening or closingthe sliding/tilting sunroof (e page 77)for 30 seconds:I towards the rear to open, if you

opened the sliding/tilting sunroofmanually

I towards the front to close, if youclosed the sliding/tilting sunroofmanually

E Reset the sliding/tilting sunroof(e page 78).

Automatic transmission

In the event of a malfunction, it is possibleto manually release the selector lever fromthe lock in parking position P, e.g. to havethe vehicle towed away.

1 Cover2 Selector lever3 Release button

E Remove cover 1 using a suitable ob-ject, e.g. a key, and pull the leathercover upwards with force.

E Press release button 3 down on theright-hand side.

The selector lever lock is released.

E Keep pressing release button 3 andmove selector lever 2 to position N.

Practical advice

Automatic transmission

340

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 343: Mercedes Benz Vito

i You can now move the selector lever freelyagain until it is returned to position P.

Jump-starting, towing and tow-start-ing

Jump-starting

If the vehicle battery is flat, the engine canbe started from another vehicle usingjump leads.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting at-tempts.

Never start the vehicle using a rapid batterycharger.

Please note:I Jump-starting must only be performed

when the engine and catalytic convert-er are cold.

I Do not start the engine if the batteryhas frozen. Let the battery thaw outfirst.

I Only use batteries with the same nomi-nal voltage for jump-starting and ap-proximately the same capacity.

I Only use jump leads of adequate cross-section with insulated battery terminalclamps.

i Jump leads which are protected against po-larity reversal are available from a qualified spe-

cialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre, or a qualified specialist store.

G Risk of injury

When batteries are being charged, explosivedetonating gas is emitted. When working onbatteries, always make sure that the workarea is well ventilated.Keep flames and naked lights away from thebattery, and do not smoke.Avoid making sparks (e.g. when disconnect-ing the batteries). Sparks can ignite the oxy-hydrogen gas and cause the batteries to ex-plode. You and others could be seriously in-jured.

G Risk of injury

Due to the gases which escape from bat-teries, there is a risk of acid burns whenjump-starting a vehicle. Do not lean over thebattery while the engine is being jump-started.

E Make sure that the two vehicles do nottouch.

E Depress the parking brake or, on ve-hicles with automatic transmission,move the selector lever to P.

E Switch off all electrical consumers.

Practical advice

Jump-starting, towing and tow-starting

341

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 344: Mercedes Benz Vito

The jump-start contacts are located on themain fuse box on the co-driver’s side ofthe engine compartment.

1 Negative terminal of second battery2 Positive terminal of second battery3 Vehicle earth (negative terminal)4 Jump-start contact for vehicle battery

(positive terminal)

E Open the rubber cap marked with a +on the cover of the main fuse box.

You can now see positive terminal 4.

E Connect positive terminals 2 and 4of the two batteries with the jump lead.

Begin with the donor battery.

E Run the other vehicle’s engine at idlingspeed.

E Connect negative terminal 1 to thedonor battery.

Begin with the donor battery.

E Connect the jump lead to vehicle earth3.

Begin with the donor battery.

E Start the engine.

You can now switch electrical consum-ers on again, e.g. the blower. Do notswitch on the lights.

E Disconnect the jump leads, first fromvehicle earth 3 and from negative ter-minal 1 of the battery, then from posi-tive terminals 4 and 2.

E Close the rubber cover to cover posi-tive terminal 4.

E Have the battery checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.

Tow-startingI Vehicles with automatic transmission

must not be tow-started.I Before tow-starting the vehicle, make

sure that the battery is connected andcharged. The ignition can otherwise notbe switched on and there will be nosteering and braking assistance.

I Vehicles with a catalytic convertershould only be tow-started after the en-gine has been allowed to cool down.

I If the engine does not start after a fewseconds, try jump-starting it with a sec-ond battery (e page 341).

I Avoid repeated attempts to tow-startthe vehicle as these could result indamage to the catalytic converter.

I Use a rigid towing bar and secure thisonly to the front towing eye(e page 343).

Vehicles with manual transmission

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Engage neutral.

E Have the vehicle tow-started.

Practical advice

Jump-starting, towing and tow-starting

342

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 345: Mercedes Benz Vito

E Engage the second or third gear andslowly release the clutch. Do not de-press the accelerator pedal while doingso.

The engine starts.

Towing

G Risk of accident

Tow the vehicle using a rigid towing bar if:I the engine is not runningI the voltage supply or the vehicle’s elec-

trical system is damagedThere is no power assistance for the steer-ing and braking when the engine is not run-ning. You must then use significantly greaterforce to steer the vehicle and brake.Do not tow the vehicle if the key cannotbe turned in the ignition lock. The steeringis then locked and it will not be possible tosteer the vehicle.When towing another vehicle, its weightshould not be greater than the permissiblegross weight of your vehicle.

Comply with national regulations whentowing.

It is preferable to have the vehicle trans-ported on a transporter or trailer instead

of towing it. We recommend the use of arigid towing bar if towing is necessary.

! Only secure the tow cable or towing bar tothe towing eyes. You may otherwise damagethe vehicle.

Front towing eye

The fixture for the front towing eye is lo-cated behind a cover on the right-handside of the bumper, when viewed in the di-rection of travel. The towing eye is in thevehicle tool kit.

1 Towing eye cover

E To install the towing eye: unscrewcover1 and let it hang on its retainingstrap.

E Take the towing eye and wheel wrenchfrom the vehicle tool kit (e page 264).

E Screw in the towing eye clockwise asfar as it will go.

E Insert the wheel wrench handle intothe towing eye and tighten it.

E To remove the towing eye: take thewheel wrench from the vehicle tool kit.

E Insert the wheel wrench handle intothe towing eye and turn the wrench an-ticlockwise.

E Unscrew the towing eye.

E Put on cover1 and turn it until it en-gages.

E Return the towing eye and the wheelwrench to the vehicle tool kit.

i Before towing, deactivate the automaticlocking while driving function (e page 65). Youcould otherwise become locked out when push-ing or towing the vehicle.

Rear towing eye

The rear towing eye is located on the right,under the bumper cover, when viewed inthe direction of travel. It is permanently fit-ted.

Practical advice

Jump-starting, towing and tow-starting

343

ee

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 346: Mercedes Benz Vito

1 Rear towing eye

i If your vehicle has a trailer coupling, usethis for towing.

Vehicles with manual transmission

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Shift the transmission to neutral.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

Vehicles with automatic transmissionmust not be tow-started. If the enginedoes not start, try jump-starting.

E Turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

E Move the selector lever to the positionN.

! Do not tow the vehicle further than 50 km.Do not exceed the maximum towing speed of50 km/h as you could otherwise damage thetransmission.

Always raise the rear axle for towing if:

I you have to tow the vehicle over a longerdistance

I the transmission is damaged

Towing the vehicle in the event of par-ticular faults

E With transmission damage: alwaysremove the propeller shafts to the driv-en axles.

! Always use new self-locking nuts when fit-ting the propeller shafts.

E With front axle damage: turn the keyto position 1 in the ignition lock.

! If the vehicle is to be towed with the frontor rear axle raised, the ignition must beswitched off (key in position 0 or 1 in the igni-tion lock). Application of the brakes by ESP®

could otherwise destroy the brake system onthe front or rear axle.

If the battery is defective, the automatictransmission will be locked in position P.To shift the automatic transmission toposition N, you must provide power to the

vehicle’s electrical system in the sameway as jump-starting.

Have the vehicle transported on a trans-porter or trailer.

Transporting the vehicle

Always use the towing eyes to pull the ve-hicle onto a transporter or trailer.

! Only lash the vehicle down by the wheelsor wheel rims, not by parts of the vehicle suchas axle or steering components. The vehiclecould otherwise be damaged.

E Manual transmission: engage neutral.

E Automatic transmission: move theselector lever to position N.

Practical advice

Jump-starting, towing and tow-starting

344

5

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 347: Mercedes Benz Vito

Technical data

345

6

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts . .347Vehicle electronics . . . . . . . . . . .348Vehicle identification plates . . .349Operating data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 348: Mercedes Benz Vito

The “Technical data” section contains im-portant technical data for your vehicle.

You will find other vehicle-specific andequipment-dependent technical data, suchas:I Engine power output dataI SpeedsI Vehicle dimensionsI Vehicle weights

in your vehicle documents.

Technical data

346

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 349: Mercedes Benz Vito

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts

Mercedes-Benz tests all genuine parts andconversion parts and accessories thathave been specifically approved for thetype of vehicle in terms of:I reliabilityI safetyI suitability

Despite ongoing market research,Mercedes-Benz is unable to guarantee oth-er parts. Mercedes-Benz therefore acceptsno responsibility for the use of such partsin Mercedes-Benz vehicles, even if theyhave been independently or officially ap-proved.

In Germany and some other countries, cer-tain parts are only officially approved forinstallation or modification if they complywith legal requirements. All genuineMercedes-Benz parts satisfy these require-ments.

Make sure that replacement parts are suit-able for the vehicle. In many countries,parts that constitute a modification to thevehicle could invalidate the general operat-ing permit. This is the case if:

I the vehicle type approved in the gener-al operating permit changes

I the modification poses a risk for otherroad users

I the vehicle's emissions and noise lev-els are adversely affected

The use of non-approved parts could im-pair vehicle safety. Mercedes-Benz there-fore recommends that you use genuineMercedes-Benz parts and conversion partsand accessories that have been approvedfor the type of vehicle.

H Environmental note

DaimlerChrysler also supplies reconditionedassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. These parts have thesame warranty as new parts.

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts and ap-proved conversion parts and accessoriesare available from a Mercedes-BenzService Centre. Here you will receive ad-vice about technical modifications, andthe parts will be professionally fitted.

Always provide the vehicle's identificationnumber and the engine number when or-dering genuine parts. You will find thenumbers on the vehicle's identification

plates and on the vehicle data card insome vehicles.

Technical data

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts

347

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 350: Mercedes Benz Vito

Vehicle electronics

Tampering with the engine elec-tronics

G Risk of accident

For safety reasons, and to maintain the gen-eral operating permit, work carried out onthe engine electronics by a qualified special-ist workshop which has the necessary spe-cialist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required. The vehicle's operatingsafety may otherwise be jeopardised.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, work relevant to safetyor on safety-related systems must be car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

! Only have work done on the engine elec-tronics and its associated parts, such as con-trol units, sensors and connector leads, carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. aMercedes-Benz Service Centre. Otherwise, ve-hicle components may wear more quickly andthe warranty and vehicle's general operatingpermit may be invalidated.

Retrofitting electrical or electronicequipment

Electrical and electronic equipment canjeopardise the operational safety of the ve-hicle. If equipment of this kind is retrofit-ted, it must be type-approved and bear thee mark. The e mark may be obtained fromthe equipment manufacturer or an author-ised testing centre.

! Damage caused by or as a consequence offitting equipment that is not approved byMercedes-Benz is not covered by theMercedes-Benz warranty.

If you wish to install telephones or two-way radios in the vehicle, you must obtainformal approval. Mercedes-Benz approvesthe installation of mobile phones and two-way radios if such equipment is installedprofessionally and a low-reflection exterioraerial is used.

The transmission output of the mobilephone or two-way radio must not exceedthe maximum transmission outputs listed.

G Risk of accident

Mobile phones and two-way radios may in-terfere with the vehicle electronics and

thereby jeopardise the operational safety ofthe vehicle and your own safety if:I they do not have an exterior aerialI the exterior aerial is not a low-reflection

aerialI the exterior aerial has been fitted incor-

rectly

Excessive electromagnetic radiation may al-so cause damage to health.For this reason, only have the exterior aerialinstalled at a qualified specialist workshopwhich has the necessary specialist knowl-edge and tools to carry out the work re-quired.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use aMercedes-Benz Service Centre for this pur-pose. In particular, work relevant to safetyor on safety-related systems must be car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

Frequency range Maximum permis-sible transmissionoutput

Short wave (<50 MHz)

100 W

4 m waveband 20 W

2 m waveband 50 W

Technical data

Vehicle electronics

348

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 351: Mercedes Benz Vito

Frequency range Maximum permis-sible transmissionoutput

70 cm waveband 35 W

25 cm waveband 10 W

! If electrical or electronic equipment whichdoes not fulfil these conditions is used in thevehicle, the vehicle's general operating permitmay be invalidated (EU Directive 2004/104/EC – electromagnetic compatibility of vehicles).

Vehicle identification plates

Vehicle identification plate

The vehicle identification plate, with infor-mation about the permissible weights, islocated in the door frame of the driver'sdoor.

1 Vehicle identification plate

The vehicle identification number (VIN) islocated below the pollen filter cover on thedashboard.

2 Vehicle identification number

Engine number

The engine number is engraved on the en-gine block. You can obtain further informa-tion from any Mercedes-Benz ServiceCentre.

Technical data

Vehicle identification plates

349

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 352: Mercedes Benz Vito

Operating data

Engine

i The technical data was determined in ac-cordance with the relevant EU directives. All

data applies to the vehicle’s standard equip-ment. The data may therefore differ for vehicleswith optional equipment.

You may obtain further information from anyMercedes-Benz Service Centre.

You will find information about the vehicle’snoise level in the vehicle documents.

Vito 109 CDI VITO 111 CDI15 VITO 115 CDI16 Vito 120 CDI Vito 119 Vito 123

Rated output (kW) 70 85 / (80)17 110 150 140 170

Engine speed (rpm) 3,800 3,800 3,800 3,800 5,600 5,600

Rated torque (Nm) 250 290 330 440 270 345

Engine speed (rpm) 1,400 – 2,600 1,600 – 2,600 1,800 – 2,400 1,600 – 2,400 2,750 – 4,750 2,500 – 4,500

Number of cylinders 4 4 4 6 6 6

Valves per cylinder 4 4 4 4 3 3

Displacement (cm3) 2,148 2,148 2,148 2,987 3,199 3,724

Maximum enginespeed (rpm)

4,500 +/- 150 4,500 +/- 150 4,500 +/- 150 4,450 +/- 100 6,000 +/- 150 6,000 +/- 150

15 Same values for VITO 111 CDI 4x416 Same values for VITO 115 CDI 4x417 VITO 111 CDI 4x4

Technical data

Operating data

350

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 353: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tyres

Vito

Summer tyres 195/65 R16 C 100/98 T

205/65 R16 C 103/101 T (99 H)

225/60 R16 C 105/103 T (101 H)

225/60 R16 RF 102 H

225/55 R17 RF 101 H

225/55 R17 RF 101 V

All-season tyres 205/65 R16 C 103/101 T (99 H)

225/60 R16 C 101/99 H

Winter tyres 195/65 R16 C 104/102 T

205/65 R16 C 107/105 T

Spare wheel 6.5 J x 16 ET 60

Pressed steel wheel 6 J x 16 ET 54

6.5 J x 16 ET 60

Light-alloy wheel 6.5 J x 16 ET 60

7 J x 17 ET 56

Technical data

Operating data

351

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 354: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tyre pressures

G Risk of accident

If the tyre pressure is too low, this:I has a detrimental effect on road safetyI damages or destroys the tyresI may cause tyre overheating or even

spontaneous combustionYou could lose control of the vehicle andcause injury to yourself and others.You should therefore check the tyre pres-sures regularly before commencing a jour-ney and correct them if necessary.

! Only use tyres and wheel rim sizes ap-proved for your vehicle. These are specially de-signed for use with the control systems, suchas ABS or ESP®.

i In particular, also observe the tyre approvalregulations in each respective country.

These regulations may determine a specifictype of tyre for your vehicle or prohibit the useof certain types of tyre, which are permitted inother countries.

Also comply with the necessary tyre load-bear-ing capacity and the speed index for your ve-hicle.

Set the correct tyre pressure before load-ing the vehicle. Once the vehicle is laden,check the tyre pressures and correct themif necessary.

When the vehicle is driven, the tempera-ture of the tyre, and with it the tyre pres-sure, will increase according to speed andload.

You should therefore only correct tyrepressures when the tyres are cold. Onlycorrect the tyre pressures when the tyresare warm if:I the levels fall below the values stated

in the table when the vehicle is ladenand the temperature of the tyre is tak-en into account

I the levels fall below the values statedin the table when the vehicle is unladenand the temperature of the tyre is tak-en into account

i Tyre pressure changes by approximately0.1 bar for every 10 °C change in outside tem-perature. Remember to allow for this whenchecking tyre pressures inside, particularly inwinter.

Example:

Inside temperature = approximately 20 °C

Outside temperature = approximately 0 °C

Tyre pressure to be set: specified tyre pressure+0.2 bar

! The pressure difference between tyres onany one axle must be no greater than 0.1 bar.

Observe the information on tyre pressurein the “Safety” section (e page 56).

The tyre pressure values for an unladen/laden vehicle depend on the permissibleaxle loads that you will find on the identifi-cation plate on the door frame of the driv-er’s door .

1 Partial load2 Full load

Technical data

Operating data

352

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 355: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tyres Front axle18 Rear axle/spare tyre18

195/65 R 16 C 100T/98T

on steel rim ET54 6Jx16H2

1 2.9 2.9

2 3.3 3.5

205/65 R 16 C 103T/101T

on steel rim ET60 6,5Jx16H2

1 2.7 2.7

2 3.0 3.5

205/65 R 16 C 99H1920 1 2.7 2.7

2 3.5 3.5

225/60 R 16 C 101H/99H

on aluminium rim ET60 6,5Jx16H2

1 2.7 2.7

2 3.3 3.5

225/60 R 16 Rf/102H

on aluminium rim ET60 6,5Jx16H2

1 2.3 2.3

2 2.6 3.0

225/55 R 17 Rf/101H

on aluminium rim ET56 7Jx17H2

1 2.3 2.3

2 2.6 3.0

225/55 R 17 Rf/101V

on aluminium rim ET56 7Jx17H2

1 2.5 2.5

2 2.9 3.3

18 All tyre pressure data are in bar.19 This information applies only for using a spare wheel for a short period of time.20 on steel rim ET60 6,5Jx16H2

i You can obtain further information aboutwheels and tyres from any qualified specialistworkshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service

Centre. You will find a table of tyre pressureson the inside of the fuel filler flap.

Technical data

Operating data

353

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 356: Mercedes Benz Vito

Tightening torque for wheel bolts

Tyres Tightening torque

Steel wheel 180 Nm +/- 10 Nm

Light-alloy wheel 150 Nm +/- 10 Nm

Lashing points and carrier systems

Lashing points

! Observe the information regarding themaximum load capacity of the individual lash-ing points.

If you combine a number of lashing points tosecure a load, you must always take into ac-count the maximum load capacity of the weak-est lashing point.

When the brakes are fully applied, for example,forces act which can be many times that of theweight force of the load. Always use severallashing points to distribute the load evenly.

You will find further information aboutlashing points and lashing eyelets in the“Operation” section (e page 219).

Lashing eyelets

The maximum tensile load of the lashingeyelets is:

Lashing eyelet Permissible nomi-nal tensile load

Crewbus 350 daN21

Panel van 400 daN21

21 Deviating country-specific requirements are met.

Seat/load rails

The maximum tensile load for the lashingpoint on a seat/load rail is:

Lashing point Permissible nomi-nal tensile load

Seat rail 400 daN

Load rails in cargofloor

400 daN

Load rail on sidewall 100 daN

The values specified apply only to loadsresting on the floor of the load compart-ment if:I the load is secured to 2 lashing points

on the rail, andI the distance to the next load securing

point on the same rail is approx. 1 m.

Roof racks and rear racks

G Risk of accident

If you have fitted roof rack systems, the ve-hicle’s handling, steering and braking char-acteristics may change due to the highercentre of gravity. This is the case particu-larly if the roof rack system is laden. Adaptyour driving style according to the vehicleload.

Always follow the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions. An incorrectly securedroof rack system and/or load could:I work looseI fall offand thereby endanger you and others.

Observe the maximum roof load and maxi-mum roof rack system load. Loads trans-ported on the roof must always be securedwith particular care.

The maximum load on the tailgate is 45 kg.Do not allow the load, including passengers,to exceed the permissible gross vehicleweight or the permissible axle loads for yourvehicle.

Fit rail carriers in front of and behind themiddle prop.

Please note the maximum roof loads:

Technical data

Operating data

354

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 357: Mercedes Benz Vito

I Rail carrier max. 100 kg (incl. rail car-rier)

I 2 transverse braces directly on the se-curing threads in the roof channel: max.100 kg (incl. carrier system)

I 3 transverse braces directly on the se-curing threads in the roof channel: max.150 kg (incl. carrier system)

I High-roof vehicles max. 50 kg (incl.carrier systems)

! For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use roof rack systemswhich have been tested and approved forMercedes-Benz. This will help avoid damage.

Loading directions and other informationconcerning load distribution and load se-curing can be found in the "Operation"section (e page 217).

Trailer tow hitch

i Only fit trailer couplings that have beenspecially tested and approved for your vehicleby Mercedes-Benz.

Installation dimensions

1 Securing points2 Distance from road surface (350 mm,

laden)

! The distance of the trailer coupling fromthe road surface when the vehicle is unladendepends on the model and equipment fitted onthe vehicle. It is therefore not possible to give aspecific figure.

Observe securing points on the chassis framewhen retrofitting the trailer coupling.

You can obtain further information on retrofit-ting from a qualified specialist workshop.

Always have maintenance work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop which has thenecessary specialist knowledge and tools tocarry out the work required. Mercedes-Benzrecommends that you use a Mercedes-BenzService Centre for this purpose.

Technical data

Operating data

355

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 358: Mercedes Benz Vito

Trailer loads

! When towing a trailer, the permissible totalweight on the rear axle and the permissible to-tal weight for the vehicle may be exceeded bythe noseweight of the trailer or a maximum of150 kg. The road speed of the vehicle must belimited to a maximum of 100 km/h (Directive92/21/EEC).

You must also observe the entries in the ve-hicle documentation regarding operation with atrailer.

On vehicles registered as commercial vehiclesand towing a trailer, the permissible totalweight on the rear axle and the permissible to-tal weight for the vehicle may be exceeded by

the noseweight of the trailer or a maximum of150 kg.The road speed of the vehicle must belimited to a maximum of 80 km/h (Directive97/27/EEC).

Weight in kg Compact body Long body Extra-long body

Permissible trailer load,braked

VITO 109 CDI, 111 CDI(manual transmission)

2,000 2,000 2,000

VITO 111 CDI (automatictransmission)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

Vito 115 CDI 2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

Vito 120 CDI 2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

VITO 119, 123 2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

2,000/2,500 (CodeQA 4)

Permissible trailer load,unbraked

750 750 750

Maximum permissiblenoseweight

150 150 150

Technical data

Operating data

356

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 359: Mercedes Benz Vito

Weight in kg Compact body Long body Extra-long body

Maximum payload Panel van 980 - 1,150 955 - 1,125 930 - 1,100

Mixto22 935 - 1,105 910 - 1,080 885 - 1,055

Crewbus22 1,060 1,035 1,010

22 Vehicle with standard equipment, without seating in the rear

Fuel consumption

The vehicle will consume more fuel thanusual in the following conditions:

The consumption values were determinedin accordance with EC Directive 80/1268/EEC, as amended by 2004/3/EC(Directive concerning emissions of carbondioxide and fuel consumption by vehicles),under the following test conditions:

I Urban driving conditions are simulatedby frequent pulling away and stopping.

I Extra-urban driving conditions are si-mulated by accelerating in all gearsfrom 0 to 120 km/h.

I Total fuel consumption is calculated us-ing a weighting of approximately 37%for urban driving and approximately63% for extra-urban driving.

H Environmental note

A vehicle’s CO2 emissions and fuel con-sumption depend on:

I efficient use of fuel by the engineI the style of drivingI other non-technical factors such as envi-

ronmental influences or road conditions

i An information booklet about fuel con-sumption and CO2 emissions, which containsdata for all new passenger vehicles, is availablefree of charge at all sales points.

Information on fuel-saving driving stylescan be found in the section entitled "Driv-ing tips" (e page 214).

! Do not use fuel additives, since they canlead to increased wear and damage to the en-gine. If you use special fuel additives this willlimit your warranty entitlement.

Technical data

Operating data

357

ee

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 360: Mercedes Benz Vito

Vehicles with manual transmission

Type of vehicle Emission standard23 Consumption24 [l/100 km] CO2 emissions24

[g/km]Urban Extra-urban Total25

Vito 109 CDI EU4 GIII 11.8 7.4 9.0 238

EU4 GIII + DPF 11.9 7.5 9.1 242

Vito 111 CDI EU4 GIII AC7 10.6 6.8 8.2 217

EU4 GIII AC1 11.1 7.1 8.6 227

EU4 GIII + DPF AC7 10.7 6.9 8.3 221

EU4 GIII + DPF AC1 11.2 7.2 8.7 230

VITO 111 CDI 4x4 EU4 GIII + DPF 11.2 8.6 9.6 253

Vito 115 CDI EU4 GIII AC7 10.6 6.8 8.2 217

EU4 GIII AC1 11.1 7.1 8.6 227

EU4 GIII + DPF AC7 10.7 6.9 8.3 221

EU4 GIII + DPF AC1 11.2 7.2 8.7 230

VITO 115 CDI 4x4 EU4 GIII 11.2 8.6 9.6 253

23 NEDC exhaust24 Consumption and CO2 emissions comply with the current version of EC Directive 80/1268/EEC.25 NEDC consumption 1.85 t

Technical data

Operating data

358

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 361: Mercedes Benz Vito

Vehicles with automatic transmissionType of vehicle Emission standard26 Consumption27 [l/100 km] CO2 emissions27

[g/km]Urban Extra-urban Total28

Vito 111 CDI EU4 GIII 11.4 7.0 8.7 230

EU4 GIII + DPF 11.5 7.1 8.8 234

VITO 111 CDI 4x4 EU4 GIII + DPF 11.9 9.3 10.2 270

Vito 115 CDI EU4 GIII 11.4 7.0 8.7 230

EU4 GIII + DPF 11.5 7.1 8.8 234

VITO 115 CDI 4x4 EU4 GIII + DPF 11.9 9.3 10.2 270

Vito 120 CDI EU4 GIII + DPF 11.9 7.5 9.2 244

Vito 119 EU4 GI 17.2 9.7 12.5 299

Vito 123 EU4 GI 17.9 10.0 12.9 309

26 NEDC exhaust27 Consumption and CO2 emissions comply with the current version of EC Directive 80/1268/EEC.28 NEDC consumption 1.85 t

Technical data

Operating data

359

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 362: Mercedes Benz Vito

Capacities

Engine oil

The following values indicate the various total engine capacities.

Replacement amount

in litres

Vito 109 CDI Vito 111 CDI Vito 115 CDI Vito 120 CDI Vito 119 Vito 123

Engine with oil filter 9 9 9 10 10 10

Engine without oil filter 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 9.5

Tank content

Total capacity approximately 75 l

Including reservefuel

9 l

Cooling system

Amount in litres Vito 109 CDI Vito 111 CDI Vito 115 CDI Vito 120 CDI Vito 119 Vito 123

Cooling

Coolant, standard 9 9 9 11 10 10

Coolant for auxiliary heating 11 11 11 14 13 13

Heating – air conditioning

Front heater 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43

Technical data

Capacities

360

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 363: Mercedes Benz Vito

Amount in litres Vito 109 CDI Vito 111 CDI Vito 115 CDI Vito 120 CDI Vito 119 Vito 123

Rear heater 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

Refrigerant in front air-condition-ing system (without rear air-condi-tioning system)

approximately550 g

approximately550 g

approximately550 g

approximately550 g

approximately550 g

approximately550 g

Refrigerant in front air-condition-ing system (with rear air-condi-tioning system)

approximately800 g

approximately800 g

approximately800 g

approximately800 g

approximately800 g

approximately800 g

Windscreen washer system

The windscreen washer system and head-lamp cleaning system have a commonsupply from the washer fluid reservoir.

The washer fluid reservoir has a capacityof about 4 litres in vehicles without aheadlamp cleaning system*.

In vehicles with a headlamp cleaning sys-tem, the washer fluid reservoir has a ca-pacity of 7 litres.

Technical data

Capacities

361

6

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 364: Mercedes Benz Vito

362Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 365: Mercedes Benz Vito

Internet

Further information about Mercedes-Benzvehicles and about DaimlerChrysler AGcan be found on the following websites:

www.mercedes-benz.com

www.daimlerchrysler.com

Editorial office

You are welcome to forward any queriesor suggestions you may have regardingthe Operating Instructions to the technicaldocumentation team at the following ad-dress:

DaimlerChrysler AG, HPC: R822

D-70546 Stuttgart

As at: 10.07.2006

Not to be reprinted, translated or other-wise reproduced, in whole or in part, with-out written permission fromDaimlerChrysler AG.

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch

Page 366: Mercedes Benz Vito

Ê_ÀtÁraËÍ6395849682

Order no. 6462 7226 02 Part no. 639 584 96 82 Edition F, 09/06 EN

Nur fuer internen Gebrauch


Recommended